P. 1
Catalog Enemy Ordnance Materiel 1-3

Catalog Enemy Ordnance Materiel 1-3

|Views: 540|Likes:
Published by chicco1234

More info:

Published by: chicco1234 on Nov 02, 2010
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

10/13/2013

pdf

text

original

r

TIf

T

-T

IF Tf-

,e

it I-, IfI,

J, T

f1TTITTift1',
14 41t,

ITIf

4

ffj

1', 4 IIIT1IT1

,W-r

ITI4
4

Tr fl!+ Tr

4

T1

4-1

IT7,r

7
44 TITITIITITITIT

IT17

III4

IT1

At

ENEMY ORDNANCE MATERIEL ERRATA
Page Page Page Page 46-Sub-head should read 1. gp. Mun. Trsp. Kw. (Sd. Kfz. 252). 74.43-Sub-head of first vehicle should read Fernschr. Kw. (Kfz. 72/1). 74.84-German nomenclature of first vehicle should read mittlerer Anhanger mit Betriebsstoffkesselanlage (o). 101-Sub-head should read 21 cm Mrs. mit Mrs. Laf. 18. In last paragraph instead of "17 cm Mrs." read 17 cm K. mit Mrs. Laf. 18. 105-Sub-head should read 15 cm s. F. H. 18. 107-Sub-head should read 10 cm K. 18. First line of first paragraph should read The 10 cm Field Gun K. 18.... Under "Specifications" muzzle velocity should be 2,68.Q f/s. 109-Under "Specifications" weight of projectile should read H.E. 33.2 lb. 111-Under "Specifications" weight of projectile should read (H.E.) 20.35 lb.; (A.P.) 20.75 lb. 113-Sub-head should read 8.8 cm Pak 43/41. First paragraph should read The Pak 43/41 instead of Pak 43. In line three of the last paragraph read Pak 43/41 instead of Pak 43. 117-Under "Specifications" delete Weight (firing
position) ... 3,040 lb.

A number of changes, largely in nomenclature and specifications, have been made in the Catalog from time to time, but many sets are in circulation without these changes. The following errata should be marked on the pages indicated if not already made in your Catalog. Volume I-German Section Page 16-Heading should read S.P. Heavy Field Howitzer (On French Lorraine Chassis). Page 17-Heading should read Ammunition Carrier (On French Lorraine Chassis). Page 21-Sub-head should read Pz. Jag. 38 fiir 7.62 cm Pak 36 (r) (Sd. Kfz. 139). Page 28-Under "Specifications" the weight should be 26.5 tons instead of 22 tons. Page 29-In sub-head, instead of figure "142," read 142/2. In the first and second paragraphs, instead of "Pz. Kw.," read Pz. Kpfw. Under "Specifications" the weight should be 27 tons instead of 22 tons. Page 32-Under "Specifications" the weight should be 26 tons instead of 24 tons. Page 33-Sub-head should read Stu. G. IV ("Brummbar) fir 15 cm Stu. H. 43 (Sd. Kfz. 166). the Armament "Specifications" Under should read Stu. H. 43 (15 cm s.I.G. 33). Page 34-Heading should read S.P. Antitank Gun "Rhinoceros" (formerly "Hornet"). Sub-head should read Pz. Jag. III/IV ("Nashorn") fir 8.8 cm Pak 43/1 (Sf) (Sd. Kfz. 164). End of first paragraph should read Comparative figures for weight and maximum road speed of "Hornet" and "Ferdinand" are: 25 tons and 22 m.p.h., 72 tons and 1212 m.p.h., respectively. Under "Specifications" the weight should be 25 tons instead of 28 tons. Page 37-Sub-head should read Pz. Kpfw. "Panther" (7.5 cm Kw. K. 42-L/70) (Sd. Kfz. 171). Second line of first paragraph should read 47 tons instead of 50 tons. Under "Specifications" the weight should 47 tons instead of 50 tons. The armament should read 7.5 cm Kw. K. 42-1 M. G. 34. Page 38-Sub-head should read Pz. Kpfw. "Tiger" (8.8 cm Kw. K. 36-L/56) (Sd. Kfz. 181). Under "Specifications" the weight should be 63 tons instead of 60 tons. Page 39-Heading should read S.P. Antitank Gun"Elephant" (formerly "Ferdinand"). Sub-head should read Pz. Jag. "Tiger" (P) "Elefant" fir 8.8 cm Pak 43/2 (Sd. Kfz. 184). In first line read 72 tons instead of 80 tons. In line eight of first paragraph read 2 2/5
/2 inches instead of 6 1 inches.

Page Page

Page Page Page

Page

Page

Under "Specifications" the weight should be 72 tons instead of 80 tons. Side armor should read 60 mm instead of 160 mm. Armament should read 8.8 cm Pak 43/2M. G. 34. 40-Sub-head should read Pz. Jag. "Tiger" fiir 12.8 cm Pak 44 (Sd. Kfz. 186). tc~B " armament should Under "Speci read 12.8 cm
it } F^ t 4 i

Page 123-First line in first paragraph should read The 7.5 cm Pak 41, Germany's latest... Page 125-Picture shown does not pertain to this item. Page 134-Sub-head should read 2 cm s PzB (Solothurn s/8-1100). Page 136-Under "Specifications" rate of fire should read 220 rounds (practical), 450 (theoretical). Page 207-Sub-head should read 7.92 mm Karabinei 98K (Mauser-Kar. 98K). Page 210-Sub-head should read 7.92 mm PzB 35 (p). Page 214-Sub-head should read 7.92 mm M. G. 34/41. Page 217-Sub-head should read 8.8 cm Raketenpanzerbiichse 43 (8.8 cm R PzB 43)-8.8 cm Raketenpanzerbiichse 54 (8.8 cm R PzB 54). Last word in first line should be spelled Raketenpanzerbiichse. Add to the end of first paragraph: An improved model with a face shield is known as 8.8 cm R PzB 54. Page 218-Sub-head should read Panzerfaust. The first paragraph should read The German rocket grenade, "Panzerfaust" (literally "armor fist") .. . Add the following as a fourth paragraph: Three models of the Panzerfaust exist with the following German nomenclature: Panzerfaust 30 Panzerfaust Klein 30 Panzerfaust 60 Page 306-Sub-head should read 3.7 cm Stielgranate 41. Volume II-Japanese Section Page 114 (Page 113 in later editions). Under "Specifications" Traverse should read 46°. (This page refers to the 75 mm Field Gun, Model 95 (1935).)

0

,1

FtF ENEMY MATERIEL

INDEX TO VOLUME I
GERMAN
Air Compressor ......................... 74.79
Wurfkorper Leuchtpistole ............ 324 27 mm Multi-Star Signal Cartridge ..... 325 Sprengpatrone fur Kampfpistole ........ 325 Nebelpatrone fur Kampfpistole ......... 326 Deutpatrone fur Kampfpistole ......... 326 Fallschirm Leuchtpatrone fir Kampfpistole .................. 326 Mines Behelfs-Schiitzenmine S. 150 ........... 304.7 Glasmine 43 (f) ...................... 304.6 Holzmine 42 ......................... 304.3 Magnetic Hollow Charge Antitank Mine.. 304.5 Panzerwurfmine (L) .................. 304.4 Riegel Mine 43 (R. Mi. 43) Sprengriegel 43 (Spr. R. 43) ......... 304.2 Sprengmine 35 ....................... 305 Sprengmine 44 mit S. Mi. Z. 44 ......... 304.8 Tellermine (T. Mi. 29) ................. 304.1 Tellermine (T. Mi. 35) ................. 301 Tellermine (T. Mi. 35-Stahl) ....... 303 ... Tellermine (T. Mi. 42) ................. 302 Tellermine (T. Mi. Pilz 43) ............. 304 Rocket Ammunition 8.8 cm R. Pz. B. Gr. ................... 357 15 cm Wurfgranate 41 ................. 356 21 cm Wgr. 42 Spr. mit Hbgr. Z 35 K..... 355 28 cm Wurfkorper Spr................. 354 30 cm Wurfkorper Spr ............... 354.1 32 cm Wurfkorper M. Fl. 50 ............ 353 >Rocket-Propelled Bomb ................ 316 Ammunition, A. P., 7.5 cm for 7.5 cm Pak 41 . 306.2 Ammunition, A. P. C. B. C., H. E., 8.8 cm .... 308 Ammunition, Arrowhead, 5 cm ............ 307 Ammunition, Hollow Charge, 10.5 cm ....... 310 Amphibious Truck ....................... 58.2 ........... 62, 74.67 to 74.104 inc. 0 Anhanger fur Erdkabel ................... 74.74 Anhanger fir Fihrseil ................. 74.72 Anhanger fiir 74.73 fiir Fernsprechbau .............. Anhanger 74.73 Anhinger fur Langmaterial ............... . 74.72 Motorboot ................ Anhanger fuir 74.68, 74.69 Anhanger fuir Munition ............. 74.78 Anhanger fiir Sammlerladegerat ......... 74.78 Anhanger fir Schlauchtender ............. 74.94 Anhanger fur Sturmboot ................ ... 74.77 Anhanger fuir Tankspritze .......... 74.91 Anhanger fur Tragflachen ..............

AIRCRAFT ARMAMENT 219 7.92 mm M. G. 15 ................... 220 7.92 mm M. G. 17 ................... 221 7.92 mm M. G. 81 ................... 222 13 mm M. G. 131 .............. 251 20 mm M. G. F. F. M. (Oerlikon) ... 252 20 mm M. G. 151/20 (Mauser) ...... 25330 mm Mk. 101 (Rheinmetall) ....... 255 30 mm Mk. 108 A-3 ................ 74.85 Airplane Fuel Tank Trailer ................ 74.20, 74.21 Ambulance ....................... AMMUNITION Artillery Ammunition 307 5 cm Pzgr. Patr. 40 Pak ............ 306.2 Pzgr. Patr. 41 (W) ........ 7.5/5.5 cm 309 8 cm Wurfgranate 39 ................ 308 8.8 cm Pzgr. Patr. ................... 310 10.5 cm Gr. 39 Rot HL/C ............ 311 10.5 cm "Sabot" Type H. E. Shell .... 10.5 cm Steel Cartridge Case for 313 Recoilless Gun ..................... 17 cm Steel Cartridge Case, 314 Spiral Design ..................... 312 28 cm Rifled Projectile ................ Bombs 315 H . s. 293 ........................... 316 PC 1000 Rs ........................ Grenades 304.4 Panzerwurfmine (L) .................. 306 3.7 cm Stielgranate 41 ............... 306.1 15 cm Stielgranate ................... 317 Gewehr Sprenggranate ................ 317 Gewehr Panzergranate ................ 318 Gross Gewehr Panzergranate ........... 318 Gewehr Propaganda Granate .......... 319 ... ...... Schuss Gr. P-40 ............. 319 Gross Panzergranaten 61 u. 46 ......... 321 Stielhandgranaten 24 u. 39 .............. 321 Eierhandgranate 39 .................. 322 Shaving Stick Grenade ..... .......... 322 Nebelhandgranate 39 ................. 323 Nebelhandgranate 41 .................. 323 Blendkorper 1H u. 2H ................ 26 mm Wurfgranate Patrone 326 324 Leuchtpistole ......................

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

OF ORDNANCE

1 March, 1945

Ind. 1

INDEX TO VOLUME I
74.77 Anhanger fur Tragkraftspritze ............ Anhanger mit Betriebsstoffkesselanlage 74.84, 74.85 74.82, 74.83 Anhinger (offen) ................... 74.6 Antiaircraft Protection Truck .............. 74.40 Antiaircraft Survey Section Truck .......... 74.24 Antiaircraft Unit Car ..................... 67, 68, 69, 70 Armor, Tank (Chart) ............... ARMORED CARS Pz. Sp. Wg. II Luchs (Sd. Kfz. 123) "Lynx" .1 1. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 221, 222, 223) .... 4 s. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 231, 232, 263) 42 (6 R ad) ........................... s. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 231, 232, 263) 43 (8 R ad) ........................... 74.59 M. G. Kw. (Kfz. 13) .................. 74.60 Fu. Kw. (Kfz. 14) .................... 74.60 s. gl. gp. Pkw. (Sd. Kfz. 247) ........ 74.61 Pkw. (Sd. Kfz. 247) ........ s. gl. gp. 74.61' 221) ......... 1. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 74.62 ......... 1. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 222) 1. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Fu.) (Sd. Kfz. 223) ... 74.62 74.63 s. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 231) ........ s. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 231) (8 Rad). 74.63 74.64 s. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Fu.) (Sd. Kfz. 232) s. Pz. Sp. Wg. (Fu.) (Sd. Kfz. 232) 74.64 (8 R ad) ........................... 74.65 kl. Pz. Fu. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 260) ....... 74.65 kl. Pz. Fu. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 261) ....... 74.66 Pz. Fu. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 263) .......... Pz. Fu. Wg. (Sd. Kfz. 263) (8 Rad) .. 74.66 307 Arrowhead Ammunition, 5 cm .............. 100.1 Artillery, Large Caliber (Chart) ............ ARTILLERY Antiaircraft Artillery 132 2 cm Flak (Madsen) ................. 135 2 cm Flak (30) ...................... 136 2 cm Flak 38 ........................ 137 ........... 2 cm Flak 38 Geb. ...... 133 2 cm Flakvierling 38 ................. 130.1 3.7 cm Flak 18 u. 36 .................. 129 4 cm Flak 28 (Bofors) ............... 125 . 5 cm Flak 41 ..................... 111 8.8 cm Flak 18, 36, 37 ................ 112 8.8 cm Flak 41 ...................... 109 ............ 10.5 cm Flak 38, 39 .... Antitank Artillery 132 2 cm Flak (Madsen) ................. ....... 136 2 cm Flak 38 ................. 137 2 cm Flak 38 Geb. .................. 133 2 cm Flakvierling 38 ................. 2 cm s Pz. B. (Solothurn s/8-1100) .... 134 131 2.8/2.0 cm Pz. B. 41.................. 3.7 cm Pak .......................... 130

GER k IAN

/

4.2/2.8 cm Pak 41 ............... 4.7 cm Pak (t) (Skoda) ......... 5 cm Pak 38 ................... 7.5 cm Pak 40 ................. 7.5 cm Pak 97/38 ............... 7.5/5.5 cm Pak 41 ............... 7.62 cm Pak 36 (r)........... 7.62 cm F. K. 39 (r) ........... 8.8 cm Pak 43 .................. 8.8 cm Pak 43/41 ............. 8.8 cm Flak 18, 36, 37 ...........

128 127 126 117 121 123 116 115 112.1 113 111

Field Artillery 119 7.5 cm L. G. 40 ................. 120 7.5 cm 1. F. K. 18 ............... 122 7.5 cm 1. I. G. 18 ............... 116.1 7.62 cm Feldkanone 36 (r) ....... 107 10 cm K. 18 .................... 110 10.5 cm L. G. 40 ............... 108 10.5 cm 1. F. H. 18 .............. 108.1 10.5 cm 1. F. H. 18 (M) ........ 104.1 . .. . ...... 15 cm K. 16 ........ 105 15 cm s. F. H. 18 ................ 104 15 cm s. I. G. 33 ................ 103 17 cm K. mit Mrs. Laf. 18...... 101 21 cm Mrs. mit Mrs. Laf. 18 ...... Mortars 124 5 cm 1. Gr. W. 36 ............... 114 8 cm s. Gr. W. 34 ............... 110.1 10 cm Nebelwerfer 35 ........... 110.2 10 cm Nebelwerfer 40.......... 106 42 .............. 12 cm s. Gr. W. 102 .... 20 cm Leichte Ladungswerfer Mountain Artillery 137 2 cm Flak 38 Geb. .............. 118 7.5 cm Geb. G. 36 ............... 108.2 10.5 cm Geb. H. 40............. Recoilless Guns 119 7.5 cm L. G. 40 ................. 110 L. G. 40 .............. 10.5 cm Self-Propelled Artillery 4 Pz. Jag. I fur 4.7 cm Pak (t) ....... 5 cm s. I. G. 33 .............. Gw. I fir 15 fir 7.5 cm Pak Pz. Jag. II Aus. A-E u. F 11 40 (Sd. Kfz. 131) ................... fur 7.62 cm Pak 36 Pz. Jag. II Aus. D, E 12 (Sd. Kfz. 131) ..................... 13 Gw. II fur 15 cm s. I. G. 33............. Gw. II (Wespe) fur 10.5 cm le. F. H. 18/2 14 (Sd. Kfz. 124) ..................... Pz. Jag. Lr. S. fur 7.5 cm Pak 40/1 (Sd. 15 K fz. 135) .......................... Gw. Lr. S. fr 15 cm s. F. H. 13 ......... 16 Pz. Jag. 38 fur 7.5 cm Pak 40/3 (Sd. Kfz.

138)

..............................

19

Ind. 2

1 March, 1945

OFFICE CHIEF

A

OF 0 RD

ARfil

RESTRICTED

:.t~E

B~~C

INDEX TO VOLUME
Gw. fir 15 cm s. I. G. 33/1 (Sd. Kfz. 20 138/1) ............................ Pz. Jag. 38 fir 7.62 cm Pak 36 (r) (Sd. 21 Kfz. 139) ......................... 26 Sturmgeschitz 7.5 cm K. (Sd. Kfz. 142).. 26 Sturmgeschiitz 7.5 cm K. (Sd. Kfz. 142).. Sturmgeschiitz 1g. 7.5 cm Stu. K. (Sd. Kfz. 142) ........................ 2 Sturmgeschiitz 7.5 cm Stu. K. 40 (Sd. Kfz. 28 142) ... ......................... Sturmgeschiitz 10.5 cm Stu. H. 42 (Sd. 29 Kfz. 142/2) ........... ........ Stu. G. IV ("Brummbar") fur 15 cm Stu. H. 43 (Sd. Kfz. 166) .............. .... 33 Pz. Jag. III/IV ("Nashorn") fur 8.8 cm Pak 43/1 (Sf) (Sd. Kfz. 164) ......... 34 Gw. III/IV ("Hummel") fur 15 cm s. F. H. 18/1 (Sd. Kfz. 165) ...... ........ 35 Pz. Jag. ("Panther") fur 8.8 cm Pak 43/3 (Sd. Kfz. 173) ..................... 3 Pz. Jag. ("Tiger") (P) "Elefant" fur 8.8 39 cm Pak 43/2 (Sd. Kfz. 184) .......... Pz. Jag. ("Tiger") fir 12.8 cm Pak 44 (Sd. Kfz. 186) .......................... 40 Tank Guns 2 cm Kw. K. 30... 6, 7, 8, 10, 41, 42, 43, 65 2 cm Kw. K. 38................. 8.1, 41, 65 3.7 cm Kw. K. ............ ...... 22, 36, 65 . 18 3.7 cm Kw. K. (t) .................... 23, 65 5 cm Kw. K. (short) ................ 24, 25, 65 5 cm Kw. K. 39 ................. 7.5 cm Kw. K. (short).... 25, 26, 31, 36, 65 27 7.5 cm Ig. Kw. K. ...................... 31, 32, 65 7.5 cm Kw. K. 40 .............. 37, 65 7.5 cm Kw. K. 42 .................. 37, 65 7.5 cm Kw. K. 43 ................... 65 7.5/5.5 cm Taper Bore Kw. K. 41.......... 38, 65 8.8 cm Kw. K. 36 ................... 38.2, 65 8.8 cm Kw. K. 43 .................. Automotive Equipment (see Cars, Trucks, etc.) 74.85, 74.86 Backanhanger ......................
Beacon Trailer ..................... 74.87, 74.89

GERMAN

*
315 316 309 74.96 216 33 35 74.48 74.47 74.47 74.31 74.24 8.1 41 42 43 74.15 74.3 74.10 74.15 74.12 74.59 74.1 '74.16 74.17 74.61 74.8 74.9 74.60 74.65 74.66 74.66 74.23 47 60 74.64

romb, Glider, Radio-Controlled ............. Bomb, Rocket-Propelled ................... "Bouncing Betty" ........................ Box Car Trailer .................... Brno 7.92 mm M. G. 37 (t) ................. "Brummbar" ............................. "Bumblebee" ............................ Bus, Motor, Heavy ......................

74.95,

Bus, Motor, Light ........................ Bus, Motor, Medium ...................... Cable Surveying Truck .................... Car, Antiaircraft Unit, Light .............. Car, Armored, Full-Tracked ("Lynx") ...... Car, Armored, 4-Wheeled ................. Car, Armored, 6-Wheeled ................. Car, Armored, 8-Wheeled ................. Car, Cable Surveying .................... Car, Communications ..................... Car, Cross-Country, Medium ............... Car, Emergency Repair ................... Car, Flash and Sound Ranging, Medium...... Car, Machine Gun ........................ Car, Passenger. Light .................... Car, Personnel, Heavy ................... Car, Personnel, Cross-Country, Heavy ...... Car, Personnel, Armored, Cross-Country, Heavy .......................... 74.60, Car, Personnel, Medium ................... Car, Personnel, Cross-Country, Medium ..... Car, Radio ..... 74.4, 74.5, 74.11, 74.13, 74.14, Car, Radio, Armored, Small ............... Car, Radio, Armored ..................... Car, Radio, Armored, 8-Wheeled ........... Car, Reconnaissance .................... Car, Reconnaissance, Armored, Light ....... Car, Command, Reconnaissance ............ 74.63, Car, Scout, Armored, Heavy ......... Car, Scout, Armored, Heavy, 8-Wheeled 74.63, 74.61, Car, Scout, Armored, Light .........

Befehspanzerkraftwagen .................... Behelfs-Schiitzenmine .....................

3 304.7

74.67 .... ................. .... Beiwagen .... 74.86 Beleuchtungsanhanger .................... 47, 48, 74.27 Beobachtungskraftwagen ........... g 204, 205 Bergman 9 mm Submachine Gun ........ Betriebs-Funkempfangsanhanger ........... 74.89 Betriebsstoffkesselkraftwagen ........ 74.50, 74.51 Bildkraftwagen .......................... 74.41 Blendkorper ............................. 323 Bockwagen ................ .......... 74.95, 74.96 Bofors Antiaircraft Gun ............. .19 ,

74.64 74.62 74.10 74.11 Signal Communications ............... Car, 74.5, 74.6 Section, Light ........... Car, Survey Car, Telephone Exchange ............... 74.13 206.2 7.92 mm Gewehr 33/40.......... Carbine, 103 Field Gun .................... Carriage, (See S. P. Arti llery) Gun Motor ....... Carriage, Carrier, Ammunition (On French - Lorraine Chassis)........................... 17 Carrier, Ammunition, Armored, Light...... 46 Carrier, Personnel ..................... 74.22 Carrier, Personnel, Cross-Country, Light, ,74.1, 74.2 Carrier, Personnel, Armored, Light ........ 44 Carrier, Personnel, Armored, Medium ...... 45

RESTRICTED

OFCE CHIE

1 March, 1945

Ind. 3

INDEX TO VOLU1(

tMLy r

GERMAN

*

Carrier, Pontoon .................... ..... . 74.97 74.96 Carrier, Pontoon, Light ................... Cartridges, Propelling, Rifle Grenade (Chart) 320 Cartridge H. E., for 27 mm Grenade Pistol... 325 325 Cartridge, Signal, Multi-Star, 27 mm ........ Cartridge Case, Steel, for 10.5 cm Recoilless . 313 Gun .................................. 314 Case, Steel, Spiral Design, 17 cm... Cartridge 74.38 Charging Truck ......................... ..... 74.79 Compressor, Air .... ................ 63 Chemical Warfare Vehicles ............... 74.24 Commercial Truck ........................ 62.1 Crane, Gantry, Portable ................... 74.25, 74.26, 74.39 Cross-Country Truck ........... 326 Deutpatrone fur Kampfpistole .............. 74.81 Dieseleisbereiter als Anhanger ............. Direction & Range Finder Trailer ..... 74.80,.74.90 175, 176 Director, Antiaircraft ................. 320 Dischargers, Rifle, Spigot & Cup Types ...... 74.79 Doughkneading Trailer ................... 74.33 Druckereikraftwagen .................... 74.79 Drucklufterzeuger als Anhinger ............ 321 Egg Hand Grenade ...................... 321 Eierhandgranate ......................... 61 Electrical Repair Truck ................... 39 "Elephant" .............................. 74 Engines, Armored Force Vehicles (Chart) 73, 209 Fallschirmjager Gewehr ................... 326 Fallschirm Leuchtpatrone fir Kampfpistole.. 218 Faustpatrone ........................... 105, 108,108.1 Feldhaubitze .................... 115, 116.1, 120 Feldkanone .................... 74.26; 74.40 Feldfernkabelkraftwagen ............ 39 "Ferdinand" ............................. 74.38 Fernsprechbaukraftwagen ................ Fernsprech-Betriebskraftwagen . .74.13, 74.28, 74.42 74.17, 74.27, 74.39 Fernsprechkraftwagen ......... 74.88 Fernsprech-Vermittlungsanhanger .......... 74.28, 74.42, 74.43 Fernschreibkraftwagen ........ 74.26, 74.40 Field Telephone Cable Truck ......... FIRE CONTROL Antiaircraft Directors Kommando-Gerit 36 .................. Kommando-Gerat 40 .................. Sight Mount for 7.5 cm Howitzer (le. F. K. 18) ................................. Sight Mount for 10.5 cm Howitzer (le. F. H. 18) ................................. Sight Mount for 15 cm Howitzer (s. I. G. 33) Sight Mount for 7.5/5.5 cm A. T. Gun (Pak 41) ................................. Sight Mount for 8.8 icmA. T. Gun (Pak 175 176 177 177 177 178

43/41)

..............

. .

....

.

Sight Mount for 7.5 cm (Stu. K. 40) on Pz. 179 Kpfw. III Chassis F8, w/o rotary cupola.. Sight Mount for 7.5 cm (Stu. K. 40) S. P. on 179 Pz. Kpfw. III Chassis ................. Sight Mount for 7.5 cm Pak 40 mounted on 180 38 (t) Czech Chassis .................. Sight Mount for 7.62 cm Pak 36 (r) mounted 180 .......... on 38 (t) Czech Chassis .. Sight Mount for 10.5 cm (Stu. H. 42) on Pz. 181 Kpfw. III Chassis ..................... Sight Mount for 15 cm s. F. H. 13 on Lor181 raine Chassis ........................ 66 Sights, Tank and Armored Car (Chart).... 74.52, 74.53 Fire Engine ....................... 74.52 Fire Extinguisher Truck ................... 74.76 Fire Pump, Motor, Transportable ........... 109, 111, Flak (Flugzeugabwehrkanone) .... 112, 125, 129, 130.1, 132, 133, 135, 136, 137 74.23,74.24, 74.41 Flakkraftwagen ............... 74.40 Flakmesstruppkraftwagen ................. . . 133 . .......... Flakvierling ............... 9 Flame-thrower (on Light Tank) ........... 30 Flame-thrower (on Medium Tank) ......... 30 9, Flammenwerfer ........................ 74.35 Flash Ranging Station Truck .............. 74.33, 74.39 Flash Ranging Truck ............... 74.51 Flugbetriebsstoffkesselkraftwagen .......... Flugbetriebsstoff-Kesselwagen als Anhanger.. 74.85 74.50, 74.51 Fuel Servicing Truck ............... 74.84, 74.85 Fuel Tank Trailer .................. 74.88 Funkanhanger ........................... 74.43 Funkbetriebskraftwagen ................ 74.44 Funkhorchkraftwagen ..................... Funkkraftwagen ..... 74.4, 74.5, 74.11, 74.13, 74.14, 74.29, 74.44, 74.60 74.30, 74.46 Funkmastkraftwagen ............... 62.1 Gantry Crane, Portable .................... 118 Gebirgsgeschiitz .......................... 108.2 Gebirgshaubitze .......................... 74.15 Gefechtskraftwagen ..................... 74.86 Generator Trailer ........................ 74.74, 74.75, 74.76 Generator, Transportable ....... 100.1, 104, 110, 119, 122 Geschiitz ............. 208, 208.1 Gewehr ............................ 209 Gewehr, Fallschirmjager .................. 317, 318, 319 Gewehr Panzergranate ........... 318 Gewehr Propaganda Granate .............. 317 ,........ Gewehr-Sprenggranate ............ 304.6 Glasmine .............................. 315 Glider Bomb, Radio-Controlled ............. 212 Granatbiichse ............................ 106, 114, 124 Granatwerfer ................... 317 Grenade, Hand or Rifle, Antipersonnel ...... Grenade, Hand, Antitank, Hollow Charge... 304.4 321 .......... Grenade, Hand, Egg-Type ....... 321 Grenade, Hand, Stick ..................... 322, 323 Grenade, Hand, Smoke ............... 319 Grenade, Hollow Charge ................ 324 Grenade. Pistol ...........................

Ind. 4

1 March, 1945

ICEF

RESTRICTED

.. "H ornet" ..... Howitzer.. 110.. ..... 74.... Gun.... 252... 74.. 108......55 Ladungswerfer .. Fire-Fighting.... 205. Grenade Dischargers.......... 126........... Antitank Bomb .. 127............ 28.........1. 219...1......21 Ladder....... 206. Dual-Purpose .............18. 108.... Gun.8............ 326 .. Submachine ..... 74.... 74.. 28..4 M orser ... 27....... 107... 113........ 117.. Airborne.... 251.. 214......... 351.......... Mountain.6... 103... Self-Propelled (Chart) .. 38..... 110.......................... "Grizzly Bear" . 108.... Indicator ... 74.......... Antitank.. 175.... 214........ Mountain .. Smoke ........ 74................ 107......... Antitank . Recoilless........ .. Tapered Bore .. 104........... 111... 38.......... 309 Mortar.... 115............ 135 Gun.... 206...15.. 13.52 Launcher.74...75...1........... 26...... .... Medium .. 176 Krad .. 220. Shaving Stick ................. ... 304..... 221.... Field...87.6. 74........... 323 Grenade............... 304... 129... Hollow Charge..1.45.. 306... Propaganda ....... 50........ 74.... 74...... Recoilless . 35 ....5 M ine.. 304......... 72 71........2... 74....... Rifle. 304......1..... Haubitze ................ 112 Gun.. Machine.... 222..2.12. 11........... 133. 74.. Gun..6 M obile Siren .. Antiaircraft/Antitank . 326 Instandsetzungkraftwagen .... 215.4 Kraftfahrspritze . ..37...........57....... 134 103...... 253.1 Howitzer.......32 Mannschaftskraftwagen ... 130..... 74.... 74.............. 14..5..... ..... 128............... 1945 Ind.... Light ..1 Machine Guns . 301.... 255 Maschinengewehrkraftwagen ... Aircraft.........1........ 137 Gun.... Magnetic. 123..2...... 8..... 352. Rocket .. 318 Grenade........... 60....35 Luger 9 mm Pistol ...1 Grenade.... 105 108....... 74...1 Maschinensatz als Anhanger ...... 304.. ......... 220...21......1............. 206. 304........ Hollow Charge.... 352.... 122 35 Howitzer....1........ 253..... Antiaircraft/Antitank (Ex-Danish).... 102 Motorcycle......... 318 357 Grenade... 4.. 74. 40 21..45 Mine.............2 Gun... 19........... .. 326 Grenade.. .... 118 Gun.. 109. 306.. 74.. 74..INDEX TO VOLUME I g~N~~i~SMA GERMAN * Grenade........ Infantry . Antitank ....... Smoke ..... 58 Motorcycle Tractor . 74........ 215. 65 Guns..89 Leuchtpistole . 131 Guns........20....... 213.......1 Leuchtfeueranhanger .......... 213.45 Horchfunkpeil-Kraftwagen ..46.............1. Rifle.3....... 204. Multi-Purpose ...... 100........33 Lichtmessgeratkraftwagen ............. 120 Karabiner .... Heavy ... 305 Mine.. 74..7.................5 Mine.. 74.. 136 112.......... Howitzer.... 218 Launchers.... 202 "Lynx" .... 101. 304......................... ....... 100.. ..25 Jeep (Volkswagen) .. Self-Propelled .T................. 201 100.. .. 34.... 304. Pistol.... 255 Machine Shop Truck . Machine.. 320 33 ............. 74..76 Mauser 20 mm Machine Gun ....31 Kampfpistole .... 74.... 5. 119 125......54 101 Howitzer.26....... 74... Railway .........1.... 15... 103 Mortar .. 115...... 74..... 74. 251..... 74.................. 120 Gun.... 221... 74... Heavy (With Sidecar) ...2 Kommando-Gerat .............53 Kraftomnibus .............. 128........ 74.... 302.. Antipersonnel .1 Gun.59 Maschinenpistole ........ 74.. 252. 317.........3 H olzm ine . Motorized ... 130... .. 5 .. Rocket...........39 Lichtmesstellenkraftwagen ........ 116. Ice Maker. 108 Gun-Howitzer .... 208.. Self-Propelled .. 222. 110.... 74...... 74............1..1 Kabelmesskraftwagen . Pistol.. 201 Lichtauswertekraftwagen ... 222...1....... 74............ 29..... 74......... 124 Mortar Shell-"Bouncing Betty" ....... 255 Gun.. 33. 74......48 Krankenkraftwagen .47.........E........ 208........ 219........ Amphibious .. 16.......... Antitank.. ....36 Messtruppkraftwagen .....58 "King Tiger" Tank .... 74. Rifle .2 Howitzer.. .........1...... 252....... 220.25..... Glass .... 44................ RESTRICTED CSCCI 1D vu 1 March.... Rifle.. 114...... 34 Hose Truck . 116. 215 216 Gun.............. Grenade... 253...36 Messtellen-und-Geratkraftwagen ..40 Meteorological Truck .......... 74. 206........52..... 74. 74..... 207.. 74...... 100..... Antiaircraft .. ..... 100.. 74.. 216...... 102 Lastkraftwagen (offen).............92 mm Rifle ... 102. 213..... . 58....2 Kettenschlepper . 61 Madsen Antiaircraft Gun ... 39. 252 Mauser 7.... 74.... 132. Antitank ........ 59 Jeep. 304.. .... 100... 20...... 303. 219.. 108............ 122 "Hum m el" .. 58 Kraftfahrdrehleiter . 204.81 Indicator Grenade ......... Pistol. 74... chute 326 Grenade......35.. Illuminating Star on Para...'106............... 74.. 74...22......... 119 Gun..............23 Maschinengewehr ..1 Measurement Range and Equipment Truck . 322 Grenade.... Guns.. 101 Morserlafette .. "Hunting Panther" ....... 132 Maintenance Truck . Diesel Engine . .... .. 251. 304.... 319 Grenade... 207...7 Interceptor Truck ... 74..........1 ... Stick .....1... 12.. 105.2.. 216.....1..... Field ... ........ Tank (Chart) .......... 74....... 104. 214.......... 131. Spigot ... 123...........24.. 104...... 221.... Recoilless . 116. 74..................... Gun...... Mountain .......82 Grosskiihlbehalteranhanger Gun......55 Kraftfahrsirene ....A... Machine.. 121....... 304..... 74. 50 Kanone ..... H..... Heavy (Ex-Czech) .... 217... 48......... 205..

...2. 126... 211 Panzerbiichse . 57. 74....2. 49 GERMAN 74..... 6 1 March..... 74.. N...1...... K.... Personenkraftwagen ..... 177 for 10...... 74...37....59 Raupenschlepper .... 355............1.and Armored Cars (Chart).... 74.10......97 Pontoon Carrier ... Schallauswerte-Kraftwagen ........... 113. ........ 32. .... 11. 34........... 326 Nebelpatrone fur Kampfpistole ..........54 ... Panzerkampfwagen ... 74..1..........97 Pontonwagen ... 210......... 74.. 74.. 34 "Rhinoceros" . 7.......103 Plow......... 74. Paratroop .46 Radio Antenna Truck . 74. 131..... I. 74....1.......8 cm Raketenwerfer 42-"Piippchen"..61 74.....55 Oxygen Tank Truck ...2.. 74.... 130 "Panther...... 8 cm "Bouncing Betty" .... 33 .. 74............... 218 Panzerfaust ..... 74..... 21 cm Nebelwerfer 42 ... 74......... 311 Shell..... 46 Munitionstransport ...................... .... 74.65. Rifled.. 110.......... 208.... "Piippchen" . 74.... 53. 41........ 318 Propaganda Grenade ... 74....... (a 74...... 134...............61. 15......... 74. 74. 354. 38... 55... 119 Recoilless Guns .....................39 74................ 206 Schmeisser 9 mm Submachine Gun ........... 21.. Schallausnahme-Kraftwagen ................ ...... 48....60..101.... ..... Sidecar for Motorcycle ...... 110.. 128. 24..................76 Motorspritze als Anhanger ... Rocket ...........102...............8 Panzerkampfwagen-Nachbildung .. 74.... ..... 22.. 74......80...... 352. 74..1..... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .. 74..... 37 "Panther........ 212 Rifle.......44 Radio Truck ..2 ....1.. 18........20 Searchlight Truck .......96.. 316 Rocket-Propelled Bomb .... 311 .....41) 48... 309 Shell. Nachrichtenkraftwagen .29.......2 Rifle.... Rocket ..... Grenade-Launching .... 356 351.. 116.... H.55 .............5 cm (Sabot Type) .............. Automatic . Kfz..........38 Sammlerkraftwagen ... 74.....58.66 Panzerfunkwagen ....74........ 74..... Projectile.39 Pionierkraftwagen ... 357 Raketenpanzerbuchse Granate . Signal and Grenade ....43 F . H..... 201 Pistol... 74.. 74...... 202..56.. 1.... 74.... 74....... 74....................100....... 306........................ Mobile ..10. 74. 74..44 Radio Interception Truck "....... 74. ......17....... 19.........3...5 cm Howitzer.36 Range Finder Truck . Rocket...18.. 74....... 312 Rifled Projectile .19.... 25.......... 74. 58.. 74.... 52......90 Navigations-Funkpeilanhanger ..... .. 4...... 74........" S-P Antitank or Assault Gun.. 207 ...... 118 Mountain Weapons .... 10..... Heavy . Rifle . 108..34 . E..... F.... 121.. 112......... 307...102..67 ... 117..... 313 Recoilless Gun Ammunition .. 74....... H... .." Tank........... ....... ........ 38....... 10... 323 Nebelhandgranate ....... ...1 "Panther..... Radio Teletype Truck .. 59..... ... . 210..20... Mortar........ E...... 319 Schuss Granate .INDEX TO VOLUME Motor-Karrete .......... ....... 44........101..4 Panzerwurfmine ... 17.....5 cm Howitzer.... 217 Raketenpanzerbichse .. 352 .... 74.... 10...........64 48.. PzB 54) . ........96........ 354........ 208............58. 74.....8... 74. Schlauchtender ...... Prime Movers........ 2... 353..22 Protzkraftwagen ........ 253 Rheinmetall 30 mm Aircraft Cannon ........33 Printing Press. 74..... 42.... 8.. 74. 304........... 308 Panzergranate Patrone .... 74.... 123......... 203 Pistol...19........... 8.2 74... 74. s.... 74......... 60........... 74. 315 Radio-Controlled Glider Bomb ...18...34 ........85..... 34 "Nashorn" ..................... 203 Pistole .. Panzerspahwagen.......... 211 Rifle. 45.....8 cm R..... 46.... 209 Rifle.1 Raketenwerfer ... 74.....2 Riegel Mine ........60....89 Radio Exchange Office Trailer . 74....... 74..........30..1 351 ..... 74...1 8... 1....2.........59 74....................... 6.............. 74........ Snow ....8 cm R. 23. 54...1 Projector........... 322.. 30... Sabot Shell.. 74..5 cm .......... 28 cm .27 Reconnaissance Truck . 74... 312 Projectile....... 74." Hunting ........ Antitank .......... 352.......... Field ........ 352 Nebelwerfer ....... 74... 304........... 127... ...................... 40 Panzerjager ....... ..... 56... 74.... 58......2 Schwimmkraftwagen ..... "Royal Tiger" Tank .98 Rampenwagen ..8 cm Raketenpanzer217 biichse 54 (8....62....... 74................54 ....103 Schneepflug ... 43.. Ind. 74.. 110... ROCKET LAUNCHERS 8............. 251 Oerlikon 20 mm Machine Gun . 18 ... 39.............. F.41 Photographic Truck ... 74.63...... 74.. 322 Shaving Stick Grenade .57 Radschlepper .........1........... 100........ 1..... 74. 31... Scheinwerferkraftwagen ..................9...11 74.......... 38........... 74.... 3.....51.. 15 cm Panzerwerfer 42 (Sd. Semi-Automatic . 352. 74..... 37... SIGHTING EQUIPMENT 177 for 7...2.. 74......... 38.....82 Refrigeration Trailer ........... 66 Sights for Tanks .......8 cm Raketenpanzerbiichse 43 (8. 18 ..48 Nachrichtenwerkstattkraftwagen ..23 Reconnaissance Cars . 74..... 74.. G..... 47........ (see Ammunition) Rockets ..21. 15 cm Nebelwerfer 41 ... 352 Projector.. W .. 74..88 Radio Trailer ................1 38. 38. 57. ...... Schlauchkraftwagen ....... Sauerstoff-Kesselkraftwagen ... 74.............. 74. PzB 43)-8...1... 12... 36. 208............................. Self-Propelled .61 Personenkraftwagen (Gepanzerte)..... Pak (Panzerabwehrkanone).........31 Peilkraftwagen ...... 351....1 Panzerwerfer .100 Scheibenzuganhanger ...... 74........ 177 :owitzer.......86 Oven....31 Radio Beacon Truck ....1 74.16.... Automatic...2 Railway Guns .......1............. See Artillery Self-Propelled Artillery . 74.. 9...... 202....

. Pz..... Experimental ....... III Aus. Light ... 178 for 7...92 mm PzB 35 (p) .. Heavy...... M.... . B...... 121)... 171) ..... 74............ 2 9.... 181 for 15 cm s. 61 Spare Parts Truck ... Pz.. I Aus............92 mm Granatbuchse 39 (Gr..... 121) Pz..... Kfz......8 cm Kw.....1 Submachine Guns . 206....... III Aus........ w/o rotary cupola ....... 213 7... 43L/71) (Sd..53 Taper Bore Ammunition ........5 cm (Stu.. 265) .......... Kfz............. (see Artillery) Tank.5 cm Antitank Gun.. 74..8 cm Antitank Gun. Kfz..92 mm M....... ...... Flamethrower .. F...... 74....... II (F) (Sd... 101 (Rheinmetall) ...... 253 30 mm Mk....... (see S..... 74.. 74.. K. 128.2 7......... "Tiger" (8.. 9 Tank.... G..... 38. Flamethrower ... ...8 325 Sprengpatrone fir Kampfpistole .. 34/41 .. 208 7.......... Pz.92 mm Gewehr 41 (W) . Kpfw... 222 20 mm M..93. Kfz... G. 32 Tank......................... F. K.. Kw..... 203 27 mm Leuchtpistole (Walther) .... 3.... 6.1 7........ 204 9 mm M.....48 Siren... .92....... Kfz... K................ ... "Panther" (7......... 323. 121).... Pz.. Pz..... Pz..... 24.................. M...... Dummy ... a2.... C. 74. 74..4 SMALL ARMS Machine Guns 7. ..92 mm Karabiner 43 .. (Sd. 208... D........ 101) .. 161) ....... 209 7... (Oerlikon).5/5................ Pak 43/41....... . 81 ... 205 9 mm M.... 34 . I kl.92 mm Panzerbuchse 39 (Pz... V ... 151/20 (Mauser) .... C (Sd. (see Small A rms) Supporting Trailer ... on Czech 38 (t) Chassis .... E (Sd..... 7 .... ......... ... Pz.70..... 182) ...92 mm M........ .. 26...... G.................. Kpfw. G.... Kpfw.. 74. 304...... . 36L/56) (Sd.. II Aus....... Spigot Mortar ...... 42) on Pz.... W. 64 Tank Destroyer .... 208... 37 Tank.... 306.. Pz.......95 Surveying Trailer .... 305........103 Solothurn 2 cm Antitank Gun .. Kpfw... Wg......... on Pz.. (Sd..... 141) Pz. 161) ...... 10... III Chassis .. 102 Spiral Design Cartridge Case . 0 (Sd...92 mm M. 40) S. 1945 Ind.... 98K) . .... Kpfw.... 31..... 74... 37 (t) (Brno) . 1. 306. 74.... 17 ... 181) . ... 131 ....... B. Kpfw...... a3.. 9.. 220 7. 39).. E (Sd.. G... fl...99..98 GERMAN . 34/1 (Bergmann) ... 13 on Lorraine Chassis 181 Signal Cartridge ....... .......... ...3 Signal Repair Truck ....2 7. 74.1 Stielhandgranate ... C...80. 3 Tank....... Kpfw.. F. 306....... Heavy ("Panther") ... 123......... 30 Tank Transporter .. 219 7. Pz. 74.. B.. Command... 28..... E (Sd.......100 Tankspritze ... Kfz..... 304. ... P....... G... F2... 215 7.. 30.. Kpfw... P......5 cm Kw....92 mm Karabiner 98K (Mauser-Kar..... III Aus.... 25..1 Stielgranate . 141)........... Sprengriegel ... Pak 41. B.. 210 7. Pz.. on Pz...... K fz... . Kpfw... ..... II Aus.............. (Sd..... 178 for 8. Bef..... K (Sd................... Kfz......... 7. Pz.. 33 Sturmgewehr 44 ...... A (Sd.. 27. 38 (t) ... III Aus... 141) ......... Heavy (Redesigned "Tiger") .. K. .... 202 9 mm Pistole 38 (Walther) .. K... 74.......... 74...92 mm Fallschirmjager Gewehr 42 (F.......... 212 Submachine Guns 7..... I Aus..... Kfz.. . Kfz. . H....... al.. ....... II Aus..... Light ...... P...... 211 7...2 Tank. .34 Sound Equipment Trailer . Kpfw..... G. Kfz.. ......... 131 RESTRICTED 41 .... ....... M.... 2..... b..... Kfz........101...... 251 20 mm M............62 cm Pak 36 (r) S..2 Stick Grenade .... II Aus.... Kfz.34 Sound Plotting Truck .5 cm (Stu....... D......... Pz........ Artillery) Tank........ .. III Chassis ............. 38 Tank.......92 mm M.... 314 Sprengmine .. H.... ..... 214 7.92 mm M... 40 (Schmeisser) 206 Smoke Grenade ..... Kpfw.... 252 30 mm Mk............ Pz............ G...... 326 Snow Plows .... ... Kpfw.... ... . 42 . 179 for 7..... 322.........102.....92 mm M. IV Aus. 179 for 7.. 38..INDEX TO VOLUME for 7... D...90 TANKS Pz..... 41) ... .. A. A.5 cm Pak 40 mounted on Czech 38 (t) Tank . 180 for 7.... 216 7.. F....... Kpfw........ H (Sd.. III (Fl.... G... 101) ... 108 A-3 ..... 18 Tank. B... ..1 9 mm M.... 15 .. 62........ 36 Tank..... Kpfw. 8...5 cm (Stu........... P..... 325 Signal Communication Truck ............ G.... 42) . Light.. 74... IV Aus. 321 Sturmgeschiitz ............. J.92 mm M..... Medium....... Kpfw.. 206. B.... ...71. Kfz........ F (Sd.. ... Pz. . 207 7..92 mm M... G..... 22. ....42-L/70) (Sd. Pz. P.... Kw........ .. Kpfw...8 Tank Guns . 43 . 40) S. H........ Pz...94 Sound Detector Truck ...... 74.. 181 (Bergmann) .. . 74.. Kpfw....... 122) Flammenwerfer.. Heavy ("Tiger") ....92 mm Gewehr 41 (M) ......92 mm Gewehr 33/40 ..... .... c... 38 u.. 39)...2 Taper Bore Guns ...2 Tanks (Chart) ......... 306.. 206.. G... 255 Pistols 9 mm Pistole '08 (Luger) ... K... P. 74... 74. Kfz. 141) Pz.... L....... ........ Kpfw..... ..... Medium . 201 Rifles 7. P. 180 for 10.... ... 74... ... 23...2..... 74.. .... Kw...... P........... P.. Kpfw...... .. Kfz............ 74. 221 13 mm M... 306......... Pz. III Chassis F8...... CJ 71^ 1 March. "Tiger" (8... A. 74............... N..8 cm Kw.81.. 134 Sonderanhanger.. .... Kpfw.... M obile ........ G..............

. .49 Truck..... Wurfgranate .... 74. 61........... 74. Antiaircraft Protection ........ 74........ 74.....98 Trailer....89 Trailer........28......17 Truck..... 74..... Heavy ..... 74..... 55.. Supporting.. 309.... 303....... 74. 61 Truck. 74............. .18..... Flash Ranging.. Airplane.... .................38 Telephone Exchange Car .... Doughkneading ... .... Armored........ Bridging .................. Searchlight.....42. 74........ . 74....74..100 Winch Trailer .. Medium ............. Interceptor .88 Trailer...20 74................. 62.. 74.. 74........ 53.....54 Truck. .. ...... Truck......2 Truck. 74............ S Ind............... .......87 Trailer. 354............. Radio .......................... 74...35.. 61....... Truck....37 Truck...99 Tiefladeanhanger fir Panzerkampfwagen........90 Vermessungsanhanger . ..... 324 Wurfkorper Leuchtpistole ...13 Telephone Exchange Trailer .........91 Trailer for Assault Boat ........... ...35...49 W erkstattzug .......... Motor....... ...... 38 "Tiger" Redesigned Heavy Tank ...... 74..... 74... Reconnaissance ....28 Truck.. 62.......... Signal Communications ... Sound Plotting ... Measurement Range and Equipment....1 Tiefladeanhanger . 304..99.. 74.......... 74... .. Fuel Tank ........... 74.......... Motor.......82 Trailer......... 74....42..... 38................85 Trailer.. Photographic ........... Small ....... "W asp" . 74...49 ..30.. 74..42 Truck........36 Truck..... Airplane Fuel Servicing ... Generator......67 to 74...35 Truck. Fire Fighting .. Light .. 74. Wheeled/Tracked... 74..." King or Royal .....98 Vollgatter .17 Teletype Connection Trailer ....... Motor... Medium (Open) .... . 74. 304. Oxygen Tank ............. 74.....21........ Telephone Exchange ................40 Truck..... 61 '............87 Teletype Truck . 74. 324 Wurfgranate Patrone 326 Leuchtpistole ...... Trailer for Airplane Wings .36 Vermessungsgeratkraftwagen ... 56 aftwagen .. ..... Signal Repair .............. 74......... 1945 OFFICEHI 1FOfbiANCE RESTRIC TED .......... ..43 Truck..84 Trailer............. Telephone Construction ... Charging ...6 Truppenluftschutzkraftwagen ................ .2 Tractor.37 Waffenmeister-Werkstattkraftwagen ... ............ 74... 61 Transporter. 74.... Fuel Servicing ...... 74...... Maintenance ...... 74...28 Telephone Truck .. Telephone Exchange . Sound Detector .. 74.6 Truck.79 Telephone Construction Truck . Flash Ranging Station ...............100 Train.........58 Tractor..... Fuel Tank .94 Trailer............. 74...... 63 Vehicles..41 Truck.........27 Truck......... Antiaircraft Survey Section ..... Truck. GERMAN 74.... 74. Surveying... ...44 Truck.......... 302......100 inc.... 74.... 74.................... . Telephone Generator ... 301......... 74.79 Trailer.. ... 58... 74...18.......... Wagon....... 38.. Field Telephone Cable ......50.74...44 Truck... Volkswagen ...29... 74..42 Telephone Generator Truck . 74..87......... 74... 48 49 Vehicle......43 Tellermine ...95. 74........... ......26...... Direction and Range Finder.... 74. 74........22 Truck.... .. 74..... ..... Truck....... 74.... Teletype .....48 Truck....... 74...... Motorcycle .......40 Truck... Electrical Repair ........ ........ 74.... 74.56. 74... 74....95 Trailer.... 74.32 Verstarkerkraftwagen .................... Radio . Radio Teletype .............. Machine Shop ........ 74. Truck................. 74..51 Truck. 74............. Vehicle..2. 74......88 Telephone Exchange Truck .. .. 74. 74.......... /4 -ton.......99..53 Water Tank. 74. 74.98 ... 54.......33.......................37 Waffenmeister-Geratkraftwagen ... Reconnaissance.... Amphibious ..... 74..41 Truck..90 Trailer........... 74........... Repair.INDEX TO VOLUME Teigknetanhanger ......... Fire Extinguisher ..... Antiaircraft Unit ........ 74..... 74.... 74. 74........ 74... Heavy (Open) .36 74.... 52........... 201 Walther 27 mm Signal Pistol .....90 Trailer. 74.....24 Truck.. Cross-Country (Open) ....7 Vehicle..52 Truck............. 74.........25.. Radio Beacon ..88 Trailer... 74..... 74.80............ Box Car ...............57 Tractor.39 Truck.... 38 ..... 74.3 Truck............ Cable Surveying ......... 74.. 74. Medium (Closed) . 74.. 74.............26....32 Truck.... Winch . Observation. Light .... Workshop Train ..... Workshop ........... 74...... ..... Light ......... 74.....34 Truck............. Heavy ....... Beacon ............. Workshop Truck .1 Wurfkorper Spr..100 Truck.....100 "Tiger" Heavy Tank ..86 Trailer.....23... 74. Chemical Warfare ....38 Truck........ 74.............. 74.34 Truck....... Range Finder .39 Truck. 74..... ........... 61 Truck... Walther 7. ... 74... 14 ........ 74.18.......... 74.. 74......31 Truck.. Large . 74.... 74.... Radio Exchange Office . ......... Radio Antenna .56. 51..... 59 58...45 ... ......... Hose ......... Limber ....... 50 Trailers ...... 61. 74...... 8 1 Marc]h.37 Truck....... 74................ Commercial...43 ...... 356 ...........31 Truck... Sound Equipment ...........28... 74............ Radio Interception .. 74..... . ... 74....... 74... 208 ... 74......2 "Tiger... 74... Workshop . Light (Open) .......45 Truck. 74...... 74.......51 Truck......46 Truck.................57 Tractor.......... Meteorological .. . ............. Light . 74........38 Truck............. Telephone ..... 74........55 Truck.1........46 Truck.19....... Spare Parts .. 74....... Tank .. 74.. 74. 74.. 61 ....... Refrigeration.89 Trailer... Light ........ 74. Teletype Connection .. 203 Walther 9 mm Pistol..........92 mm Rifle . 74............ 74..... 74... 74................ 4-wheeled/ Tracked ..............96 Trailer........45 Wetterkraftwagen .............. 74.... 74..............

.5 cm...1 81 mm Heavy Mortar... M... Pak .. 40.... Automatic Rifle... M. 108. 151/20 252 28/20 mm Tapered Bore Antitank Gun.. 1........... F...2 Multi-Purpose Gun. 10 cm. 36... 112.. Gun.... s...... K.... (Solothurn s/8-100) 134 Antiaircraft Gun.. 7...... Flak 28 (Bofors). 112 Antitank Gun.... 110.... F.. G.. 2 cm. 7. 7..... 222 20 mm A. 98K ..........8 cm... 206..... 18.... 137 Aircraft Machine Gun... 42 .7 cm. Pak 41 ....... Flak 41 . Grenade Launching Rifle.. G../A. I....... K.. 7. 136 A. Flakvierling 38 ...1 Medium Howitzer. 17 cm K. M ....... 103 200 mm Spigot Mortar... 106 150 mm Heavy Infantry Howitzer..... 110 Smoke Mortar..... 109 Recoilless Gun... 3... Pak 43 .. 4. Pak 36 (r) ...... 5 cm..5 cm. Automatic Pistol 38 . 108. H... Flak (Madsen) ... 1. .. 115 Antitank Gun. 1.A..... 8. Pz....T...... Semiautomatic Rifle. I....2 280 mm Railway Gun.. Mountain Gun.. Laf. Gr...... 1.............. 18 . 9 .. Pz.. 1 ..1 Antitank Gun.. Submachine Gun. H... 36 . 8. Ind... 75/55 mm Tapered Bore Antitank Gun..5 cm.... Kar......5 cm.. 2 cm. Leuchtpistole..5 cm..... 7. W. Geb.T. 15./A.. M.. Laf. 133 A..... G.......5 mm Field Gun on 21 cm Carriage.. 42 .62 cm. Dual-Purpose Machine Gun..... 110... 34 ...... Flexible Aircraft Machine Gun...... Antitank Gun. M.. . 10... 10.... 130.8 cm. . s.. ...... Pak 40 ... 15 cm... 36 (r) ......... Flexible Aircraft Machine Gun.7 cm.... 18 ...... 7....... 1945 \s«777_ RESTRICTED -:iP i: z md. s.. B. W......... 111 Multi-Purpose Gun.. M....... ./A... Semiautomatic Rifle.. 43 .8 cm.... B. 4 cm.. G..CATALO OF ENEMY . 35 (p) . K. Dual-Purpose Machine Gun. G.. 181 . 135 A. M.. Kar. ......... 34/41 .. Gun.. M.. M. Submachine Gun.... G...... 10 cm. Pak 43/41 ... 1945 1 March... 17...62 cm.. Gr. Gewehr 41 (M) .. G.. Mrs.....1 206. G.... 130 Antiaircraft Gun... K.. 20 cm. G.5 cm.... 28 cm. K.1 Smoke Mortar.. Flak 18 & 36. Gewehr 41 (W) ....... Flak 18. Pz..... Fixed Aircraft Machine Gun. Antiaircraft Gun... H 40. Gr... W...... G... .. Carbine. Antitank Gun...2/2. (Oerlikon) . 18 (M) . 128 47 mm Antitank Gun.. 34/1 ... Heavy Machine Gun..... Pz..... Gun. Light Infantry Howitzer... G.... 129 42/28 mm Tapered Bore Antitank Gun.. M.. 10 cm........ L. 42 ... 18 . Gr. F. F.... 16 ..2 120 mm Mortar...1 208... s.. 4..... 39 .....2 207 208 208. 37...... mit Mrs... B. 201 37 mm Antitank Gun... 75 mm Antitank Gun. 39.A. M..18 . 202 203 204 205 206 13 mm Fixed or Flexible Aircraft Machine Gun.... mit Mrs..MATERIEL INDEX TO WEAPONS BYiALiBER GERMAN 7.92 mm Submachine Gun. 36 ...... L. Recoilless Airborne Gun........ Antitank Rifle. 8.... 8 cm........ 15 cm. Submachine Gun. F..... F... 108 Light Field Howitzer..... 1.. 114 88 mm Multi-Purpose Gun... 116. . P. Mountain Gun.... 40 . 2 cm....A. Flak 38 . 7... B. Pak 38 . Antitank Rifle.. Pak (t) ..... 104.. 124 125 126 123 117 118 119 120 121 122 Dual-Purpose Machine Gun.5/5.... 7..... 33 104 Heavy Field Gun... leichte Ladungswerfer 102 210 mm Heavy Howitzer. M. 21 cm... ...... Rifle.. 251 Aircraft Machine Gun. . Pak 41 .. F... 10.... M.. 2 cm. 34 ....... 39 ... Flak 30 ..... 105 172. Geb..... ........ 81... 107 Gun-Howitzer..... 37 (t) ...1 40 mm Antiaircraft Gun.... Flak 38 Geb. 12 cm......... 18 ..1 Mountain Howitzer..5 cm.5 cm.. 15 cm. G... 5 cm. 3. 131 .2 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 219 220 221 50 mm Light Mortar. 7... 132 A. G..... 7.. 43 .............. .. Gun... 10.. F. G.. 127 RESTICTE 101 100. 2 cm........8 cm. Paratroop....... F... M........ 2 cm.5 cm.... ......./A..... G. 76....... 113 105 mm Field Gun. G... 116 Field Gun... 131 27 mm Signal and Grenade Pistol. 20 mm.. 8...... Light Field Gun.. 18 . Flak 38...5 cm.7 cm. 18 .... 10.. Pak 97/38 . 39 (r) . B..... Semiautomatic Rifle.. 38 & 40 . Nebelwerfer 40. . 20 mm. 1f'March.. Flak 41 . M..5 cm.. Nebelwerfer 35 .....T........... 9 mm Automatic Pistol 08 .T. 5 cm.. 41. K 5 (E) . H... s.8 cm..62 cm.A.....5 cm.T..2 mm Antitank Gun. Gewehr 33/40 ...

.......... Track links ........... 38 and one 7... Tread centers ................... K....h..... and VK 1303 were manufactured by Maschienfabrik Augsburg-Nurnberg.......................... It is believed that this vehicle served its main purpose in perfecting one radius steering.... .............. Models VK 1201.... .... Fording depth ..................... The suspension consists of torsion bar straddle-mounted Christie type bogie wheels with center guide steel track. Ground clearance .......One 2 cm Kw..... Height (overall) ..... Production began in 1941 and continued through 1943. 10 ins......... 7 speeds forward......... G... li' F **\ i ^.. I reverse Steering....................Synchromesh... Sp............. Throat microphones were used for intra tank communication.......................... synchromesh cones are provided for all gear ratios except low and reverse.... 67 Pitch of track ...... 7 ins..... one radius steering..................... 20 mm Armament.........p.. ins...... ....... 155 miles Cross-country ....... is called an armored car by the Germans... Models D and E.................. Old models had smoke projectors.....'~ ] l baiiC ^ F! 3 C E ' 8...9 tons 15 ft............ Track guards are provided well over the sprockets and idlers only... VK 1202........ 12............. Kpfw............ 50 m .................... 34 Ammunition (Rds....... Theoretical radius of action Roads ... II.. 25-30 m. 8 ft......................... 30 mm Sides .. One radius double drive epicyclic Crew ............... 178 British B... The turret roof slopes down towards the front and terminates in a cylindrical shape..200 (M..n 8..... 400 (2 cm): 1........ ............. 6 ft............).............. one model of which is shown above.... 4 ft.....................FULL-TRAC Pz... The box-shaped superstructure is built in with the hull chassis........ RESTRICTED fOi JIJ i /'i.............. One gasoline tank located inside on the right holds 83 gallons........ 11/2 ins......................... Armor Front . Length (overall) ...... 7 ft................ Ground contact .................................. Wg. 2 ins................... New model 1303 has no such provision........ 93 miles Speed Roads .. 7 ft. .... Width (overall) ... The thickness of armor of the Lynx is 30 mm on the front of the turret and hull and 20 mm on the turret and hull sides.... 3 16 ins...... while Model VK 1303 has the same system as the Panther-Einradien-Lenkqetriebe... II GERMAN Q This vehicle.......... There are seven speeds forward and one reverse..H........P. .................92 mm M........1 MP 8 Kj f ^ I ........................p................... Transmission...... G.........................U ....................... Evolution of this vehicle stems from development of the Pz.. Periscopes and an optical sighting device are provided in the turret...... Width of track .. SPECIFICATIONS Weight . three-step clutch type steerinc..h.... The first two models were equipped with Dreislufenlenkung.... 3 ins.... three on each side which were electrically operated.... .. The transmission is synchromesh selective and adapts itself to the steering mechanism...... ...... 14 ...... Cross-Country ............................. ........ The engine compartment is at the rear.. front drive sprocket and rear idler.............. ins.. ... 34) Engine ..

.p...... 20 mm at 15° Glacis plate (upper nose) ....................5 cm Pak 39 (L/48)............... Engine.......... 20 mm undercut 15° Hull tail plate ... G.. 44...1 .... There are two fuel tanks with a total capacity of 85 gallons..... All-welded construction is employed except in attaching roof and superstructure rear plates which are bolted on for reasons of accessibility...... 44............. Brinell hardness is approximately 240.. Ground clearance ...... Width of track .. 50 miles Speed Roads .. 30 mm rounded Armament........... 20 egg hand gqzp IJr&4 grenades.............. 17... Fording depth .. A SPECIFICATIONS Weight in action .... Length (overall excluding gun)....... The loader has an episcope fitted in the rear portion of his hatch fixed at 6 o'clock...7........... Epicyclic........... The 7....... .. G........ The steering mechanism is the usual controlled differential type which allows curves of 29 /2 foot radius without "steering losses................ 1 ft..... 4 Crew ...5 cm Pak 39 (L/48).. 1 reverse Steering ..9 pounds per square inch...6 tons ins............. Tread centers . 4.... 96 Track links ........1 ins. Cross-country ... 600 rds............. Pitch of track ...Czech EPA (Type TZJ)....* M............. The Fu 5 radio is fitted.......... ....m................7... one M....)..... G.............. and 6 smoke candles are RESTRICTED 20. Transmission..) The lower nose of the hull is 60 mm thick set at 400 and interlocked with the sides and upper nose plate. Height (overall) ......... at 2. 6 ft... 9 m................. mounted 15 inches to the right of the hull center line........ 2 ft.............................. 111/2 ins...... clutch brake type ................ 101/2 ins.............................................. Theoretical radius of action Roads ...... 6 ft..... 7/Va ins........ 100 miles Cross-country .......p....... The sight projects through the roof. 8 ft.. 1/4 ins....... 8 ft..... inline..h...... (See page 18.... This allows the muzzle brake to be discarded.... has an improved type of recoil mechanism..... Commanders equipments carry an additional Fu 8............ Traverse overall is 16° (-11° right -5° left)........ It is positioned at an angle of 60° and extends to the top of the superstructure................... Gun mantlet .......... The upper nose plate is 60 mm thick... 16 m ............ one M. The power to weight ratio is approximately 9 HP per ton....................... 38 fiir 7..." Curves of smaller radius are obtained by using the track brakes of the additional clutch brake system also provided.... The side superstructure plates are 20 mm set at 40° with a brinell hardness of approximately 195.... A Sfl ZF la sight and an episcope is provided for the main gunner......... 20 mm at 40° 8 mm at 70 Superstructure rear plate. Ground contact ..........................600 r... and may be traversed in any direction and fired from within.............. 15 ft...p........... 180 rds... 158 hp..... Jag.........5 speeds forward.......... M.. 12 rounds of signal ammunition. G.5 cm gun... The hull floor plate is 10 mm............... Ground pressure is 11.... 6-cyl............... 34.... 60 mm at 60° Superstructure side plates..SELF PROPELLED ANTITANK GUN Pz...... 10V/ ins............. 41 rds. 4/4 ins................ Hull side plate .. *In addition to the ammunition mentioned above....h.. new type machine gun mount is built in the roof.. 34. 1 ft..................... The two latter plates are 8 mm horizontal and 8 mm at 70° respectively. The machine gun is fitted with a periscopic sight and extended trigger........ 11 Width (overall) .....5 cm Pak 39 (L/48) GERMAN O SLD The chassis of this self-propelled antitank gun is a modified version of the chassis for the Czech Model 38 tank.. Side apron plates of 5 mm give added protection against high explosive shell fire... 11 ins.. Elevation is from -6° to +100............... Ammunition (Rds.. Armor 60 mm at 40° Hull nose plate (lower) ..

.......... H eight .......... 11 ins.................. IV fiir 7.......... Kpfw............... 9 ft....... the fighting compartment in the center................ Tread centers . Cross-country . K......... The design follows that of Sits predes............ mounted on the Pz.........h............p......................................... 15 m.h. 4 ins......... the Stu..... Armament ...... Transmission.... 75 mm ....................... the Stu...............p..... .. G. 1 reverse................... G............................................. . i F r - SPECIFICATIONS Weight . IV.. III chassis with the exception that in the later equipment the usual key.. III chassis which also has the improved type of rounded gun mantlet............. 15 ins. K................ with the driver's compartment in the front......................... 320 hp.... Engine .. Cross-country . 28 m.. Kpfw........ 130 miles Roads .................. 40 (L/48) Ammunitions (Rds....................e mantlet.....5 cm Stu......... Maybach HL 120 TRM............. Th .........5 cm Stu........mpartment in the rear........... is a lengthened version of the Stu. 80 miles Speed ................ 3 ft............ W idth of track ... and the engine co.... 15 ins.......... The gun. 40 (L/48) 4' L GERMAN This equipment................. In the inset above is shown the 7.......................Synchromesh-6 speeds forward......................... 7 ins.......... 19 ft............ The division of chassis space follows the usual design for this type of vehicle............... 98 Fording depth . represents a furthe ment in German assault guns. 2 mounted on the Pz.... 40 (L/48)...................... 40............... houses the buffer and recuperator..... 1945 32t1 ........................ 4/ ins........... 40 (L/43) and is similar in clesign and performance to the Kw........... crew...... 40 (L/48). Kpfw.. Epicyclic............. The rest of the armor is the same as that provided for the Pz....... K...... Length . Pitch of track .... .. K.............. cessor............. Armor protection has been increased by the additic n of slabs of concrete six inches thick attached to the front plate ar Ld the roof over the driver's compartment by means of wire. 11 ft... 40 (L/48) mounted on the Pz.... Kpfw............... with muzzle brake.... Ground contact .......... Track links ... K........... clutch brake .... 6 ins.......... 7 ft............ rew ......... W idth ...5 3 X4_ ' r RESTRICTED MlJN 1 April................. IV chassis......... K..........SELF-PROPELLED ASSAULT GUI Stu........ consisting of the 7...... 7.. 30 mm Sides . .....................5 cm Stu.. 130 mm thick......... Armor Front nose plate ............5 cm Stu. Steering ..... ..stone gun mantlet has been replaced by a cast steel mantlet wi th curved surfaces to offer the maximum projectile deflection.................................. .......... Ground clearance .................... K......... ....) . Theoretical radius of action ................... Roads ............

. Roads ........ The muzzle velocity of the 3. The height of the shield....................... 360 6 traverse and 900 eleva- 15 ins.. is centrallymounted on a pedestal..... ............... It is hung from a single trunnion on the right through which passes the feed and ejection aperture. Width of track ................................... Crew ................... Fording depth ..... eight inches wide...... Speed 130 miles 80 miles 25 m..... Cross-country ........... 4 ins............ ............... Both elevating and traversing handwheels are located to the right of the gun.............................. wvhich has a SPECIFICATIONS Weight Length Width H eight ...... 7 ins..................... Steering ....7 cm Flak 43.... measured up the slope.............. 32....................... clutch brake 7 ........................................... The monobloc barrel is fitted with a combination muzzle brake and flash hider... 1 reverse..................... Kpfw......... The 3..... 1945 4 sb i RESTRICTED __ ...... ..2 1 April.......600 Ammunition (Rds.......... Theoretical radius of action Roads .. Engine... Armament .... ....... 3.... The gun is fed horizontally from the left by clips of eight rounds each which are placed on a fixed loading tray... Transmission......h...... ......... 6 ins.. 3/2 inches... Sides ....... Armor 50 mm Front plate .... Ground contact . ............ The superstructure is especially designed for the second purpose............. Epicyclic.......... 98 Track links ........ ......... 19 ft..) ...750 f/s..... IV chassis adapted to mount the 3...............h..................600 rounds.. is four feet.280 high explosive and 320 armor piercing.. and its theoretical rate of fire 250 rounds per minute... The side and rear walls of the structure are two spaced 15 mm armor plates nine feet long........ 11 Ins.... 43 ins...... 11 ft................... although the gun may be depressed for use against ground targets............. ..7 cm Flak 43 is reported as 2... .............p............... The ammunition issue laid down per equipment is reported as 1.Maybach HL 120 TRM................SELF-PROPELLED Al Pz...... The center section is 9 mm thick and two side sections each 6 mm thick.... and four feet high................... 7 ft........... tion.. .... Cross-country ...........7 cm Flak F GINi GERMAN C Q This equipment consists of the standard Pz....................................... 15 m....... An official German document states that the standard sight for this gun will be the Schwebedornvisier......p.... and two return springs lie side by side above the barrel.. 9 ft........................... 3 ft........................ ................. 1................ 30 mm ... eight feet..................... A hydromatic-spring buffer with variable recoil is situated below the barrel......................) ........... 320 hp.......... 26 tons (est............... A tri-sectional gun shield sloped at 30° to the vertical is provided.................7 cm Flak 43 1..... Ground clearance Tread centers .............................. Kpfw.............Synchromesh-6 speeds forward...........7 cm Flak 43.... Pitch of track .............. The sides can be pushed outwards and downwards to a horizontal position to permit fire against ground targets or to extend the area of the loading platform........... 15 ins.......................... It is essentially an antiaircraft weapon. IV (3..

.... The crew compartment occupies the front three-quarters of the vehicle and accommodates a crew of five.......... The vehicle is of all-welded construction except that the fighting compartment roof is bolted....... 19 ft.... .... G............. Lower Nose plate ........... Jag... ................... The superstructure front plate is interlocked with the superstructure side plates and additional strength is provided by two brackets which are welded into recesses in the hull sides and bolted to plates welded to the superstructure front... 15 ins... has a thickness of 80 mm......................... Kfz...... The gun...................................... Speed Roads .... 1945 32...... .h.....) ....... all except four being stowed horizontally... 320 hp.... The recoil gear is protected by a cast mantlet with curved outer surfaces........... is bailastically similar to the 7....... 11 ft...... A port is provided in the superstructure front plate to the right of the 7......... Maybach HL 120 TRM................. clutch brake ... 130 miles Roads ....... 80 mm at 50° to vertical Superstructure...... K... set at an angle of 55° to the vertical.............. IV fiir 7..... H eight ............ behind which is a small machine gun ball mounting.... 15 ins..... Pitch of track ...... Fording depth ............ Tread centers .........5 cm Stu.... Kpfw.... ins...........5 cm Kw...... has a thickness of 45 mm.... 150 mm (rounded) 80 mm at 45° Upper nose plate .......) .............. 8 ft.......................5 cm Stu.............. five inches in diameter..... K... . Length ........ 42 (L/70) Sd.... 45 mm at 55° Hull sides ......................... Panther.. 3 ft.. The lower nose plate..... 40 mm at 30° Gun Mantlet ............Synchromesh-6 speeds forward....... the buffer being on the left...... 1/4 ins.............. 4 /4 ins....... 10 ft. SPECIFICATIONS 28 tons Weight (approx................ 55 Ammunition (Rds.......... 5 ins.......p..... which has no muzzle brake...............3 ...... set at an angle of 45° to the vertical...SELF PROPELLED ATITA ............. Transmission..GUI GERMAN * Pz... 6 ft...7................................ one M.................. The upper nose plate.......... front... IV........................ W idth of track .. 6 Ground contact .... Ground clearance ............. 42 (L/70).. It is located eight inches to the right of the hull center line.. RESTRICTED SOFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE1 1 May.......... Theoretical radius of action . ................... Kpfw...... Kpfw.. sides (fighting compartment) .. 30 mm (vertical) Armament. W idth ................ 5 Crew ...5 cm gun......5 cm Stu..... K........................... Armor Superstructure.........h. 28 m......... 91/2 ins....... 42 as mounted on the Pz...... K.............................. 1 reverse Steering ....... 42 (L/70) mounted on a modified Pz.............................. 98 Track links .... Stowage is provided for 55 rounds of ammunition......... 162 This self-propelled antitank gun consists of the 7.. The upper and lower nose plates are interlocked with each other and with the hull sides................. Epicyclic.. ....... IV chassis........ Cross-country ....................... 4/4 ins...p.................................. 15 m............ 80 miles Cross-country ... The remaining quarter houses the engine which is the standard Maybach HL 120 as fitted in the Pz........ The hydraulic buffer and hydropneumatic recuperator are mounted above the piece.. Engine .......

.... 26 tons (estimated) 19 ft...79 in......... Shell... Two guns are mounted on either side of the cradle......... each pedal operates the trigger mechanism of the two diametrically opposite guns............. 9 ft................................ 98 Track links ... 16 clips in turret (20 rds in each) 15 boxes in tank...................... Ground contact ........... 6 inches wide.................) antiaircraft gun mounted on the Pz.........p..... At the front of each side of the upper carriage is a collapsible rod which also can be fastened to the turret armor. Length ... 2 cm Flakvierling 38 Ammunition H................ Rounds ... 9 ft... Roads ............. H eight .. 6 feet... 8 ins........ 15 ins..E...... 7 ft.... Maybach HI 120 TRM... Cross country . Kpfw.. Tread centers ....... 6 ins........ The weapon is traversed and elevated manually by the gunner who also aims and fires it...E... Armor: Front plate of superstructure85 mm at 10° to vertical Sides of superstructure30 mm Armanent ................ Kpfw...... Elevation is from 10° to 90° and traverse is 360°.............. TransmissionSynchromesh-6 speeds forward. Width ....... IV fir 2 cm Flakvierling 38 GERMAN * This equipment consists of the four-barrelled 2 cm (.... .. Fording depth ......... Pitch of track . A rod from the gun upper carriage supports the gunner's seat and is fastened by a U-bolt to the turret to form a connection between the gun mount and the turret armor... Speed: 25 m................ 15 m....................... 107/s ins... 3 ft...................ANTIAIRCRAFT GUN ON MEDI Pz... The 2 cm Flakvierling 38 is supported by two four-inch I-beams which are located 15 inches below the normal tank turret ring.........h.. 4 ins......1 ..... 80 miles Cross country .... H.......................... 4/4 ins............................ The gun has been mounted in an open topped......P........... tracer...-Incendiary: A............ Theoretical radius of action: 130 miles Roads ..... Each side of the turret is composed of two plates of equal dimensions welded together..........p. tracer................................. The top plates are sloped at an angle of approximately 30 degrees and the bottom plates are undercut at the same angle. SPECIFICATIONS Weight ..... RESTRICTED f FioCE CHIEF O CORDNF 1 1 *' 'h 'x 1 iENe 1t 'I 1 August..... There is no traversing rack on the turret ring. shell...... ..................... Width of track .. The armor plate is 15 mm thick........ Engine . IV chassis................... 5 The gun is the normal 2 cm Flakvierling 38 with the triangular base removed.......... The guns are fired by a set of foot pedals................. 11 ft... 15 ins............ The I-beams are in the center below the turret opening and extend across the width of the tank chassis...h... In this manner... the gun mount and turret traverse together.. Ground clearance ............ nine-sided turret... 320 hp....... 1945 34.. The turret is 43 inches high............. Epicylic.......... 1 reverse Steering ................ clutch brake Crew .............. and 8 feet long......

............. 11 ft. and the rear edges of the floor of the sponsons so formed are locked upon the hull angle section............. 7......................................... . 5 34........ .h....5 cm Stu.................. the vehicle is similar to the Pz......... IV chassis upon which is mounted a 7............................ The final spur gear carries 41 teeth instead of the 40 on the tank............... Theoretical radius of action: Roads ... .............. The main armament is mounted in the sloping front plate of a squat all-welded superstructure.... Armor: Front plate of superstructure60 mm at 50° angle Sides of superstructure30 mm at 30° angle Armanent ... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .............. Ground clearance ............. 98 Fording depth ....... Maybach HL 120 TRM...... and this structure is strengthened by limited interlocking of the front plates..... Epicylic........ but with small modifications. The chassis has upper and lower nose plates sloped at 45° and 57° respectively... 15 m................) Engine .... and is protected externally by a heavy casting.............. Kpfw... and is offset 8 inches to the off-side of the center line................... IV.................. Cross country ......... The final drive sprockets are of cast steel with webs of flat section instead of the rounded spokes of the tank sprockets... The chassis is a modified Pz........... Height ........................ Kpfw..... 130 miles Cross country ....... clutch brake Crew .......... 6 ins.. 42 (L/70)..... Kpfw..... IV.... 7 ins.. 28 m ..................... The armor is treated with Zimmerit....... 3 ft....... IV.. 11 ins. 320 hp................. 4 ins... The sloping sides of the superstructure are extended beyond the vertical hull sides over the width of the tracks..... The rear superstructure and engine cover plates are similar to those of the Pz............... Tread centers ....5 cm Pak 39 (L/48).................... IV fir 7........... 1 reverse Steering .....5 cm Pak 39 (L/48) or the 7........ 80 miles Speed: Roads .... 15 ins....2 1 August.............SELF-PROPELLED ANTITANK GUN Pz...p..........p.............. 4/4 ins. Ground contact ........ K... designed to mount either the 7... 15 ins.. Spaced plates of 5 mm armor are bolted to brackets welded to the basic side plates of the rear superstructure sides. Jag.................h.......... 7 ft. The mounting is of gimbal type.. ... The superstructure is bolted through angle sections to the lower hull... 9 ft...... Mechanically.................................... Transmission Synchromesh-6 speeds forward.... 19 ft........................... Width of track .... SPECIFICATIONS Weight .......... Track links .... W idth ........5 cm Pak 39 (L/48) Ammunition (Rds. The all-welded construction of the hull is retained.... Pitch of track .5 cm Pak 39 (L/48) GERMAN * This equipment consists of a Pz............... Jag.... Length .....

.... Theoretical radius of action Roads ...... 10 ins. G............... 7'/2 ins................................C... 173) GERMAN O The standard Model A Panther chassis is used for building this vehicle..... 28 ft.C.......... Weight .. 22 ft.)...8 cm Pak 43 3 (Sd..280 f/s................ 4 ins........................ The fighting compartment is 45 inches in height at the front and 57 inches at the rear..................................8 cm Pak 43/3 gun in a massive cast steel mantlet which is flexibly mounted in a cast steel ring welded to the front plate................ The use of either steering lever will traverse the tank in a small radius or on the spot...h............ "one radius steering..... Driver's vision is by periscope. 6 ins... 1 reverse Steering..... Ground clearance . 8 ft. Kfz.. 8.... 12 ft.................... Fording depth .. Excluding gun ..... In making a turn........ The hull and fighting compartment are of all welded construction..........One radius double drive epicyclic 5 ..................... 34 is ball mounted in the front plate to the right... SPECIFICATIONS 45 tons ..... Jag...........Synchromesh 7 speeds forward..... the inside sun gear is released to rotate backward for a sharper turn....h..... The length of the roof is 93 inches and the width 72 inches........ 9 ft......... A... W idth (overall) .......................8 cm) Ammunition (Rds.. Tread centers ................... Traverse is 11 degrees.... and is quite effective as an antitank or assault weapon............1 ...... 124 miles Cross-country ........... 10 ins......... .....P.............. Height (overall) ..... 62 miles Speed 34 m ...." is new....................................... M...... One M... Track links ..................... ............ the inside sun gear is driven by engagement through a steering clutch with the engine.. _Fuel capacity is 193 gallons... 34 58 (8.. Ground contact ... The vehicle embodies all of the engineering principles and methods of design accumulated by the Germans up to the time of its production.............. 8 ins.. It is unnecessary to engage the transmission in order to turn or traverse the tank through 360 degrees... 9V2 ins.... Stowage is provided for 29 rounds of each of two types of ammunition.. 21 ins...B......................... ............ Engine.... Pitch of track .............. 10 ft.... 45 mm at 30° to the vertical Rear ........... C rew ..... The steering mechanism. of which 34 gallons are held in auxiliary..............p. RESTRICTED Replacement Page OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August....... W idth of track ....... 15-18 m............... 67 ....... . 67 ins... 17 mm at 85° to the vertical Armament..... G.... "Panther" fur 8......) ... Length (overall) Including gun .........S...... .... ANTITANK OR ASSAULT GUN (Gun Motor Carriage) Pz. Armor Front plate ............ P. 1945 38....................8 cm Pak 43/3 (MV 3...... The sun gears are held stationary on the straightaway by steering brakes..Maybach HL 230 P 30 V12 gasoline Transmission........ 80 mm at 55° to the vertical Sides . ..... 40 mm at 30° to the vertical Top ....... The annulus gear of each of the two epicyclics is driven by the transmission output shaft and is subject to seven speeds forward and one reverse.. The vehicle is armed with the 8... 26 ins...... Cross-country ...... Roads ......p..

32...................C. ....... 10 ins......... and a smoke projector..................C... Theoretical radius of action .... m..................8 cm Kw.... (1) smoke projector 80 Ammunition (Rds. 5 Crew ...A.... The transmission.....B............. 5........ 43 L/71 (Sd...........8 cm Kw.......... K...... 5 ins...p.... Pitch of track .'s.. Cross-country .... 7 ins.............. Width (overall) ....................2.................................000 yards..................... Width of track . SPECIFICATIONS W eight .......6 m ..................G....... V-12.... The hull front is formed of a single sloping plate 150 mm thick..... Fording depth ..... 10 Armor Front glacis plate .9 ins..8 cm Kw......... projectile weighing 22... 43 (L/71)........... 12 ft................ Maybach HL 230 Transmission ........ 4 ins. and firing an A........p....... This tank mounts the 8............. Every alternate track link has two ground contact bars............ The hull and superstructure are of single-skin welded construction with interlocked joints......... and a lower nose plate 100 mm thick..... Five of these overlap the four internal ones............... A commander's version of this tank was also manufactured.............. 43 (L/71).. The rounded front is 180 mm thick.......HEAVY TANK ("KING TIGER" or "ROYAL TIGER") Pz..... K................. 9 ft............Controlled differential. 8 forward speeds.......... M..... (1) A.......... 10 ft.................... K..................... Ground contact .. and final drive are similar to those of the Tiger E...h..... G. 38*2 1 August. 80 mm thick........P................... Height .......)-88 mm . hydraulically operated .......... Roads ... 2 ins.......... 106 R oads ......... steering................... Engine ........... VI (B) "Tiger" fir 88 cm Kw......... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE (Replacement Page) RESTRICTED ....... 1 ft.. .......... K.................... Speed 23................3 inches at 1........ The turret is located sufficiently back of the angle of deflection to be clear of direct hits on the front plate.......................280 f/s..........92 mm M........ The suspension is made up of nine torsion bars on each side to carry the tank on steel tired road wheels.............. The pannier side plates..................(1) 8... 23 ft.............. 69 ins..... The transport trailer for this tank is described on page 62.......... gasoline engine of 600 horsepower.. It is distinguished by heavy frontal armor and by the employment of the heaviest German gun to be used in a turret with 360° traverse-the 8..G... 90 Track links . This gun has a muzzle velocity of 3..... resembling in design the Panther rather than the earlier Tiger............. Kpfw.......5 ins.... an antiaircraft machine gun.. Cross-country . are set at a 250 angle and also resemble those of the Panther...........................h. 75 tons Length ... Each of these plates is set at an angle of 50° from the vertical.. 150 mm 80 mm Sides .. 182) GERMAN This heavy tank designed for defensive warfare or for penetrating strong lines of defense made its combat appearance in 1944...... Ground clearance ....... Tread centers .. At the rear of the vehicle'is a Maybach 600... 34's. 43........... 4 reverse Steering...... two M... Kfz....................4 pounds against 30° homogenous plate has a reported penetration of 6..... ............................ Armament.. (2) 7.....

Above: The Raketenwerfer 61 as mounted on vehicle. A DESCRIPTION OF THIS EQUIPMENT APPEARS ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE. Right: The projector. 1945 38. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 June.38 cm ROCKET PROJECTOR ON TIGER E CHASSIS Sturmmorser GERMAN O Top: General view of Sturmmorser. showing method of rifling.3 .

..........) ............ 38...............H.......... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTI ED .....) Length of tube . 150 mm at 45° to vertical Projector mantlet (average).................................. Spherical cradle ........... ............. Pitch of track . ins.......... The latter. ... ....................................... *Weight zones are marked to the nearest 5 kg.......... ins.............2 in... 761 lbs.......... THE ROCKET IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 354e2. which fires a splined projectile 58........................... the propellant gases pass through the ports to the chamber between the inner and outer rings........ . 4 reverse Steering...................... hydraulic 7 Crew (unconfirmed) ............ Ammunition....... ......................... 4 crane) ........ which is 741/4 inches long.................................... having nine grooves with right hand twist..... ......................................................................) PHOTOGRAPHS OF THIS EQUIPMENT APPEAR ON THE PRECEDING PAGE......-2012 ins............ 0.6 calibers........ 1....................... Sprenggranate 4581) HEAT (R........... Armor thickness varies from 40 mm to 150 mm.. Thickness of liner ............. Width of grooves at rear .....4 1 June........... The propellant gases are deflected between the tube and liner by an unusual obturator. and the sides against the recess in the breech plate...... Twist of grooves... 68 tons ............. A heavy strip of armor is used to reinforce the joint between the front plate and glacis plate on the outside....) .............6 inches long (see page 354.................................... thereby obtaining the gas seal................ 12 ft....... Width of grooves ...... 69 mm rounded Projector shield (average).......... 8/2 ins......... W" No................... 20° Elevation (approx.... 741/ ins.. .............. 12 ft..... (R.............. 85° ....... Max...... and a perforated ring at the muzzle end...... Depth of grooves ......... The metal obturator comprising a thin "L" shaped outer ring.............. of projectile* ......... This ring has 31 equally spaced holes around its face........ The barrel consists of a cast outer jacket.. The main armament.... 17 Tread centers . 51/ ins........... . Width (overall) ......................... 96 Track links .....................96 ins. and a spacer ring.........E.. hydraulic-8 speeds forward..........06 in....... 6 Width of track ........... 53 miles Speed Roads ..... 38)........... 25 m iles 15 miles Superstructure Armor Front plate ........................ Fording depth ... differs radically in design and construction from any weapon previously examined............ Maybach HL 210.... GERMAN O SPECIFICATIONS (VEHICLE) Weight (in action) (estimated)...... fits into a circular recess in the front face of the breech plate... .......... Continuous-pull Traverse ............ A heavy rectangular superstructure of the type used on the German self-propelled guns replaces the normal superstructure and turret of the Model E........ 12 Engine ...... 150 mm rounded 84 mm at 20° to vertical Side plates ...................... and escape through a perforated ring at the muzzle.... 630 hp... (PROJECTOR) Caliber .Right hand...............) .......... Cross-country . and a spaced liner of 1/2-inch steel. Transmission. ins............................ ............ 87 miles Cross-country .............. At the extreme rear......... 281/2 ins... The rocket projector is mounted in the front plate of the superstructure......................... 40 mm Top plate ............ (12 lbs.. 9 ft............2)........ offset to the right of center.... Firing mechanism .38 cm ROCKET PROJECTOR ON TIGER E CHASSIS Sturmmorser This equipment consists of a 38 cm rocket projector (Raketen Werfer 61) mounted on a modified Model E Tiger I chassis (see p........ ............ one turn in 17.......... The face of the outer ring is forced against the rear face of the tube...... 3 Height (overall including stowage ins.....6 caliber 6..... is rifled.... The breech mechanism is a horizontal sliding plate 2-5/16 inches thick opening from left to right.... 11 t........ W t............ 811/s ins.... a heavier "L" shaped perforated inner ring..Preselector.. Length (overall) ...... The superstructure is made of rolled armor plates and is of welded construction with the side plates interlocked with the front and rear plates...........Controlled differential................. 20 ft..... Height (overall less stowage crane) 9 ft. Theoretical radius of action Roads ..... Hollandungsgranat 4592) ..... Length of liner ....... 3/2 ins............... 100 mm rounded Ammunition (Rds.. ...4 in... When the projectile is fired.... V-12......179 yds.... 0........... the grooves widen to aid in positioning splines near the base of the projectile........... 3 ins................................ Ground clearance ...... ... The liner is held in place by four steel blocks at the rear. ............. Ground contact .. 84 mm at 10° to vertical Rear plate ..... 70 ins............................... 380 mm (14.... 0° Depression (approx.......... one turn in 17............ of grooves .............................. range (horizontal) .........

........S............... . Ground contact ...... 650 amps......... and front idler..... 11/2 inches projects beyond the mantlet. Armor Front plate ......... .....5 m .......................... 11 ft...........8 cm in diameter which are located inside the ball joint in the front armor plate of the fighting compartment... ANTITANK GUN-"Elephant" Pz.... was the first of German heavy self-propelled antitank guns to be manufactured. ins.............. 120 T........... 11 Width .....8 cm Pak 43/2 MG 34 Ammunition .P....... 1945 39 ..........000 rds... each Transmission.... 191/2 ins....... Engine.. Jag...... The maximum elevation of the piece is 250.. at 1...... 10 Height ... MG-2......h..2 Maybach HL 120 TRM. 72 tons Length . current....63 inches... Steering ....................... rear drive sprocket..... Cross-country ...................... which are mounted across the rear of the vehicle.p..... The sides of the hull are 21/2 inches............. Track links .............. SPECIFICATIONS Weight ........ It was designed and built under the supervision of Dr..... with muzzle brake......... 35 miles Speed Road ........ engines mounted centrally in the hull. @ 385 volts. the fighting compartment 33/ inches thick................... The vehicle is actually improvised to utilize an unsuccessful tank produced by Dr......8 cm gun-70-90 rds....................... "Tiger" (P) "Elefant" fiir 8.. It has an overall length of 22 feet........Gas-electric..... Ferdinand Porsche and was first introduced under the name of "Ferdinand" in the Summer of 1943..........R................... of which 13 feet........ ins......... 6 RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August............ ..... The suspension consists of six dual bogie wheels 263 inches in diameter on each side.. D........ The armor is approximately 8 inches thick in the front of the hull and the sloping fighting compartment...... 22 ft................................. 184) GERMAN Q The "Elephant........................... 200 mm Sides (hull) ......... 65 m iles Cross-country .... 320 hp....................... 8.. 25V2 ins................................................ The gun is mounted on trunnions 8....... Kfz....L... 12.......................... Fording depth ... ........ ... ins.... and the fighting compartment 3 1/3 inches.. The "Elephant" is powered by two 12-cylinder Maybach H... under the floor of the fighting cab....... The armament consists of a long-barreled 8...h................ 6-9 m..................300 r............................... 53 9 ft...........M.. 60 mm Armament..................... Theoretical radius of action Roads .................... Ground clearance . Porsche....... There are no return rollers.......... .... From the engine the drive is taken forward directly to generators and thence to electric driving motors having a capacity of 230 Kw........................ 8... .......... Tread centers ..............p....... mounted in pairs on stub axles which are bolted and welded to the hull............." weighing 72 tons............. ......m..... Ninety of these vehicles were so converted...................C........... 5 ins..................... while the rear plates of the hull are 4 1/3 inches. Field control Crew .... 11. traverse is 120 left and right... Width of track ............p. Pitch of track .....8 cm gun.. The roof of the fighting compartment and belly plates are approximately 1 /2 inches thick......8 cm Pak 43/2 (Sd.

C.............. 75 miles Cross country .P.... Two radius system Crew ..........B.......... The sides of the superstructure are made in one piece with the sloped sides of the fixed turret and........ 77 tons W eight .h...... It has a cast...8 cm Kw.......................P.9 ins....... The main armament consists of a 12.... 26/311/2 ins....... Ground clearance .... Speed: 23... Ground contact ................ The gun is electrically fired and has a vertical sliding breechblock. and the same cartridge case is utilized for armor piercing and high explosive rounds.. Maybach HL 230 Transmission ....P........ 12 ft.....C....... The front plate of the superstructure is 250 mm thick and slopes back at 15° to the vertical...... Height (overall) ..............8 cm PJK 44 set in the center of the front plate of the built-up superstructure..................... It consists of a 12............................C.....h.... 7 ins..... ... SPECIFICATIONS ..... 4 ins... 19 ins....... 92 (46 double shoes) 69 ins............ 3 ins...SELF-PROPELLED GUN Pz................................... the penetration is approximately 8 inches. ammunition...................... Engine ......... Theoretical radius of action: 106 miles Roads ...........B........................... like the Tiger B... A.. 8 speeds forward......... Tiger fir 12..C...... penetration of approximately 6 inches of armor at 1.... 13 ft.......................... It is made of one solid piece of cast steel armor....C. 103/110 ins.......... 12.... . ammunition......... Kfz...................... The hull consists of the normal Tiger B with a builtup superstructure to form a fixed turret........... With A...............8 cm PJK 44 (Sd...........000 yards at 300 is effected..................6 m...... The rear plate of the superstructure is also 80 mm thick with a 10 slope... mounted on a Tiger B chassis.... A.. are 80 mm thick sloped at 25 degrees.......P.... Roads ....... Pitch of track ........ Separate loading ammunition is used.. Width (overall) .............. 5...... Width of track ... 4 reverse Steering .. 11 ins..................... 186) GERMAN * The Jagdtiger was the most formidable self-propelled antitank gun used by the Germans.p...........8 cm PJK 44 (L/55) (less muzzle brake)............ K......... 10 m.........8 cm PJK 44 Ammunition .... Length (overall) ............ Jag.p..... 6 40 1 August................ The spherical housing of the gun cradle mounting pivots on a steel ball........ Cross country .... Armor: Front plate of superstructure250 mm at 15° to vertical Sides of superstructure- 80 mm at 25° to vertical Armament ....................... bell-shaped gun shield similar in design to that of the 8.. 23 ft....... 43 on the Tiger B........... Tread centers ....C.............. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE (Replacement Page) RESTRICTED ........ Track links .. with A..................................... 9 ft... Fording depth .........

......p..... 5 ft....1 ............ 2 ft.. with a simple grouser placed on every other track pin....... 10 ins......... Ground contact . and the third for setting off the detonator............ Each bogie is independently sprung by coil springs...... Ignition is by coil and 6 volt battery..... The suspension consists of five small bogie wheels on the bottom with two return rollers on top..... This vehicle carries an estimated 100-125 pounds of explosive.............................. through electric magnetic clutch..... Speed ........................ This releases the magnetic clutch........h....... 3 Ins. and has sufficient power to operate on practically all types of terrain............. Length ....... 6V2 ins....................... Armor Front plate (upper and lower nose)........... 650 lbs.............. 2 cycle Transmission...... Another version of this tank is powered by two electric motors... Track links .......... 2 ft..... cutting the power from the engine for that side of the vehicle. Width of track .............Chain drive... It is used to send a demolition charge to a point at which detonation destroys the tank as well as the target...... is controlled by a 2000-foot electric cable from a hand control box carried in the rear.......... SPECIFICATIONS Weight ........................Controlled by two electric clutches RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 April.... The track is 6 5/16 inches wide................. The hull is fabricated frcm a mild 16 gauge steel with front upper and lower sloping plates 9 mm thick.......... and the tank then handled from the control box through the cable. 2 ft. 2 13/16 ins.. weighing less than 700 pounds....... The control cable consists of three strands.. Ground clearance ... Height ....... Width .......... The power plant consists of a 2-cylinder..) pound explosive charge Engine ........... Pitch of track ..... the engines are started by a hand crank.....(100-125 est....... ..... and an idler wheel at the rear.. The power is transferred through chain drives to each track by means of electromagnetic clutches................... In operation.. 9 mm 4 to 6 m........... ............. 2 cylinder. The hull contains three compartments...... 16 gauge steel Armament........ 770 yds. 1945 40..... the central compartment houses the power unit and control mechanism... Steering..... 6 5/16 ins................. The rear compartment houses the cable and drum...... two for steering....... .. Steering is accomplished by breaking the circuit to the side to which the turn is to be made......... in pairs. Tread centers .....33:1....... 2 ft...................CABLE-CONTROLLED DEMOLITION VEHICLE "Goliath-B I" GERMAN Q This miniature tank..... Hull ...... 5/4 ins........................... and the front compartment contains the high explosive charge........ These are set at 48 degrees and 50 degrees to the vertical........................... 2-cycle air-cooled engine........ the clutches engaged..................................... The chain driven sprocket is at the front of the vehicle.Inline.. 47 Theoretical radius of action ....... The total reduction from the clutches to the sprocket is 9.......... 3 ins........

.. Power is transmitted to the forward sprockets through a train of four spur gears...... The vehicle is powered by a 6-cylinder................. Transmission. Second detector 2 EF 12 Audio amplifiers Filter unit........ the vehicle retracted..................... jettisoned.. which is of one piece welded construction.......12 v.................... 4 ft.................. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE ...... Superheterodyne Frequency ..........Epicyclic Crew steering brakes either man- ually or hydraulically controlled. Height (including driver's shield).. Ground contact .... ................... V........ 13 mm (5 mm + 8 m) Armament ... ........ 5 ft. RESTRICTED 1 April....... 6 ft..................................75 ins................... 12 ns.. 2 ins............. 24............ .................. 50 Pitch of track . its special feature is the remote radio-control with which it may be operated after the driver leaves..................5 ins..................... 5........... It develops approximately 80 horsepower and is supplied by two fuel tanks with a combined capacity of 28....... Three overlapping flaps of 8 mm armor protect the top of the driver's compartment............ Two speeds forward and two speeds reverse are provided by high and low range gears................. similar to commercial types........... the transmission units in one of the forward compartments...................... From the engine.. Drop arms hinged to the sides of the front permit the warhead to be lowered to the ground.... explosive charge Engine...1 ECH 11 Mixer-Oscillator 1 EF 13 Fixed i-f amplifier 1 EBF 11 second i-f AVC...... Ground clearance ...... Armor Front plate .... Radio control of the vehicle is effected by transmitting a carrier of frequency between 24 Mc/s and 25 Mc/s which is amplitude modulated by audio frequency tones................................. W idth ... 12 ft... The transmitter power is apprdximately 4 watts..... at which point the load may be dropped.............. the drive is taken forward through a fluid coupling to the gear box... 10............. Tread centers ...... Steering........................... 10 mm m Sides . 464 kilocycles Tubes Receiver................ Filament-6 v.........RADIO-CONTROLLED DEMOLITION VEHICLE-B IV *ERMAN This vehicle is designed to convey a heavy demolition charge to a selected tactical objective........ The hull... storage battery with dynamotor Voltage . -cylinder ..... 1 reverse with high and low range-hydraulic clutch.......... H..................... and hydraulic mechanism are contained in the rear compartment.........................................600 kilocycles Crystal controlled Local oscillator . 7 ins........ 5 ft....... is divided into three compartments...... and the vehicle withdrawn from the destructive arc before the charge is detonated by means of a time fuze or electric detonator.......... Its chief use is to demolish pillboxes and strongpoints........... inline...5 EF 12 Relay control 1 EF 13 Relay control Power supply.....1 fwd.. Track links ............... While it may be driven near the target........... Suspension is on torsion bars.. Plate-200 v..... . and the charge detonated............. 4O... gasoline engine. An 800-pound explosive charge is carried in a container on the sloping front....... water-cooled........ 1 RADIO EQUIPMENT Type receiver ... radio equipment.. and the driver's controls and instruments in the other...... The cast steel center quide tracks have detachable rubber pads and are 7% inches wide......... 80 horsepower........5 ns..........6 gallons..... 4 ton Length . 800-lb........................... 7..2 - SPECIFICATIONS W eight ...... gasoline........................ Width of track ............ Intermediate frequency ..... There are five double rubber-tired bogie wheels on each side....... The engine.

........... The front of the turret is protected by 30 mm armor set at an angle of 20° from the vertical...... Kfz.. 1 ft..(Dual control) worm and nut Crew ............ Length (overall with gun at 12 o'c......6 speeds forward: 6 reverse Steering ...... Sp.............. 7 ins.......... fitted with a muzzle brake....... 11.... 110 mm/130 mm Diesel + 250..... three on each side of the turret... 75°............. Transmission........ 8 ins.. capacity Fording depth ........ 50 m.............. and the sides 10 mm at 30°......... The gun has a vertical sliding block and is of the semi-automatic type.. Kw... is also about three tons heavier........... ...... The nose plates of the hull are 30 mm thick.2 inches at 300 from 1... Width ... Wheelbase 6 ft.... air-cooled diesel.p.... P............ with A.. The sides and rear have 10 mm armor set at 250.... Speed (maximum) ......... ..p................. 13 ft... 217 BHP at 2250 engine r..000 yards................... and hull is heavier than that of earlier models..... 234 equipped with a 12-cylinder..27 x 16 Fuel tank .. 234/2 GERMAN This armored car is basically the 8-wheeled Model Sd......................................).... the upper plate being set at a 550 angle and the lower at 300....... C........... The mantlet is cast in one piece somewhat similar in appearance to that on the latest assault guns........... 4% ins............... 4 glacis plate is 17 mm at 700 and the sides of the hull 9 mm at 300....... The gun mantlet is rounded... and is 40 to 100 mm thick.............5 tons 4 ins........................ P.. .. Wg................... 750........... 5V2 ins................ 22 ft... (5 cm) Sd..700 f/s. .........m. ammunition........... The hydropneumatic recoil mechanism is mounted in the mantlet on top of the piece...... The front of the superstructure has 30 mm armor set at a 35° angle......... 7 ft.. The main armament consists of the 5 cm tank gun. K......).. 39/1. 4 ft.. This gun has a muzzle velocity of 2. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 April. Pz............... but the casting also includes the coaxial machine gun...... Elevation is from 70 to SPECIFICATIONS Weight ............... Length (overall with gun at 6 o'c.. This design gives greater protection than the older types.......... Engine.. Height .................. 2 ins. air-cooled diesel engine.......... The Ignition . The vehicle... and the top plate is of the same thickness....... Its penetration performance with A................. Ground clearance ................. Tread centers . superstructure.. Tire size ............... Battery .. 1945 42e1 ...... 6 ins... Bore and stroke ......................... 10 ins. itself....... 7 ft.h.... A spring type equilibrator is mounted on the right hand side between the cradle and the turret top plate.............8-WHEELED ARMORED CAR s... 89 gal...... Six smoke projectors are mounted......... ammunition is estimated at 2............. Kfz............... 19 ft. The armor plate on the front of the turret. 8........12-cylinder......

.... Fording depth .... f.. K.. Tread centers ....... 35 m.....92 mm machine gun (M................1 20 mm tank gun (Kw.. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 April..... 38.... and 6-sided... Kw... the gun may be locked in a horizontal position......................... 15 ft............................................. 20-25 gals........................................... The vehicle is provided with a transmitter-receiver.......................... Steering ............. 6 ft......... Kfz.... .... The armament is controlled by one man who sits in a seat suspended from the right rear of the turret.. 11 ins. ............. K.. 3 ft..........................) . 6 tons Trailer load capacity ..................................Semi-automatic..... The turret is mounted on a ring permitting traverse through 360 degrees..... adapted from the light armored personnel carrier............. Fu........... 10 V ins...... The turret is of truncated cone shape and is similar to that used in the German 4-wheeled armored cars......... 34 on the left............ Access to the turret is through a large entrance door in the left rear of the superstructure. 90 x 110 mm Ignition ...................... Counterbalance is maintained by two spring equilibrators.. Fuel tank ............... 38) 1 7........ Ground contact .. G............. Height ... Speed . Track width .... The turret has no roof............ and a telescopic sight on the right.... Width ............ Engine............. 5 ft.... It differs from the basic vehicle principally in the addition of an armored turret which has been found in three forms: 10.... and as a personnel and supply carrier. Transmission......... Ground clearance .. one mounted on each side... 12 volt Battery ................HALFTRACKED ARMORED CAR leichtes Schitzenpanzerwagen (2 cm) (Sd.............. 5 ins................ Length ......... 6 mm 8 mm Rear plate (approx.......... and is effective for reconnaissance..................... 1945 44e1 ........... ..) ...... 7 speeds forward................ A single handwheel controls traverse and elevation..........h.........) ............... 6 ft... 34) Armor Front plate (approx....92 mm M................ action against lightly armored ground targets... or..............p................. G........ 3 reverse....... with intercommunicating facilities........ but instead is provided with a wire mesh grill as anti-grenade protection.............. . 8............. SPECIFICATIONS Weight (approx. 11 ins.. 10% ins..................... by use of a small lever.. 250/9) GERMAN O This vehicle.. 38 Track links .... Spr.. 27 ins............................. 100 hp..........................) ............. 5 ins....... 15 mm Side plate (approx................................ mounts the 2 cm tank gun.............................................6 cylinder Maybach: Watercooled................................ Armament........................... Bosch magneto .. The gun is mounted in the center with a 7.... Bore and stroke ..... preselective type...... Fuel consumption ...... Front wheel-track epicyclic 3 Crew ..... protection of troop and supply trains....

..... 90 x 110 mm Ignition .................................. 5 ft............... Ground contact ...... The third flamethrower takes the form of the cartridge ignition projector used in the small portable flamethrower Model 42......... G.............. 8 tons Trailer load capacity .................................... ............. on the end of 33 feet of hose... The nozzle of this projector is . Bore and stroke .......... 19 ft. 42........................ 12 ins.................... connecting it to the propulsion unit and fuel tank through the back of the vehicle...... 55 Fuel tank ........55 inch in diameter. 3................... 8........ Fuel consumption ..... Tread centers ................. 7..... 30 m...5 mm at 55-60 degrees Front plate ......... Flammpanzerwagen (Sd................ There are two large projectors mounted well back on either side of the vehicle in V-shaped shields............ NL 42 TUKRR... 4 Armor Radiator cover ...... 5 ft. Height :......... This is sufficient for two refuels for all six flamethrower vehicles of the flamethrower platoon..... 100 hp....... This allows about eighty bursts of one or two seconds' duration each........ 251/16) GERMAN This flame-throwing vehicle is employed in association with more heavily armored panzer units............ Magneto Battery ........................850 gallons of fuel are carried in the three 3-ton lorries of platoon transport............ The effective range of the large flamethrowers is about 40 yards...Front wheel and track epicyclic Crew ..4 speeds forward.........) .................... 11 ins.... High and low range................ 3 ins.... 11 ins.. and a driver.......5 mm at 81 degrees Sides ....................... Each of these has a nozzle .................... Steering..... 1945 46... Engine... 7 ft...... It is an adaptation of the medium armored personnel carrier on which have been mounted the various items of equipment required...... 12 volt Transmission.............Maybach.......... The crew of the vehicle consists of one vehicle loader who also acts as wireless operator and machine gunner..............................................1 .................... Width ..... 1....... Ground clearance ................................................... 34's RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 April....................... ......... ....... and a traverse of 160 degrees......92 mm M. 15 mm at 55 degrees Armament........................3 tons Length ............................ Kfz............ARMORED FLAMETHROWER VEHICLE m....... Track links .......... Track width .............. that of the portable unit about 30 yards... SPECIFICATIONS Weight (approx.p........28 inch in diameter................................................... One hundred and fifty-four gallons of fuel for the flamethrowers is carried...................... ......................... 1 reverse...........h.... Speed ............. 7 ft. Fuel propulsion is by a pump driven by a small gasoline engine supplied by a 5V2-gallon tank which will run the engine for two hours.......................... Fording depth ................... 5 miles per gal..... ...............................5 gals. two flamethrower operators............. 20 ins....2 large flamethrowers 1 portable flamethrower 2 7...........

............. and track epicycllc 4 ......... are set coaxially and in the same plane. G............. 11 ins............................ P.....................m.... ...... SPECIFICATIONS Weight . which are cocked manually and percussion fired.. P..5 degrees....... Elevation (... The guns........ 3 ins.... Fording depth ..... The equipment is an assault weapon intended for ground combat.... A total of 3........................................................ High and low range....... 100 Ignition ........ Penetration of A........ Radius of action ... 19 ft.........TRIPLE MACHINE GUN ON SEMITRACKED VEHICLE M....... G...... 186 miles 42................ The cradles are bolted to a common block on the top bracket of the pedestal.................. Ground contact .... 90 x 110 mm ....... NL 42 TUKRR Bore and stroke ..... less the body extension............. Each gun is held in a standard MG 151 aircraft cradle...... Sighting apparatus consists of a telescopic sight with a magnification of 3 and a field of view of 8 degrees...................... the belts being contained in steel boxes..................50 to 490) and traverse (360°) are shoulder controlled by the firer. 8 tons 3. Bosch magneto Battery .. each.. Tread centers .. A brake locking device is provided for traverse..... and engagement of low flying aircraft is a secondary role.... 251/21) 6EftMAN This is the 3-ton......Front wheel Crew ....................... ............................................... 4602 1 April..... The top bracket is bolted to a bottom conical skirt and the whole rotates freely on a cone pedestal fixed to the floor of the vehicle.... Horsepower ............................. Maybach..... 7 ft.. one for each gun...................... 1 reverse......... 5 miles per gal.. projectiles fired from the 15 mm MG 151 is reported as 18 mm from 100 meters at 30 degrees.............. The three guns........... 12 volt Transmission................. speeds forward......... the components of this equipment is available on pages 4 and 252. Length ....... 30 m................. 20 ins........ Height ...3 tons Trailer load capacity ...... 151/15 und M.......... Track width ........... 5 ft....................... 55 Track links .............. 12 ins. are belt fed...............4........................ and a hand periscope with a magnification of 8 and a field of view of 7..... a cartwheel type antiaircraft sight............. Steering................................ . Engine .. ..... 11 ins.......... armored semitrack mounting triple 15 mm or 20 mm heavy machine guns of the Model 151 aircraft type.................... Fuel tank ..... pivoting on trunnions for elevation and depression.... 151/20 Drilling auf m......... S... capable of firing 700 r..p... Speed ..........000 rounds of ammunition in belts is carried in the vehicle..... Fuel consumption (roads) ......................p.. A further description of............................ .........5 gals......... 5 ft............ ............. (Sd Kf... Ground clearance ...... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .. W idth ......h...................... W.............................

. 1 reverse Steering ...S... A separate cable for each sprocket brake is connected to two hand levers mounted to the right of the driver's seat....... 8 ft.. Bosch 12 Volt (Coil) Battery . The original rear end differential has been retained but the drive shaft has been shortened and the asembly moved forward to mount the drive sprockets............ 6 ins.... Kfz. 11/2 ins.......... The projectiles are the same as those fired from the 15 cm Nebelwerfer 41 and can be electrically fired. Tread centers .................... SPECIFICATIONS Weight (net) ..... Provision is made for a simple optical sight...................... 12 Volt with special heater Transmission ....... . 7 ft....SELF-PROPELLED ROCKET PROJECTOR 15 cm Panzerwerfer 42 (Sd......... Width (overall) ........... 2 ins.....V....................... Unknown Fording depth ....... ins.. The armor is intended only for protection against small arms fire of ... .................... 3 RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 48..... 2................................................. 2..h.....H.. 5/32 ins........................ Ground clearance (minimum) .............. Auxiliary weapons include one 7.... 22............. M..... Ammunition stowage is provided for ten extra rockets..... 25 m........... 130 ins...................1 .................................. 19 ft... Wheel base (approx.......................................... and three 9 mm submachine guns............. 41) GERMAN O The chassis of this self-propelled rocket projector follows the half-track design but differs materially from the standard German half-track series of prime movers........) . Normal assisted by differential brake Crew ..... prefabricated and then bolted to the original frame.............. ..... Engine . 13......... The hydraulic brake system is retained only for the front wheels................. 34............... Ignition ................................ Length (overall) ............. Fuel consumption ....... Armor ....... Open (Chevrolet) 6 cyl... and permits of easy mass production.... 2 ins.4 gals... W....... 220 cu..92 mm machine gun......... singly or ripple..........A.... Ground contact (tracks) ........ A standard commercial chassis manufactured by Opel (Chevrolet) has been modified to carry a spacious armored body of welded plates......... O..... N.... by means of a squib placed in each round......... They are loaded with high explosive......... 10 ins....... 82 Track links .......... 67 U..000 rounds for the submachine guns..............558 lb.../5 ft............... The rear wheels and springs of the original truck chassis have been displaced by a track assembly......... Trailer load capacity ............30 caliber..... smoke.p.......................... 34. 5 ins.. Fuel tank ......... Height (overall) . and 2........... and for hand wheels for a maximum of 80° elevation and a maximum traverse of 290°.. 10'/4 ins.. Track width ........ 5 ft..................... The rocket projector consists of ten tubes mounted in two layers of five each.. The hull thus formed provides a firm and stable firing platform...425 lb............... Normal steering is assisted by the sprocket brake when necessary.. 78 ins... Speed ........ Displacement .... and chemical warfare ammunition............ 5 speeds forward......... to 5/16 ins......... 32 ins....... G................. G.. Horsepower ...000 rounds for the M.

/A. 8 t Sd. GUN ON SEMITRACK CHASSIS m. as illustrated above.7 cm Flak 36 has also been mounted on the chassis of the 8-ton medium prime mover described on page 54. 8 t Sd.1 54*1 .7 cm Flak 36) The 3. Kfz. RESTRIC RSTRED TED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 94 1 April. ANTIAIRCRAFT GUN ON SEMITRACK CHASSIS m. Details of the weapon and its performance may be found on page 133.1. Kfz. 7 (3. Zgkw. on the chassis of the 8-ton medium semitrack prime mover described on page 54. Data on the weapon may be found on page 130. 7 (2 cm Flakvierling 38) GERMAN The 2 cm Flakvierling 38 has been mounted. 1945 54Ar.A.T. Zgkw.A.

.............5 ins.............. 2...... The steering assembly and the front wheel suspension are placed outside a watertight bulkhead. 140 ins.. Bosch................................... horizontally opposed. (w ater) ....... 5...... In the rear..h......p...1 ..p.......5 at 3.. Speed (land) ........... Unlimited 46.... Battery ............................ Tire size ...........25 xl6-one spare Fuel tank .......... Loading capacity .................. 2 S GERMAN * The basic construction of this vehicle is identical with that of the standard type 82 Volkswagen... In the rear the suspension is mounted outside the watertight hull......... A cross-country gear position is also provided.. 13 gallons.. 4 speeds forward.AMPHIBIOUS VOLKSWAGEN Kfz............................... Engagement direct with the engine is made through a dog clutch sealed by a rubber bushing on the engine side.. Length (overall-propeller down) ..... a watertight shaft extends through the hull from shock absorber to wheel......... 960 lbs....g. Front wheel drive has been added to the ingenious positive lock differential rear drive already employed and removes all objections to its poor cross-country performance.....h... Wheelbase ................. These are entirely hooded by two bellows type rubber boots that sheath the axle allowing movement in all directions...........5 m..... (water) .......................... 1 reverse Steering .. 24........................ (overall less windshield) ....... 11....... air-cooled Horsepower .. 4 cyl........... Unknown Fording depth .. The only openings are for each drive shaft.............................. The transmission......... 7... Engine.................... 6 volt Transmission ........... 150 ins.........m............... 57 ins...... 38 ins....5 m....040 lbs.......... 20 m.. 47 ins... It incorporates a slip clutch to eliminate damage to the propeller blades by underwater obstructions......... The clutch is a dry single disc foot operated type.... Width (overall) .... 6 volt coil Ignition ........... A rubber sealed stuffing box is used for the front wheel drive shaft.........................p.........p............... The propeller assembly is mounted on a spring-loaded hinge that is positioned in the rear directly in line with the hand crank pulley. Shock absorbers are provided for each wheel.......... Ground clearance . 55 ins..300 r. transfer case and the positive locking differential comprise a unit assembly secured to the floor at its extreme rear end... Tread centers ................................ Normal grease seals on the rear axle keep water from seeping into the differential and transmission assemblies........................ Normal-front wheels RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE 58........................................ Height (overall to top of windshield).......... 78 ins.... SPECIFICATIONS W eight . A power takeoff has been added to the normal transmission to provide front wheel drive.............. 70 octane Fuel consumption (land) ...................... In the front they are mounted outside the hull.................................... It is an extra low gear necessitating the normal transmission be kept in neutral position when used....... (overall-propeller up) ..............

............ ..... Length (overall) .. W idth (overall) .................. A one-shot lubrication system is operated from the dash.................... cross-country type) ... 2........ 2........ and for the wheel drive....p.. Cargo capacity (water) .... In the front of the body there are three openings on each side as follows: one for the shock absorber rod............... ........ Cargo capacity (land) ..860 lb............ 4..... 74 ins..................... Water sealing is accomplished by means of rubber seals throughout....................................400 lb......................... Ground clearance .................. Hans Trippel..........h. According to German press reports......................... Speed (highway) ..... W heel base ................. 5 Ignition and Electrical System. and a rear stowage compartment......... SPECIFICATIONS Weight (net) ......................... 6-10 m..... the radius rod...................... Fuel tank ... Brakes ........ 3..... 12 ins. Speed (water) ...g....... The body is arranged with a front engine compartment........................................ 9............. 58V/2 ins........... 71 ins..... The shock absorbers are mounted inside the hull and connect with the suspension through an auxiliary shaft that is stuffing box sealed................... 130 miles 46 miles 15V/2 gal............ 190 ins..Double radiator... a center crew compartment.....p..7 m.p......... Engine.. Simplicity of design throughout makes it possible to produce the vehicle in large quantities very easily... Radius of action (land) ............ water-cooled.... 6...h...................................AMPHIBIOUS 1/4-TON TRUCK.....100 lb...p.. 4-wheel hydraulic Crew . Height (overall-top of windshield)........g.. 98 ins................ details unknown...... MODEL 1942 Trippel S... 44 m...... 15 ins........... 6 Schwimkraftwagen GERMAN Development of this vehicle began prior to 1939 at the Trippelwerke Hamburg Saar........ Tire (Continental........ Radius of action (water) .. The only openings in the rear of the body are for the wheel and propeller drive and for the shafts of the shock absorbers.. in 1941 Mr....... G....... made improvements over his earlier models as a result of experiments and his plant prepared to go into mass production. 12-volt Bosch 58*2 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ............................ the inventor......... Field examination shows that the application of its design to combined land and water transportation is successful...35 m......... The three-bladed propeller is lowered to position when in the water and is protected inside the body work when on land..... The above vehicle was manufactured in 1942................. Four-wheel drive with independent double coil spring suspension contributes to the cross-country mobility which is said to be remarkable.00 x 18 ins................... .......................... A special transmission is provided with three speeds forward and one reverse for highways plus three speeds forward and one reverse for cross-country and a forward and reverse gear for operation in the water. Freeboard .. Fuel consumption (water) ......... Steering is accomplished by front wheels........... ........... Fuel consumption (land) .... Tread center to center .................

. S.... 3 ins... 2 ft......... 11 ft........... Tread centers (front) .9 in................ x 16................................... 1 ft........................... 5/2 ins................................ 30 ft.... 9 ins.............. 7/2 ins......... Length of bridge .. a twin sheave type using a six-37-strand three-quarter-inch galvanized cable.. Length of drawbar . Weight on rear wheels ..... 5 ins................ or it can be run on rails that engage the flanges on the inside of the bogie wheels.. 15 tons... The hoisting block. is equipped with magnetic friction brake and a two-station start-and-stop starter...170 lb.. 8 ins... With a crew of eight men..... Length of bridge track ... 23 ft..180 lb............. Tire size ............................. 9....... The motor...... Tread centers (rear) .5. The equipment has a tendency to be top heavy in the traveling position.............. SPECIFICATIONS Weight ........... 3 ft....... Height of bridge ............................... 8 ft..... 7 ft.....1 in........... Length (overall) ........... Frankfurt... 8 Height in traveling position ....000 pounds............. The trolley is supported by four ball bearing flanged wheels and has ball bearing equipped sheaves................ it can be moved on its bogies on hard surface ground.. The hoisting winch and motor assembly are permanently mounted at one end of the bridge... 8............... a ten-horsepower... 22 ft.. Ground clearance at axles . ins.. When the crane is in the operating position..00 x 20) Bogie wheel size.... three-phase. and is used by field tank maintenance units in removing turrets and engines from heavy German tanks............ Ground clearance at bogie wheels.. It is easily erected to the operating position because of its jack-knife tubular legs which are equipped with wire cable tackle blocks and manual winch........... 34 x 7 (8................... Width (overall) ......... ins... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 62*1 ........... 48 ft........................... Fries & Son..... The bridge is fabricated from welded "I" beams and angle iron shapes..PORTABLE GANTRY CRANE GERMAN The portable Gantry Crane was manufactured in 1942 by J............ 3 ins.. It has a capacity of 33.. 41/ ins... Center to center of bridge track......... Width of bridge ...... Germany.................. 2 2 ft................ 17250 lb.... Height (overall) ... 6 ft. 5 ft.......150 x 410 mm ...... can be raised or lowered manually when power is off.. The trolley is traversed manually by a chain.... Weight on front wheels ... fifty-cycle 220/380-volt squirrel cage induction type............. Capacity . the crane can be erected from traveling position to the operating position in an estimated time of twenty minutes...

u Kz.670 28 cm K. 18 Naval design.C. H. 39 cm K.E.900 2. 262.) H. L. (E) Mod. Hb. K.4 m. Rly.) Anticoncrete (35.200 2.) H. 360° Rly.000 2.870 2. Box Trail 12' Split Trail 60 Mod.5 cm Mrs.000 2. 39 111.280 38.000 19. 35 236 H.E.B.B. 18) H. m.E. N.LARGE CALIBER ARTILLERY* Length of Weight of Barrel in Equipment Cali(lb.000 308.150 1.870 3.C. (24 cm Sprgr.854 2. 710.E. 18 (238 mm) 28 cm H. 18) (lbs.C. 39 Later version of 24 cm H.096 1. H. (28 L.3 cm Sprgr. C.000 76 50.000 189./4.300 37.E.800 2.E. Hb.C. Hb. (28 cm Spr. 18 cm K.243 1.E. Also known as 20 cm S.C.E. Br. 39 cm H.000 138 247 207. 42 cm H.E.040 27. by Krupp Krupp.6 94.880 H. Br.300 25. gr. K (E) (238 mm) 24 cm Th.000 Similar to last war equipment Reported to have an auxiliary 54 cm barrel Naval design.210 H. Differences are not known Believed to involve an alteration of the rifling Rly. 15 cm K.L. (21 m.000 81.200 29. H.040 32.) cm Sprgr. Laf. Krupp Naval design.870 1. K. 3 (238 mm) 24 cm K. 42) H. L.7 m.000 Muzzle Vel. Rly.000 55 (52?) 50 35 61.) Remarks Probably used on platform for coast defense Probably mfd. *Almost all the data given have not been verified by tests performed by any Allied government and information from sources available varies considerably in reliability and degree of confirmation. (28 cm Sprgr.500 2. gr.660 330 529 "Theodor Kanone" Naval design Naval design Carriages are believed to be very similar Rly.035 1. K.400 94.5 m.100 16. (E) Rly.2 m.7 Kz. (17 cm Sprgr. (E) 40 cm K.). and Traverse Weight Type** cm K. (E) 17 cm K.000 ]118. Hb.E.485 1.820 1./34 Splined projectile. 38) H. Hb.300 40./ sec.B. m. (21 cm K.248 3. Also fires a 1. 286. 12N (E) 24 cm Th./4.200 63. m. 35.000 480. Hb.B. (E) 20 cm K.C.5 cm gr.6 94.840 3. gr.730 H. (E) (203 mm) 21 cm K.B. 18) H. Rly. (E) 28 cm Ig. H. Be.400 12. u Kz.C. 39/40 cm K. Essen Skoda design Both reported to be very similar to 21 cm K.C. K. 35) 365 331 332 770 770 825 2.450 H. 18 (149 mm) K. Turntable 360 ° Rly.500 165. 1 167. (28 L.200 40. (15 GERMAN * Gun 15 cm K.450 H. Gr.800 28 46 (55?) 55 12 12 37. (24 cm gr.6 138 249 265 278 K. (28 cm Gr.400 119. Br.) H. Rly. (20. Bdz. Bdz. gr. Br.C.5) (Si) 1. Essen 360° on platform.500 3.) cm gr. Box Trail 16° Mod. 39/41 cm K.370 18.000 49. 40) Field 360' 6° Field 6° Static 360° Static 360° Field Static 45 59. 39 m.B./4. 360° Rly.E. 39 (149 mm) K. 5 (E) Rly. K.700 41.5 cm M. Differences from 28 cm K5 are unknown 28 cm Br. 18) H.840 2.500 15./4. L.B. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1001 .) H.B.C.4 50 31 50 45 27.E.E.E. Rheinmetal Borsig Uses DeBange Type obturator.B.5 m. u Kz. Laf. (21 cm gr. gr.E. Bdz.500 2. 42) H. Be. (E) (406 mm) 80 cm Gustav Geschiitz Rly. 40) 2.E. 35) 626 496 550 Naval design Probably splined projectile Weight does not include turntable./3.180 1. Bdz.B.C. only one believed to give maximum range is listed. 38 Hb.E.4 m.000 40.200 32. **Of the several types of projectiles fired by each weapon. 1 42 cm Gamma Mrs.) Anticoncrete (gaschosse L.000 51. (15 cm K.690 2.000 Fires splined projectile.E.000 35 22.E.7) with range of 53 miles. (21 cm gr.800 2. H. Krupp.700 78. Rly. 1 Turntable 360° 330.970 3.1 Kz.) H. Same projectile as 15 cm K. Hb. Turntable 360 Rly. Hb. Type of Car./4.C. (15 cm K. Also reported to fire a rocket assisted shell (28 cm R. Obsolete except for coastal defense Similar to 28 cm. 61. 5/1 (E) 28 cm K.) 26. (38 cm Sprgr.000 3./12.C.260 3. u Kz. Gr.790 Naval design. cm Mrs./4.000 32.459 27.500 744. in Mrs.800 55 55. 39/40 cm K.5 Bdz. Essen Krupp.E. ung) H.E. 18) H./3. Krupp.249 2.C. (40 cm gr.B. gr. (24 cm gr.000 yds.B. L./12 28 cm Kst. Fires splined projectile. Fires same projectile 16 8 40 40 55 196 15. (28 cm Gr.380 2.B. Box Trail 16° Field 360° Field 360° 28.) Anticoncrete (s. (E) 28 cm K.E.1 fiir Karl gerat) H. Range (yds.000 271. 209. L/4.253 4. 39) H. 5/2 (E) 38 cm Siegfried K. L. (17 cm K. Hb. in Mrs. 12 (E) 21 cm K. (ft. K.E. m./4.000 176.) bers 45 PROJECTILE Max.500 11.500 36./4.820 626 Naval design 28 cm s. m.B.000 74.700 3. gr. Naval design-Adolf. L.E.000 50 40. (E) (238 mm) 28 cm Ks. 38 cm K./4. (15 cm K.764 lb.030 5. L. (24 cm Sprgr.000 131.) cm Sprgr. K.) 2. 21 cm K. 328 Sister piece to "Theodor Kanone" Rly.000 40 (48?) 40 45 29. (28 cm Gr. (28 cm Gr. L. shell with maximum range of 46.330 H.750. m.E.L.6 Skoda design similar to 21 cm K. (28 cm Sprgr. Bdz.320 2. 39 Muzzle brake fitted 94. 12V (E).E.620.) H.500 21.000 264.

...... The barrel recoil mechanism............. ..... thereby allowing a car traverse of approximately 1 ... 12 W idth of grooves .. Length of rifling . A central jack helps support the tremendous weight of the gun and carriage which amounts to around 230 tons and also serves as a central pivot for the turntable................... It is coupled to the front of the turntable platform by a hydraulic buffer and a hydropneumatic counterrecoil mechanism which returns the car to battery position......... 5 ins....................... 8 ins. consists of two hydropneumatic cylinders and a single hydraulic buffer cylinder. range .. The gun has a 70-foot 8-inch barrel held in a sleeve-type cradle. Besides the barrel recoil which is approximately 32 inches. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .... /2° L Elevation (estimated) ................................. 70 ft....................... fitted between two arms projecting downward from the cradle.. V/2 R............ 550 lb........ one was called "Leopold.... Right Hand uniform twist Weight of barrel (Leopold)*..........) ........... 8 ins............................. 360° Carriage traverse (approx... ........." and the other "Robert.. 95 ft........... It is fired from a turntable affording a 360° traverse...** Max.. 67 ft................... Traverse on turntable ........... Length of tube ...... 187.... 8V2 ins.....RAILWAY GUN 28 cm K5 (E) GERMAN The German 28 cm K5 (E) has an unconfirmed range of 31 miles and fires a pre-engraved projectile weighing approximately 550 pounds......................680 yds........... Length of carriage ................................... Obturation is obtained by means of a short brass cartridge case and the breech is closed with a horizontal sliding type of breechblock.... 7 ins........ The powder chamber is approximately 10 feet 5 inches long... 8 ft... The cradle is supported by trunnions which rest in bearings on top of a box-like frame.............. *Two of these guns were found in Italy...... The equipment in effect has a double recoil action... 54............ 69 ft.............Separate loading-steel splined projectile Weight of projectile (approx...880 lb.......... 5/ in. the gun car recoils........ 280 mm (11 ins. 17/64 in........... The front pintle bearing rides in a rail on the front truck and can be positioned six inches either side of center........) Length of barrel ...... which in turn is supported on two pintles resting in bearings in the center of two 12-wheel trucks..... Length of car ........ **Not verified. Number of grooves ......)....................165 pounds................... 50° Ammunition...... Firing is of the percussion type....... 10092 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .................. Depth of grooves ... Width of carriage (overall) .... 57 ft.. A turntable platform is transported as part of the equipment and in transport forms a flat car with a 103-foot bed resting on two 8-wheel trucks.... Rifling ." The weight of the barrel on the latter model is 187............. of girder construction..........................

..HEAVY FIELD GUN 21 cm K.. incorporating an obturator pad.... 31.....8 Ibs...... Four removable arms located at the corners of the platform support it by bearing on the ground by means of special feet.. the piece slides in a cylindrical sleeve in the cradle........... 210 mm (8......... 39)....625 f/s Max..4 Ammunition ..........P.. .. ......... ....... .. . The piece consists of an autofrettaged monobloc barrel and loose liner... the equipment may be broken down into three loads.. each with twospeed gearing............................. 37...) Weight (traveling position) Three loads approx..... The platform consists of a rectangular sheet steel box which is dug into the ground... range (horizontal) ... they do not differ in main performance details...... 82. Although the two later models are modifications of the original Skoda design.. and an armor-piercing shell with base fuze....... an original Skoda design..... Wt. It is loaded at 80 elevation with the help of a special 2-wheeled shell trolley.............. The traversing and elevating mechanisms. SPECIFICATIONS Caliker .. obturator spindle and percussion firing lock. ....................... charge ... There are two other versions of the weapon... the K.. For transport. During transport......... an anti-concrete shell with ballistic cap and base fuze. are operated from handwheels on the left of the carriage. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May.. ... 2.27 ins. of projectile . The upper carriage is fitted to a turntable which revolves on a ball race mounted in the platform... pneumatic-tired bogies......... 45° ... the arms are lowered and serve to support the platform on its bogies............. Muzzle velocity (max... On recoil...2 tons Length of barrel including breech ring............. each of which is mounted on two 2-wheeled. was taken over by the German Army shortly after the invasion of Czechoslovakia.....: A... 1945 100e3 ...... a German version of the same shell with the base fuze omitted....................... 39/40 and the 39/41.... and a breech ring. Traverse .... of max....... E...) ...... 161/2 tons each Weight (firing position) ...... 39 _ ____II _I_~____ GERMAN Q __ L _ __ __ ~ __ The 21 cm heavy field gun (K..............3 ft..... Elevation Depression .. Four types of ammunition are used in the gun: the original Czech high explosive shell.......... The breechblock is of the interrupted screw threaded type............ 3600 W t. 32..800 yds...... All 298 lbs.... Anti-concrete....

92. has a traverse of 360 degrees............. 7 ins.. APBC. the pistons are fastened to the lower end of the breech ring.. The turntable. The breechblock is of the horizontal sliding wedge type........ 36............... Wt........ 13 ft....) ...........) Track ....... rotates on a central pivot and a portable circular track.............000 yds..................... ........... consisting of two sections bolted together........... 32 ft............. Equipment consisted of the gun. The hydropneumatic recoil system has two cylinders located under the carriage.......2............................................ Ammunition... Width (overall) ........ .. 2....125 in................... 64 Width of grooves ... HE....................... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May....) . 360° Elevation (estimated) ............ Length of tube and breech . 22 ft........... .............. SPECIFICATIONS Weight Weight Caliber Weight of gun ..............) ...... Range (est... .................. 259 lbs........... (approx.800 f/s W idth of lands ....982 ins................ Length of tube ....H........................ 5 (E) reported on page 100.5 lbs..........) (firing position) .............. The piece is of the built-up type. Traverse (on turntable) .... 96........................................... is mounted on trucks and runs on a two-rail track which is built in as a part of the turntable track..188 in..... (E) GERMAN Q Batteries of these railway guns in concrete emplacements were found on both the Cherbourg and Brest Peninsulas in France..1 ....APCBC.000 lbs. 0. It is very similar to the 28 cm K........ twist ... (approx.. equipped with a removable roof. Length of rifling .. Depth of grooves .... No..... .......... Rifling ..... consisting of a tube and two jackets... 1945 102. Std....... of propellant (max........ of carriage w/ gun ..... turntable...... It is screwed into the breech ring..................... Illuminating with parachute W t...... charge) ... Four wheels at each end of the turntable support it on the track........ of projectile .... Practice....RAILWAY GUN 20 cm K.. 189......... 0° Length of recoil (from recoil index slide) 251/2 ins. 45500 lbs............. 63 ft............ Uniform R.......... 30 ft............... when mounted on a turntable................... A small ammunition car.......... and ammunition car........) Height (traveling position) ............ (approx........ 81/2 ins........... of grooves ....... 13 ft......... (approx... railway gage 561/2 ins..... Electric motors are geared through these wheels to rotate the piece in azimuth..................... power plant and electrical operating unit....... Muzzle velocity (shell) ............... Height (firing position) ....................... it is estimated that elevation is from 0 to 840 mils........5 tons Length (traveling position) ... 47° Depression ... carriage......... The carriage............... 203 mm (7..

1 ... plus 3 oz.. plus 3 oz................ 113 lb.. Propellant 16 lb....... 16 is not interchangeable with other guns of the caliber.... Length of piece ........ The piece may be used on the 21 cm Howitzer carriage and then may be known as 15 cm K in Mrs..................370 yds......... and a box-type trail terminating in a spade of massive dimensions........HEAVY FIELD GUN 15 cm K...... Ngl R................P............................. Depression ...... Ngl R............................................. 16 are: the location of the buffer and recuperator below the piece................ Elevation .... 24...... Laf....* Maximum muzzle velocity ..... a large three-ribbed collar which surrounds the piece just forward of the breech ring......P.... igniter powder 29 lb... Capped Weight of projectile .... although it may be employed as a coast defense weapon or in some other static role...... 2. plus 3 oz. igniter powder *Not verified. This weapon is generally regarded as obsolete..................... E.480 f/s' Ammunition . The ammunition SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .. -3 8 Traverse .......000 lbs................ igniter powder 26 lb.... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 104... a cylindrical breech ring.............. 16 differs from other German 15 cm guns by reason of its appreciably heavier projectile....... employed in the K. 16 GERMAN Q The 15 cm K. 248 ins.. Features of the 15 cm K. Ngl R............. H...................... .....P.................... Maximum range . 21..... ................ 420 .......) Weight in action ........... 150 mm (5..9 ins.. .

.................... Two pneumatic... The built-up tube consists of a main tube.. in.............MEDIUM FIELD GUN 15 cm K...........6 lbs.. 12° Elevation ....... Ammunition types-HE: anticoncrete 1.450 mm Weight of max............ The ammunition is semi-fixed............. range (horiontal) .... Maximum chamber pressure....... Traverse .770 cu. 149 mm Weight (firing position) .....400 lbs....... 18 GERMAN * This weapon was being replaced by the 15 cm K......... Volume of chamber .......... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 June.200 lbs........ For transport... ... 323 ins............ ..... 43° 2° Length of recoil . The carriage is mounted on two rubber-tired wheels and has a hollow.... 1............000 yds.5 lbs..... charge .. breech jacket........../sq..... Length of barrel ........... Weight of projectile (HE) .......................... the K.... 42................................ constant ............. ins........... 41..................... Depression ...... Hydraulic recoil and hydropneumatic counterrecoil cylinders are of standard German design.... 18 may be broken down into two loads and drawn by either horse or truck..... ................ 2.840 f/s Muzzle velocity .. The buffer is located below..... 27.. .................... Max... 6 Length of rifling ............ and breech ring... there are three charges... Rifling is a 60 constant twist.................... 1945 104e3 ......... 28... 94.................... and the recuperator above the piece................... 39 during the closing months of the European war... ........ SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .......... Elevation and depression are accomplished by means of an off-center elevating arc which is operated by a handwheel on the left side of the piece... push-type equilibrators are incorporated in the design.................................... Twist of rifling.... A rectangular breech ring has a crank-operated horizontal sliding type breechblock opening to the right........................... 253 ins. box-type trail allowing a total traverse of 12 degrees.. The traversing handwheel is also located on the left.

.................. which resembles the 15 cm s. ........ 18 and the K... Width (overall) ........................ Height (firing position) ...........2 inches)............... and has an identical range..........829 cu............. were confined largely to the carriage........ 60 45° 4 .....500 mm Ammunition types-H......MEDIUM FIELD GUN 15 cm K..... 1.................... The hydraulic recoil cylinder is apparently the same as that on the K..... The equilibrators of both the K..............7 km Rate of fire ..... Although awkward in appearance... Weight of projectile (HE) ............................. The tube is approximately two inches longer than that of the K............) . Max. 39 are of the push type...... A rigid gunners' platform constructed of a non-skid open steel lattice work is bolted to the upper carriage.................................. 18 as Germany's standard medium mobile artillery weapon...... it performs the function for which it was intended without hampering the movements of the crew about the gun..6 ins................ range (horizontal) .. Length (firing position) .... ins... Twist of rifling-increasing .. Height (traveling position) .......... ......... 24. 39 was gradually replacing the K....... 149 mm Weight (traveling position) ................ page 105... Traverse has been increased from 12° to 60° by the use of a split trail with detachable spades instead of the box-type trail used on the K.... Elevation ... Length of rifling .. 1. but the hydropneumatic counterrecoil cylinder is shorter and larger in diameter than that of the earlier model.................... 18..... 104..... 4 17' to 5° 325 ins......... Length of barrel .. Length of recoil varies from 1250 mm to 1500 mm (49.. 256.. charge . 18. 39 GERMAN * The K...E.... 2................... and chamber pressure............ It is basically the same design as the earlier model................................... anticoncrete.................... changes being principally in the location of the handwheels.......... Length (traveling position) ........ while extensive...................... but those on the K...... ...... F........... increasing from 4° 17' to 50 59'. muzzle velocity............. Modifications to the piece. 27....................2 Ibs...2 inches to 59....... Width of trail spread .. ..840 f/s Muzzle velocity ............ Length of recoil (max.... ism is of the horizontal sliding block type............6 lbs............. Elevation and traverse are accomplished in much the same manner. H.. Traverse ............................ 18.................. 94............. Weight (firing position) .... ............ 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ... Volume of chamber ........... ............... APHE Weight of max.. The breech mechan- SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .............. 18.............4 1 une..... 39 are spring activated..........300 lbs.. D epression ........... 41.......... and the rifling was changed from a 6° constant twist to a variable one...

.....20.... Muzzle velocity (H. A......... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber . Wt..................... 49 ft....... (61 calibers) Length of rifling . and an electric firing device is used......1 ....... railway.8 cm Pzgr...... of A... 12........... Depth of grooves .............. Width of lands (forward section) ...... Mobile mount Weight (firing position) ... Length of piece .....E..............600 Las..... Ammunition ...............910 yds................ 0....... The barrel consists of a three-piece tube with jacket and sleeve.... 75/s ft....5 ins......). 1.......... of grooves ... ceiling at 85°..... The breech mechanism is of the horizontal sliding block type............04 ins.. 255........... contains the oil motors.....950 meters (22. The equilibrators extend from an anchoring just forward of the trunnions to the forward edge of the casing containing the oil motors..... from 36 to 51 ins.. A hydropneumatic recuperator is located above the barrel.. and a hydraulic buffer below.................. and almost in line with the breechblock................................ overall Height (traveling position) ....8 cm Flak 41....14.. 0...... 12 r... ....... static.... range (horizontal)...........14 in... 2886 f/s Max.. and a twin mounting...... Elevating and traversing may be operated either by power or by handwheels...5 cm antiaircraft gun described on page 109.... Height of trunnions (firing position)............. overall Length (firing position) ....... .............. When used with the latter.................... A machine fuze setting gear and loading and ramming gear identical with those of the 10..8 cm Flak 40 GERMAN O i..... 88 Elevation .................. is Germany's standard heavy antiaircraft gun.... (center section) ........P.............. 28.06 in........13 lbs........... 0...... The gun being extremely high off the ground............... Depression .. 4. Twist of rifling (increasing).........) Rate of fire ... shell) ..555 ft....... projectile (12.... platforms for the gun crew are provided.. 0.......... Weight (traveling position) ..........5 cm Flak are used........ This weapon..................HEAVY ANTIAIRCRAFT GUN 12............. Width (overall) .8 cm (5. 308...... located underneath the buffer and forward of the elevating arc........ 106 Ibs..400 lbs. (center section) .. are located on the right side of the equiprent with the layers seated facing the gun. of H.... 0.... The gun is fitted to receive firing data by remote control transmission......... 37..............m...p...........13 in.............. Patr........E.... 360 Traverse ............... A large box-like construction...........) . Mobile mount Length (traveling position) ...) Weight (static mount) ...................... There are four different type mounts used with the gun: mobile. 57 lbs............... Wt...................E. RESTRICTED Replacement Page OFCE CHIEF 6 OF RDNANCE 1 August..... H.. of complete round (approx.....25 in.... the equipment is known as the 12.. .....A normal panoramic sight is provided as well as an antitank sight.400 lbs.................... Width of grooves (forward section) ................ W1.8 cm Sprgr.. -3° Length of recoil ........... together with the 8...E. .... 59........ Patr.......P.. The static mounting is a pedestal type secured to a concrete base............................13 ins.. Height (firing position) .. 29 ft.. 1945 106....26 in............800 meters (48....) Max..........5) .............. projectile (12....... .......... 58..H..C........ In construction and appearance this weapon resembles the 10........8 cm Flakzwilling.............. The cradle pivots in trunnions mounted at the extreme rear of the upper carriage.......... 3° 20' to 5° 30' 40 No....

.. There are two versions of the 12. compensate for muzzle preponderance... 41/4 ins... the carriage has one rear axle and two front axles. The carriage........... are angular in appearance and the sides are swept back towards the rear...... A single shield is used with the Krupp gun. is equipped with a cylindrical muzzle brake having perforations on both sides. Two hydropneumatic equilibrators............. while the Rheinmetall version is equipped with a spaced shield.... whereas the Krupp model has one rear and one front axle.8 cm K. ing position) .. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .8 cm dual purpose. Length of gun (including brech ring). 81... Overall length (travel433 ing position) ... 2191/2 ins.. The Rheinmetall model has a slightly longer breech ring. Reports indicate that there may be a third version designated 12. ing position) . 299 ins....... which incorporates torsion bar suspension. Both types.. 2771/2 ins.. one on either side of the tube... SPECIFICATIONS Rheinmetall Length of gun (including muzzle brake and breech ring) .. 10692 1 August. 413/4 ins.............8 cm K....MEDIUM FIELD GUN 12. 90 ins. Krupp Length of rifling. 2191/2 ins.. 44 GERMAN O Left: Rheinmetall Model: Right: Krupp Model. and a seat for the gunner is provided on the left. The muzzle brake of the Krupp model is shorter and has the greater number of perforations.. The piece is mounted on a cruciform platform. not determined Overall width (travel10814 ins.. The manually operated breechblock is of the horizontal sliding type.. Length of chamber (from rifling) . Overall height (travel81 ins.. Elevating and traversing handwheels are fitted to both sides of the carriage.. 277s/ ins..... antitank/field gun. the recoil and recuperator cylinder being carried within the cradle... 98 ins...... a 3600 traverse may be obtained.. however. A variable hydropneumatic recoil mechanism is provided... is jacked off the wheels in firing and. one manufactured by Rheinmetall and the other by Krupp..... 3121/2 ins. with the outriggers extended...... The tube. of monobloc construction.

.............. 32-R.... No. shell weighing approximately 32/4 lb..... ........... H....... Elevation ................. ... 39........772 feet per second..... 1................P.. 6 ins.... Traverse . The Germans accomplished this by preparing a new propellant charge (Fern ladung-long range charge) which increases the muzzle velocity from approximately 1.. Shell) *Reports indicate that a special long range H... of grooves .... F..... A.-46.... 18 (M) GERMAN O In order to obtain longer range.......... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ...... (at 0° elev........: Incendiary Wt......500 yards........1 . 9 ins...7 cals.......... 5 ft.....5 cm 1. Progressive Twist Width of grooves .......... 56 ............ Length of bore ....... Muzzle velocity (maximum) .8 ins....... (Long Range H.......... . 5 ft............ folding spades... Depth of grooves ... . is equipped with split trails....... 25. 40° 7° .... Depression Length of recoil .....) Height (traveling position) ............ Width (overall) .............. 6V2 ins.......... and the range from approximately*1.. w/P............. Width of trail spread ... wooden wheels with rubber tires....... the 105 mm German Howitzer 1........... hence the later model is known as the 1........ 18 (M).... F.. 10 ins..... H........E. and a protective armor shield 4 mm thick.... Length (firing position).. 18 was modified so that the muzzle velocity of the weapon could be increased. The carriage...............772 f/s' Max... 9 ins...... F........... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 108......D. 32/4 lb.. of projectile.. range (horizontal) (Reported).. 13.. of riveted and welded steel.... Height (firing position) ..... Fuze: Hollow Charge........ 6 ft......... The tube is of monobloc construction.......................... Width of lands ......... the Germans found it necessary to add a muzzle brake.. 20 ft....255 lbs.................. The weapon has a continuous pull firing mechanism and a breech mechanism of the horizontal sliding type. is used with the super charge to obtain this muzzle velocity....... H...H...... It also has hand operated friction brakes................ Ammunition.....500 yds....... 15 ft.. It was also necessary to slightly modify the recoil mechanism and to increase the nitrogen pressure in the counterrecoil cylinders from 730 pounds per square inch to 854 pounds per square inch...........13 ins....542 feet per second to 1............ 19 ft.. the letter "M" (Miindungsbremse-Muzzle Brake) was added to the old nomenclature..LIGHT FIELD HOWITZER 10..H.....E.......... To compensate for the increased velocity and the resulting recoil............ 105 mm (4............................ Smoke............ 4......... To differentiate between the two models..670 yards to 13...... Length (traveling position) ..) Weight (traveling position) ........ ...E... 5 ins. Weight (firing position) .3 ins.

.. Gr.... Width of trail spread...........................660 lb......................H...... Al...... The weapon can be split into nine loads for transport..... Rate of fire ..... Gr............. Length (firing position) .............. is the companion piece to the 7............. Length of bore .) Weight (traveling position) ..... to 49.. 6 ins.5 cm 39 rot HL/A and HL/B (25................ 6 ins... 32 Width of grooves .... are fitted to both wheels.. Depth of grooves .... Width of lands . 1870 f/s Max....H....... introduced into the German Army in 1942.. °..... 11 ins...5 cm F.......675 for high explosive shells................. 108*2 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ............. 105 mm (4.. No.. 5 ins...)* 10.... (32 lb.. H...... 7) Max... 10.... Weight (firing position) ........2 ins..10.. It is mounted on wheels of cast light alloy with detachable rims and solid rubber tires. Gr.... Height (firing position) ............ of monobloc construction................... Width (overall) ......5 cm le.................. the breech mechanism is of the horizontal sliding block type.... Depression ...........H.................5 cm 39 rot AL/C *A star shell is also reported to be fired with Charge 6...... The traversing and elevating handwheels are located on the left and right sides of the carriage respectively..... H.................................) 10.. 40..5 cm Geb............ 36 described on page 118....7 ins.. 4 ins............ 6 only... the other in meters ranging from 0 to 1..... Length of piece ........250..... Length of recoil (variable)............. ....5 cm F.... The barrel.. Height (traveling position) . -4° 70° 4 7' ......14 ins.... 18 ft........ 18 (M)......... ............................................... Its design is basically the same as that of the 10..5 cm Geb.5 cm Geb.... The split trail carriage has trails of riveted box construction which are fitted with large detachable spades............. Muzzle velocity ...500 to 9... 10 ft....... 9 ft. Buntrauch (32 lb... adjusted by a handwheel from the front...... 4 ft...................... The wheels are mounted on stub axles fitted to the trail legs and remain parallel to the legs when they are opened.. of grooves ..8 lb............................. Internal expanding brakes..807 yds........ A hydraulic buffer is built into the cradle on which the barrel slides in recoil..... is fitted with a double baffle muzzle brake with wide side flanges........... 25 20' left and right Elevation ... 40 GERMAN * The 10.... and a hydropneumatic recuperator is mounted above the barrel... 13................ SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .... Ammunition.. range (vertical) ..MOUNTAIN HOWITZER 10............ F.. 3.................... 10................ G...500 for hollow charge ammunition and from 1............5 cm F.. Traverse ..............)-Chg.. 4 ft..... 38 Al. There are two range drum scales: one in mils ranging from 0 to 1...... ............ 19. range (horizontal) ........ (Chg....... H. both with charge 6 in the lower register...

...... of grooves . early in 1944........5 cm le.... Max... (firing position) ...LIGHT FIELD HOWITZER 10........... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 August.......... 18/40 use the same range tables. Rate of fire .............. ...... (overall) .. This carriage was used because at that time it was in large scale production and required a minimum amount of modification to adapt it for use with the howitzer.. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ..... ....... 6 ft......... 1./I. 40° Elevation ...... Length Height Height Width 105 mm (4...E............. Length of barrel excluding muzzle 115...66 ins..... ................ 106.. 6 Depression .................... range (vertical) ...... A normal type of German artillery field sight is used for laying................................13 ins.Increasing twist....... is fitted with a double baffle muzzle brake having projecting wings welded on to give it the increased efficiency necessary for the lightened carriage..../sq.. the le.... Max. Max.......06 ins... H.. 32 No..... and firing....: H.............. 56 Traverse .................... in........ 13.......... The suspension consists of two torsion bars each extending the full width of the carriage body......................479 yds....... . F........... Leaflet Shell.. Star Shell........... H. independent system....... F....... 6 ft.......... 18 (M) but lighter in weight......5 cm Pak 40....... Weight (firing position) .. Length of tube .......772 f/s W t...... long range shell)............... H. Depth of grooves ............ pressure ....... elevating..... of monobloc construction with a removable breech ring......... Prop... (overall) ... Incendiary......................... The cradle is a rectangular box design............................ 2 ins...... Length of recoil ......... Hollow Charge......E. 20 ft. . 32 lbs................... Smoke...H.......... 23 to 1 in.. 1945 108..................... 93........ F........... Muzzle velocity (H....... The recoil is a hydropneumatic type...... 11 ozs.............) 4....... Length of rifling ............. of projectile. 11 ins..................................75 ins..... 1 in............. the Germans brought out..322 lbs......... 34.............04 in.. making the weapon suitable for direct fire.... The elevating handwheel and firing mechanism are now so located on the left hand side of the carriage that the layer can carry out the three operations of traversing... 0......... Ammunition... 17/4 ................ ............. Rifling.3 ..... F.... 18/40 GERMAN O Feeling the need of a weapon having the performance characteristics of the le. a modified version mounted on the carriage of the 7...... Width of grooves ..... ..... A single hydropneumatic equilibrator is attached to the right side of the cradle......................... The breech mechanism is a manually operated horizontal sliding block type.......E..... 0. The piece......... 18 (M) and the le.......... H... Indicator Shell............................... As the two pieces are ballistically identical................................. range (horizontal) ... brake ........ The firing mechanism is of the percussion type with the lever on the left side of the cradle.000 lbs. (overall) .....220 in...

...1 . (Wurfgranate 40) H..............E. Weight of baseplate ..... standard smoke and chemical mortar in use by the German Army....................................................* Rate of fire ........ Transport ......... 12-15 rds....... and baseplate constructed on the usual mortar lines...... Weight of barrel . consists of a barrel........................ Ammunition......10.................. bipod.... to some extent..... high explosive shell..... 2-wheeled handcart *Not verified.. and Smoke The mortar.........) W eight in action .. 83 lb...................... It is serviced by five men and transported on a two-wheeled handcart...... Wurfgranate 40 is also used....................... The traversing gear............................ Weight of bipod .H...E. by airborne troops....... 72 lb.300 yds................ 73 lb. 3.. which is merely a heavier and larger model of the German 8 cm mortar...............1 ins...... (Wurfgranate 35) Smoke 19 lb......... Although the standard ammunition for the weapon is a 16pound smoke shell designated Wurfgranate 35..... 16 lb.. 105 mm (4..... is unusual in that the traversing screw is housed in a sleeve which is supported by the two ends of a box-shaped yoke secured to the top of the elevating screw.... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1........... has also been used.... 228 lb.. Method of operation. however...../min. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .........SMOKE MORTAR 10 cm Nebelwerfer 35 GERMAN TRAVERSIN( G GEAR SIGHT BI RACKET BARREL CROSS LEVELING GEAR BASE PLATE ELEVATING TUBE BIPOD The 10 cm Nebelwerfer........... a 19-lb. Weight of shell ...Muzzle loaded: percussion fired Maximum range ...

... both breech and breech block remain stationary....... H.......... (firing position) .. and the back end of the tube moves outward in a vertical direction in grooves cut into the inside of the legs of the breech block.............. Wt. In order to traverse the piece....6 lbs..... range (horizontal) ....E.. Height (traveling position) ... Its cylinder is attached to the frame....... Height (firing position) .................) Smoke-21............... There are two recoil cylinders................... as is also the sight bracket........... "Not verified..... of grooves Width of grooves . Elevation is controlled by two parallel arcs which travel on pinions geared to and rotated by the elevating handwheel.. .................SMOKE MORTAR 10 cm Nebelwerfer 40 GERMAN This weapon is designed for either smoke................ it is pivoted about a ball and socket joint in the base plate by means of an axle traversing mechanism of ordinary design..... The smooth-bored tube of monobloc construction is independent of the breech and breech block. 105 mm (4........ the tube pivots about its trunnions located midway between the muzzle and breech ends.. Width (overall) ......... Length of recoil ... Depression .......E...... There is no spring tension in the breech mechanism so that its movement is entirely manual........ range (vertical) ......730 lb...... Smoke........................ The cylinders are anchored to the ends of the frame........... (firing position) ... . Chemical* Ammunition ........... Max... one located on either side of the tube. although it is believed that the gun is designed for that type of shell.................... The weapon is fired from the base plate (missing in photo) and wheels.................... Min............... The piece is fired by percussion....... When the piece is loaded.......................) *No chemical ammunition has ever been captured... Rate of fire ..... ................9 lbs..-(20........ (traveling position) ................ 45°-85° Elevation ..... ..................810 yds..........................** Max...... of projectile .. range (horizontal) . chemical............... The counterrecoil system is located above the tube...... During this operation............ and the piston to the yoke.................... H.. .... The firing lever is located just below the breech operating lever.............. (16 cals...../mln....... Width of trail spread . 6..... 14 Traverse ................) (traveling position) . ............... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber Weight Weight Length Length Length ....... ......380 f/s* Muzzle velocity ...668 yds....1 in.......... of barrel ................. ...... Smooth bore Depth of grooves Width of lands 426-1......... 110*2 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .......... ........) 66 ins. a spring-driven firing pin being located in the breech block...................... 1..... 1.. 8-10 rds.......... Longth of bore No.................... Both traversing and elevating handwheels are located on the left side............ Apparently both the recoil and the counterrecoil system is hydropneumatic................................... and the pistons attached to the sides of the breech...... or high explosive ammunition.............

72. I... The sharp sound of the discharge through the venturi tube makes it necessary for the gun crew to use ear plugs... Tw ist of rifling ....... 10° 32 ...... 40 and 10...............RECOILLESS GUN 10. 18......217 lbs...... Elevation Traverse at elevations up to 12 at elevations over 12 .............E. 42 and L........... It is a product of Rheinmetall.... 1945 110........28 ins.............5 pints 1........5 cm L........... G........... As in the case of the 7.. 40) has been installed.. Weight in action (L. G... E...... the characteristic feature of this weapon is the lack of recoil attained by allowing part of the propellant gases to escape to the rear through a venturi tube.........5 cm L............. 10.......... a horizontal sliding type breechblock (resembling that of the 7.............. 42/1) .. 71° Ammunition.. the carriage has been completely changed-it now consists of a single tubular axle to which wheel spindles and three folding trail legs are fitted... 18.............. G.. G......... Hollow Charge.191 lbs... and was introduced into the German Army in 1943......... 40 and both models use the same range table.. The equipment has been designed to break down into five loads for use as pack or airborne artillery...........................3 ...... G.. Length of rifling .......... the design of the shield differs from the earlier model................................ G....5 cm L..099 f/s 8..H.... 1..... of grooves ...............694 Maximum range ........ Length of venturi tube . the weight has been increased by approximately one-third........ Capacity of chamber .. Smoke............ G....41 ins..... Shell) .. 40..5 cm L. H...... 1.. G.5 cm L.... The two models....93 ins....... 42 and 42/1 GERMAN * This weapon represents modifications of the 10... 360° .. Muzzle velocity (H....18 ins........... No........ Length of chamber .... differ principally in weight... G....5 cm L..E....... 42/1... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE I May.. 40 described on page 110......... the percussion firing mechanism has been retained on top of the breechring necessitating the use of a cartridge case with a side primer. The resulting blast creates a danger zone approximately 20 yards wide and 50 yards long to the sides and rear of the gun...... Maximum range is approximately the same as the 10. G...... elevation of the equipment examined was limited to approximately 30° by a fixed stop...... ...5 cm L............. 42) ...... The principal changes are as follows: the venturi tube has three steel strips spirally welded to the inner lip presumably to offset torque.... (L. 31....... SPECIFICATIONS Length of piece (including breech ring and venturi) .............. 15 to 42° ...... 9............

.......... range (vertical) .............. if the direction of fire does not exceed 30° either side of the longitudinal girders.. 39 HL/A and B . Weight (firing position) ............ There is an automatic electric cut-out to the firing gear which restricts elevation to 12° on early equipments and 16° on later equipments when firing over the mounting legs... .. Muzzle Velocity (A......... The Pak 43/41 (page 113) has a two-wheeled carriage with split trails.....P....................... Length (firing position) .................8 cm Pak 43 is an electrically fired... 4 ft.. IV....... 2....... ...E...8 cm Flak 18........... If the direction of fire is greater than 30°.......... shell)* Max... Kw... and to the trunnions.... V).... 'Unconfirmed **AP 40 round (tungsten carbide core) 16 lb.. Kw... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .B.. It has a very low silhouette...." Its chassis is a combination of a Pz.................... III and Pz.. Wt... Depth of grooves .... shell) ..................... 17........-H....... Length of bore . Gr. The Pak 43 2 (page 39) is a self-propelled gun called the "Elephant".048 in......46 ins..... Rate of fire . Width of grooves ..... Length (traveling position) ................. RESTRICT FD OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1121 .C.P...... Length of recoil (normal) . the side legs must be extended and the pads brought firmly in contact with the ground... 32 No.... 6 ins.900 lb...... Height (traveling position) .................................. A.... Patr.) 22 lbs................. ....... 16. 3...68 lbs.......... 88 mm (3. on wheels the height to the top of the shield is 5 feet.....280 f/s (H................. (H..................9 ins..5 ins.... E....... 40/43 .......... 5 ft.......8 cm Pak 43 GERMAN O The 8. 236.... mounted on a cruciform platform (Kreuzlafette) and transported on two single axle limbers similar to those used on the 8.... 40 Elevation ........ range (horizontal).........8 lb..* (A.......C.... Pzgr....460 f/s Max......134 in.........P... -8° ....... 360° Traverse ...... Length of barrel (w/o muzzle brake)....... :All of these guns use the same ammunition and have the same ballistic characteristics........) Weight (traveling position) ........... 7................. Width (overall) .....) 20.................... Width of lands . 13. 6 inches.....E...... 247.................... of grooves .202 in............ . 6 ins......000 lb...... (H................. The Pak 43/1 (page 34) is a self-propelled gun called the "Rhinoceros.... shell) .. Patr...........C....................B.. There are several other versions of the Pak 43.............C....... Ammunition .............. ..............C.ANTITANK GUN 8...............B......... Height (firing position) ............ 4 feet.5 ins.......... The gun can be fired from its wheels without extending the side legs...500 yds. When emplaced it is 12 inches lower........ of projectile ............E....C.......... semiautomatic gun........... Depression ............. 47. Kw...... .................................. ......... it is also mounted on the chassis of the Panther (Pz....

200 yds.. and is connected to the left bipod leg by a sliding screw clamp.. 42 GERMAN * This weapon is of the same general design as the standard 8 cm mortar (s.. 34................ Principle of operation..... with no carrying handle..................... Ammunition fired is the same as for the 8 cm s. It has a smaller baseplate.. W... 47° to 88° 1.... square in shape.. sion fired (only) .5 ins............ 34) described on page 114................... x 12V2 ins....2 ins. 1945 114........................... overall . The barrel is fastened to the baseplate by a SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ...... Gr.. Length of barrel... The elevating handle is situated at the base of the elevating column between the bipod legs.. It is..1 ...Same as for 8 cm s.... W... Gr.... Size of baseplate ............... The sight is situated on the left side of the traversing screw....... W... Weight in firing position ............. 25. 81 mm (3....... Elevation ..... It also has a smaller bipod.... however.... 34 RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 June.. Gr.................. Length of bore . 8 cm... 12 ins..) 62 Ibs...... It differs from the original weapon in the following respects: The Model 42 has a shorter barrel with no striker control bolt at the base.. shorter and lighter...... 29.......... Ammunition....5 ins.. Maximum range . The cross levelling screw is halfway down the elevating column. W...SHORT MORTAR Kz...Muzzle loaded... percus- spring catch........ Gr............... A firing table printed on a steel plate is clamped to the tube........

..............P.......... 3......... Weight (firing position) ..-A....H.. Polygroove form: Twist-1 in 25 Uniform (5 mm) Width of grooves .........62 cm Feldkanone 36 (r) GERMAN O The 7......-A....P..249 f/s (H.. .........E............ 120 ins.......... Length of tube .........000 yds..2 lbs.E..E. 153 ins...... 60° ..... Depression ............-31.078 in... Height (firing position) .196 in..........E........ SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .......................... 22 ft........62 cm F.E...033 in..................25 inches compared with 15................... A..................564 lb...........-A..................... Extractors housed in the breech ring are operated by cams when the block opens...... Depth of grooves ..........H..............-14. Rate of fire ......... No.......E......... 12 ft...... 76... 72° Elevation ....-H............ ... 0. In addition to a number of minor changes... range (horizontal) (A.. Muzzle velocity (A.. 36 (r) is a gun of Russian design and manufacture.........E...335 f/s) Max. of grooves ... and split trail carriages......... The Germans captured so many pieces during the early months of the invasion of Russia that they were adopted by the German Army both in the original form for standard divisional field guns and as antitank guns known as the 7.. H.... 40 Wt.......E...... Width of trail spread ....... A... The breech mechanism may be operated either by hand or semi-automatically...........619 lb..... Traverse . ........ Both weapons have the same general characteristics: built-up tubes fitted in reinforcing jackets........ H............... W idth (overall) ...............FIELD GUN (Ex-Russian) 7........) 3.H. Ammunition .... 61/4 ins..... (0........... the principal difference is in the much greater chamber length of the Pak 36 (r)-28..E............ Length (overall) .45 lbs......... Length of gun ..........P................... -2........ and the addition of a muzzle brake to the Pak 36 (r)..62 cm Pak 36 (r) described on page 116.................. shell) 2..)....... .20 inches... K............. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 116e1 .....P....... 2 ins........ 4 ........... Height (traveling position) .....H.P..1 ins............ 32 R.... hydropneumatic recoil mechanisms...... of Projectile ......................... 14..... 0....P.....84 mm) (2 mm) Width of lands ... Length of recoil (average).. 40-9.......H....... vertical sliding breech blocks....2 mm (3 ins.P.2 lbs...... Weight (complete) .. Length of rifling ....... 0..H...... The firing mechanism is a continuous pull type..... A hand control on the left side of the breech ring is provided in case the cartridge fails to eject.....-13..

.. ............................. K........ E. Length of barrel and breech ring............. range (vertical) ...351 lbs..) ........ A fixed spade is attached at the rear of the trail... Width of carriage .. 28 5 mm .. the equipment may be broken down into seven animal loads as follows: upper carriage.. designated 75/13....... and lower shield. was also used by the Italians.. ... quantity is approximately one-half gallon........ ..MOUNTAIN HOWITZER 7....... & Hollow Charge RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May.270 f/s W t........... ...) Weight (traveling position) ................. 13 cals..... of projectile ... Types of ammunition include high explosive........ .................. shell) .... cradle...... Both armies provided their own ammunition in addition to some Czech and Austrian rounds also utilized...... The same weapon. 1.......... 15) GERMAN * This 7... piece....... For mountain transport... H..... 7......................... -10 7 50° Depression Length of recoil (max............................ Traverse Elevation ............. 37. The piece is wholly enclosed within a slipper which moves on a cradle extending the whole length of the piece.. and armor piercing............... 2. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ................. Length (traveling position) ...............5 mm Muzzle velocity (H........ polygroove plain section Length of rifling ........... 1............................................. Depth of grooves ......7 ins..... Max............................................. 35. Rifling .. hollow charge..4 ins....... upper shield............................ Width of grooves ......... consists of a hydraulic buffer and spring recuperator.. .............H.. The shield is in two parts: a fixed upper section and a hinged lower one...................... Rate of fire ..... R.. Width of lands .......................... slides............270 yds............. range (horizontal) .E...2 ins.............449 lbs................................. 75 m m (2....................68 mm 3....... of grooves .......... .8 ins........... The various sections are carried by mules.........5 cm Gebirgs Kanone 15 (Geb...........5 cm light mountain howitzer used extensively by the German Army is an original Skoda design...................... .......... A 50/50 mixture of water and glycerine is used in the buffer.. contained within the cradle....... Breech mechanism is of the horizontal sliding block type...... shrapnel................ Weight (firing position) ..... Height (firing position) . The carriage has wooden wheels and modified box-type trails which curve downward towards the rear.......... 27............. ......... 12 lbs....... No...... .................95 ins..... The recoil mechanism..... Length (firing position) ....... trail and wheels... Length of bore........... It is frequently removed altogether when the howitzer is in firing position.... Height of trunnions .......... 1945 122e1 ....... Ammunition ...........................4 ins..... 43......................... M ax.......... 31....

....... 1..... and mounted on the carriage of the obsolete 3. No..... Ammunition ...... E. . The barrel of monobloc construction is 20V/2 calibers long.. There is a hydrospring recoil mechanism and a breech mechanism of the vertical sliding wedge type... tw ist ............. 1 in....... consists of a short barreled piece fitted with a muzzle brake...... I........ Traverse Elevation Depression . Traversing...... E.. Length (traveling position) .. in..... 42 Width of trail spread ....... Range..5 cm I...... of grooves ...... formerly known as the 7......LIGHT INFANTRY HOWITZER 7. 2... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .... 9 ft............................. 5... which is mounted on two rubber-tired wheels... 75 mm (2............... There is an auxiliary firing lever on the left side of the breech ring.. G... 11 ft......... *Muzzle velocity with hollow charge ammunition is 1...... 5 ft..900 yds........ of projectile........ 464 ins.......... the maximum effective range is 2.......... A quadrant plane is located on top of the breech ring..... ..... The muzzle brake is in the shape of a rectangular box with four baffles.......5 cm Pak 37. 60° 221/2 0 5° Tires .................................. HE-AT..........165 f/s...R....... 11 ft. 38HI/A-6....... ...... 37.... 5..... 920 f/s* Max.... the upper shield and the lower shield...... .............................630 yds......... Length (firing position) .2 lbs.H................. shell) ....................... With the present fire control equipment.... 18-13. 122*2 1 May.. The lower part hinges upward when travelling.......00 x 20 17 ins.... has split tubular trails... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ........ A percussion type firing mechanism is cocked automatically when the breech is closed. Width (overall) .... the upper half being hinged..................7 cm antitank gun................124 lbs...... 38 Height (shield raised) ........ and the gun is fired by pressing a plunger on the elevating handwheel.. and there is also a range drum graduated for firing semi-fixed high explosive and fixed hollow charge ammunition........ H.... 24 Muzzle velocity (H..... 7 ins...... each at approximately a 45° angle deflecting to the rear. Pneumatic-6.... and is swung downward when the weapon is in the firing position........ range (present fire control)....................... . 37 GERMAN O The 7. Rifling .. ...... ins....410 yds.... Gr.... I. Max....E.... Height (shield lowered) ... elevating...................... G...900 yards........................ Gr. Direct sighting is obtained by means of a telescope............... 1 Length of rifling .... and sighting are accomplished by one man.5 cm I... Weight (firing position) ... range .. The carriage... Length of recoil (max. Hollow Charge Wt....6 Ibs........... ....... ins............... H...... The upper shield is in two sections..... This section can be folded forward in order to give a lower silhouette. The shield is in two main parts.....) Weight (traveling position) .....) ............. The equipment has been utilized as a close support infantry weapon....... The latter has no provision for semi-automatic operation.................. 3V2 ins..................................95 ins......

.......E........... 0.. The two transverse legs are lowered and the platform is roughly leveled with jacks.... The buffer is mounted centrally in the cradle................... Max...... Long (18 sec...... (approx............... 170...... APCBC . 7 ft......E.....P. The recuperator consists of two spiral springs which are mounted side by side in the cradle. 130 r... 11.000 ft.... muzzle brake).m ...... Here it is keyed to a pointer on the elevation scale... 90 Depression ............E...... Length of gun (incl.. The right hand twist of the rifling increases from one in 361/2 to one in 30 calibers. 0...... 7 ft....... W idth of lands .. 20 W idth of grooves .......................... Height (traveling position) ..... automatic............................. 41/tracer........... of projectile.............. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ... Width (overall-traveling) .............................. It differs in that the breech block drops into the closed position from the open position.....30 tons Length (traveling position) . -10 Length of recoil . muzzle brake)..7 cm Flak 43.. . Max....... 8600 yds.... 10.. Tracer burn out point Short (8 sec....... The dropping of the block allows buttress guides on the block to engage with similar guides on the jacket...1 in.......-4.................120 yds.... 7 ins. This locks the block in the firing position and prevents any rearward movement... 5............. Length of gun (excl....... 10 ins.. range (horizontal)........................ A... 10 ins......... The gun elevating gear is on the left side of the mounting............. 7......... 3600 Elevation ... 7 ft.......... Height (firing position) ........ 4 Ins.B.............. ............... 117.... A.. antiaircraft gun is transported on two-wheeled transporters........ range (vertical)........... The final leveling is done with leveling screws in the base ring of the mounting.......8 lbs..C.... The barrel is removable for easy replacement in the field....-4. Traverse .......) 2...H............... the platform is lowered from the transporters by means of winding gear...5 ins....) Weight (traveling position) ...............) 5...... RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 June..................... Length of rifling ..... The traversing gear and the sight are on the right hand side of the mounting...E............ Width of trail spread .87 Ibs.....) Ammunition...... Incendiary/H.......p................... Muzzle velocity (H.... Length (firing position) ........ 4. To put the gun into action...8 ins............ of grooves ................. The sight bracket is connected by means of a parallel motion link to a cross shaft..740-3.. .....P.... 5 cm (1... The layer keeps the two pointers in line and the gun is laid at the same angle of elevation as the sight..... 19 ft.. 184........300 yds. 1 in... Depth of grooves .........750 yds............ 2......... 42 Wt..020 in...............28 ins......400-6.. 1945 125 .......H............... APCBC . 41/tracer.......... 0........... Rate of fire ......... The feed mechanism is operated by the recoil of the breech casing..160 in....... Effective ceiling ...97 ins....... No...........C.........ANTIAIRCRAFT GUN 5 cm Flak 41 GERMAN Q This gas-operated. The breech mechanism is similar to that of the 3.756 f/s Firing mechanism protrusion ................................ 27 ft......... shell) .....5 ins....18 tons Weight (firing position) ... This is also connected to a pointer on the elevation scale.

......P.) Length of gun (overall) .. right-hand twist Muzzle velocity A......E.........A.......015 lbs....... sliding block Hydropneumatic Rifling .... is mounted on metal disk wheels with solid rubber tires........ Sights ... ..............-H....Horizontal Recoil mechanism ........... a tungsten carbide core arrowhead type projectile (A... an A. 3 ins............ The gun has a barrel of monobloc construction...... H. There are five types of ammunition fired from the Pak 38: an armor-piercing capped.ANTITANK GUN 5 cm Pak 38 GERMAN Q The 5 cm Pak 38............. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE (Replacement Page) RESTRICTED ...0 lb..... 4.. The recoil recuperator system is hydropneumatic.... a high-explosive shell.... Torsion bar suspension is automatically locked when the tubular trails are spread... 40).............................. high-explosive projectile.P. 1200 ..............E............. 126 1 June..0 Normal 3..........-1800 f/s 22 -4 80 .........P..... Carriage. and a stick grenade similar to the 3. 3 ins...............) 15 ft......................................... Depression Traverse ......1 2.......Welded steel w/solid rubber tires and tubular trails Breech mechanism...-H....-2600 f/s 4...... ........ A......... 1000 .... threaded at the muzzle for attaching a two-baffled muzzle brake.......P................... H.. Penetration A.. 40 Range Yards 500 Thickness of armor in mm 30° ... Straight tube telescope Ammunition........9 2............ a minimum length of recoil of approximately 181/2 inches is needed to operate the semi-automatic breech mechanism which is of the sliding horizontal block type....... 5 ft................4 2................ A 5 mm spaced armor shield and single apron protect the gun crew........7 cm grenade described on page 306......... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .......... (uncapped) shell...........E. Weight 50 mm (1......C.2 2...... Because of the position of the breech-operating cam......P.........5 lb............... ................ 20 lands & grooves................ ...................... 9 ft.E... 1 in..P... was developed to combat the more heavily armored vehicles of the Allies....C...... (approx..... 2.. W idth C-C .....6 2.....97 ins.... The carriage............. Elevation .... introduced during the 1941 campaigns in Greece and Egypt............6 2.....5 700 .... (complete) ........ constructed of welded steel....... Length of barrel (overall) .......................... 2.. The left side of the shield has a sighting port......

........ Length of bore .......... and the latter giving a rate of about 4° for each turn..... increasing (1 in 50 to 1 in Width of grooves . Shell) ...........45 ins........................... *Not verified........ In firing position the mount rests on three adjustable firing pads...... - - ~- ..................H..... Weight (firing position) .....p...............080 yds....... 44 ins...-1.... No....... Twist......... Traversing and elevating mechanisms are operated by handwheels. The weapon is transported on a trailer.....-"...... 129 ins..5 Length of recoil . RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFCE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August........ range (horizontal) ..... permitting the guns to be employed as antitank weapons................. Flak 36-3.... Wt. 40) in...... Height of trunnions ..~~"~~~ ~I ..........ANTIAIRCRAFT GUN 3............................................... range (vertical) ............ 80 r........... in.... Length of rifling ... Length of piece (including flash hider)....m.............P............ of grooves..7 cm FLAK 36 The performance of both the Flak 18 and the Flak 36 are approximately the same.....) Weight (traveling position) .E............. Flak 36-5.....20-R....... 5000 ft... in.* Effective ceiling ................................197 Depth of grooves ....................... A....* Max. Depression ........08 W idth of lands ..1 ... 7.. 0.... plain section............................7 cm FLAK 18 THE 3..............7 cm Flak 18 and 36 GERMAN / 1:~~~~iif ~ cl"....... two for the gun pointers and one for the ammunition loader........................ THE 3..afbls_ PsC*-............4 lb.. Muzzle velocity (H.. iilrhl-::ili~:r? P~ " ~.. the former providing a 3600 traverse with 35 / 2 turns. the chassis consisting of a "U" shaped steel frame mounted on two pneumatic tires..... p........ W idth (overall) . The recoil mechanism is located inside the trough-shaped cradle with the buffer above and the recuperator below.......02 0...-1........ 2.. Ammunition ...:..............................775 ft....... H...... 85 Elevation .....430 lbs........E.. The weapon and its firing mount may be detached from the chassis by the aid of two winches........................ 37 mm (1..:IP . The gun is fired by means fo a foot pedal connected to the trigger by a system of levers............................... of projectile...... 1945 130.......* Rate of fire (practical) . The gun has a monobloc tube........ 13.290 lbs......... ....610 f/s* Max... H................ 360 Traverse ......... There are three seats provided... Armor-piercing ammunition is provided in addition to the regular high explosive ammunition....... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ...............P... 71 ins.. . A............... the latter being the lighter and the more mobile version.5 lb................. 0............ ......E..... The firing mechanism is operated by recoil and residual pressure of gas in a manner similar to the 2 cm Flak 38......: r 46.....................

.... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ...... ...........) Effective range (vertical)................... It is known as the 3... and a breech casing which houses the breech mechanism.E.............. 20 Width of grooves ........96 ins.......68 ft......... 90° Depression ....200 yds..................... Elevating and traversing handwheels are both on the right of the gun............................ making unnecessary any alteration in the position of the center of gravity of the gun and other elevating parts with variation in the quantity of ammunition in the clips and feed mechanism....................) 4..... No................ 2................................... ....180 Ibs....... 37 mm (1..........45 ins........9 ins. Length of bore ......... 14.................. 29...... The shield slopes backward at a 300 angle and is 4...... which is of low build.........) Rate of fire (theoretical) ...... (approx.............. 7.. Variable Ammunition. and two return springs lie side by side above the barrel... (practical) ............... of grooves ...../min..... Weight (traveling position) .2 feet high.ANTIAIRCRAFT GUN 3... Depth of grooves .. Traverse ... A hydro-spring buffer with variable recoil is located below the barrel.. 9.. Weight (firing position) . or mounted on a self-propelled chassis....... monobloc barrel fitted with a muzzle brake with six elongated ports and multi-perforated flash eliminator.....AP/rIE.7 cm Flak 43..... -6° Type of recoil .... 360 Elevation ............ HE/I and HE/I/short T 130............................7 cm Flak 43 also exists.................. 150 rds..........................7 cm Flak 43 GERMAN The 3........ The weapon fires only the single rotating band projectiles............. Mounting is of the pedestal type.................................... the gun being hung from a single-ring type trunnion on the right. .................. Length (traveling position) ... Length of piece (excluding muzzle brake)...............000 ft..... the former being vertical and the latter horizontal..750 f/s Max...... The feed to the gun is mounted through the ring and on the axis of the trunnion......... 2.... (approx...... Height (traveling position) .................. Length (firing position) .... 250 rds... In the middle is a space through which the mantlet elevates and depresses... is fitted with a shield varying in thickness from 9 mm at the center to 6 mm at the outer edges.......... 9............. A twin version of the 3.. fully-automatic..... Height of trunnion .... gas-operated antiaircraft weapon................... The gun is fed horizontally from the left in clips of eight rounds from a fixed loading tray.....2 1 August.. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ..... ................ Length of muzzle brake .... ... The equipment..... The gun consists of a removable.. range (horizontal) ..... H. and is operated by the recoil of the gun itself..... Muzzle velocity (HE shell) . W idth of lands ......... HE/T-HE/I/T.7 cm Flakzwilling 43...............750 lbs........ a light.......... ..... may be statically emplaced..... 7 ft............../min...... transported on a mobile mounting.......

varying heights are accepted. The instrument is manufactured by Zeiss and displays excellent workmanship. A crew of thirteen men is required to operate it. drift. has been criticized by fire control experts for poor coordination of basic design and for the excessive number of men needed to operate it. The instrument which has a built-in range finder is large and heavy and has a 4-wheeled traveling carriage for mobile use. thus differing from directors which operate on plan prediction or angular travel methods.ANTIAIRCRAFT DIRECTOR Kommando-Gerat 36 GERMAN * The Kommando-Gerit 36 is a goniographic director. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 175 . Readings must be called out to the appropriate operator on the director. and corrections can be applied for wind. and variations in muzzle velocity. dead time. however. Information is passed from one operator to another by voice and via a telephone system. Ballistic data are obtained from graphical drums. This director. The present instrument measures target course and speed and solves the problem by setting up to scale in ground plan the various distances involved. displacement.

.......... and the fifth man operates various switches.................. -1...... The director is operated by five men.... and can handle diving and curving target courses....... 0 to 30 sec... 0 to 10 sec.... dF due to dead time ........................................... Two are required to track in azimuth and elevation...... about 10 to 15 seconds are required to evaluate the new course....ANTIAIRCRAFT DIRECTOR Kommando-Gerat 40 GERMAN O The Kommando-Gerit 40 is a director used principally for major caliber weapons such as the 8..... 570 to 14...... ±130 mils/sec... Elevation .... 176 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .... The stability is not affected by gradual changes in course........................200 to 18.. by installing the proper ballistic cams........................... 0 to 28 m/s Muzzle velocity................5° to 90.............. A trailer equipped with devices for lifting the director is used for transport................ Time of flight ...............8 cm and 10. When shifting to a new target in the vicinity of the target previously tracked and flying an approximately parallel course.......... 1.... it may be used with any type of gun..... SPECIFICATIONS Azimuth .......... 1.......... or course azimuth........ the director will predict correctly for a target flying at constant speed with a constant rate of change of altitude and constant curvature......... 0 to 200 m/s Horizontal travel during time of flight ... No limit ° Elevation .. Data are transmitted to the guns for reception by a signal-light manual follow-up system.......................... 3. ..................... -500 to 12..500 m Future altitude .... ............ 105 mils/sec.... 0 to 300 m/s Vertical speed of target .... ±5 secs................... 500 m 210 m Vertical parallax .... 0 to 12.. as little as 10 seconds may be required.......065 mils Course azimuth correction ...................... dF due to MV and wind ...............600 mils Altitude prediction ........... 570 to 14... The time from initial pickup to first round is estimated to be 20 or 30 seconds.........000 m Lateral deflection ...................... Wind velocity .............. the fourth man sets in horizontal angle of approach....... altitude rate... Fuze dead time .... However................ 60/16 d dA.................5 Slant range .............................. The Kommando-Gerdt 40 computes continuously Case III data (for invisible targets) by a target speed and angle of approach method.. a third sets in slant range by means of a 4-meter base stereo range finder mounted on the director.................................................................000 m Present altitude ....... After an abrupt change in speed. A change in course which requires a change in operating procedure upsets firing data for only a few seconds.....500 m Future horizontal range . In principle.. Horizontal parallax .. Slewing ±700 mils/sec..........000 m Ground speed of target .......000 m Maximum tracking rates Azimuth .........000 m Present horizontal range ................... 24 numbers (Gebrauchssttfe) .......... 0 to 6.....5 cm antiaircraft guns.................. +1......... 70 mils 5 secs...............................

33 7. The second operation is to rotate the telescope mount by means of the knurled knob beneath the super-elevation handwheel until the angle of site level is again on a horizontal plane. placed to the right of the 0-800 scale. RANGE DRUM GRADUATION: In addition to the 0 to RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 177 . The first operation is to offset the angle of site level vial an amount equal and opposite to the angle of site. It is necessary to operate the angle of site mechanism on the panoramic telescope to bring the line of sight back on its original plane. This second scale is graduated in 2 mil steps from 800 to 1330 mils. RANGE DRUM GRADUATION: The range drum above 800 mil scale on the above instrument there is a second mil scale. K. 18 by turning the large handwheel below the bracket for the panoramic telescope. This is done by turning the small knob between the superelevation handwheel and panoramic telescope bracket. 18 Sight Mount for 10. 15 cm s. The second index arm which is actuated by the gun is brought into agreement with the first index arm by elevating the gun.5 cm Howitzer has two scales: an elevation mil scale numbered from 0 to 800. The angle of site mechanism has a scale graduated from 100 to 500 mils with 300 mils representing normal. Sight Mount for 15 cm Howitzer Sight Mount for 7. G. the scale is divided into 50 meter units from 100 to 9150 meters. This second step moves the index arm an additional amount and positions it in an angle equal to quadrant elevation.5 cm le. H. OPERATION: Range or super-elevation is introduced GERMAN O 10. divided into two mil units. filled with red. Angle of site is introduced by two operations. and a range scale graduated in hectometers and numbered from 1 to 15.5 cm howitzer. F. Operation of this knob causes the range drum to be rotated past the index and the index arm to be moved through an angle equal to superelevation. The range scale is graduated for zone 5. F.5 cm Howitzer RANGE DRUM GRADUATION: The mil scale on the range drum for the above instrument is graduated in the same manner as for the 7.ON-CARRIAGE FIRE CONTROL Sight Mounts for Howitzers MOUNTS: The telescope mounts of all three howitzers are of the same basic design. All are of the azimuth compensating type and automatically compensate for trunnion cant when cross-levelled. The gun is then laid for quadrant elevation. The range scale is preceded by the Roman Numeral I and is divided in increments of 25 meters from 25 to 1475 meters.5 cm le. I.

The second telescope mount is of the same general design as that used with the 7.5/5. numbered from 0 to III and graduated from 0 to 4200. and 3200 meters respectively. 3800. Gun RANGE DRUM GRADUATION: The range drum has about the periphery of the range drum.5 cm. Gun RANGE SCALES: There are five scales engraved Sight Mount for 8.5 cm and 15 cm howitzers. A deflection mechanism is located below the range setting handle. 178 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . Gr. T. 3400.7 with limits of 0 to 5500 meters. 39H1 with limits of 0 to 3000 meters.8 cm A. Gr. The range drum is graduated from 0 to 4000 meters. from left to right are: an elevation scale in steps of 2 mils from 0 to 800.8 cm Sp.5 is of simple construction. L/4. T. The first is an elevation scale graduated from 0 to 80 mils. These scales. There is a range drum with its axis parallel to the axis of the telescope and a range scale inscribed on an arc that is located on the right side of the telescope mount. mounts mounted side by side on the left side of the weapon. TELESCOPE MOUNT:' The telescope mount for the three scales engraved about its periphery. There is no deflection mechanism apparent on the available model.5 cm A. 10. Both its use and operation are also the same. and a range scale marked 8. The range scale on the sector is graduated for ranges from 0 to 1500 meters. a range scale marked for 8. The other four are range scales.8 cm Pak 43/41 GERMAN * Sight Mount for 7. TELESCOPE MOUNTS: There are two telescope 7.8 cm Sp. The first telescope mount is of the rocking bar type and is designed primarily for anti-tank use.ON-CARRIAGE FIRE CONTROL Sight Mounts for Antitank Guns 7.5/5.5 cm Pak 41 8.

40 is attached to a bracket to the left of the weapon and is connected by a linkage bar so that elevation of the weapon is relayed to the telescope mount. 40) S. P. 40) S. Kpfw.5 cm Stu. The mount does not automatically compensate for trunnion RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 179 . P. K. The telescope used with mounts of this type is of periscopic design and has a removable head. and the third for the Pzgr. K. is graduated from 200 to 2400 meters. The fourth scale on the drum is a micrometer for the elevation scale located immediately to the right and above the telescope bracket. nor is there a longitudinal level vial or index arm to indicate when the gun has been moved through an angle equal to the original movement of the telescope mount.5 cm (Stu. w/o rotary cupola Sight Mount for 7. is graduated from-300 to 1400 meters. on Pz. Deflection is introduced by operating the knurled knob at the top-right of the instrument. used for the Pzgr. MOUNTS: The telescope mount for the 7. The elevation scale is graduated in units of 100 mils from 0 to 500. The first scale. III chassis F8. on Pz. is graduated from 100 to 3300 meters. 40. III chassis RANGE SCALES: In the above sight mounts there are cant. four scales engraved about the periphery of a vertical range drum. Kpfw. K. There is no angle of site mechanism on the telescope mount. The deflection scale is graduated in increments of one mil from 0 to 20 on each side of zero. the second for the Spr.ON-CARRIAGE FIRE CONTROL Sight Mounts for Self-Propelled Artillery GERMAN O Sight Mount for 7. Quadrant elevation is obtained by placing the range drum index in agreement with the proper scale and depressing the telescope mount through the super-elevation angle necessary for the range and then elevating the gun until the apex of the triangle on the telescope reticle is superimposed on the target.5 cm (Stu. 39.

the Aushilfsrichmittel 38 can be fitted. a panoramic telescope. 180 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . A three power.62 cm Pak 36 (r) mounted on 38 (t) Czech chassis MOUNTS: The telescope mounts for these two guns are of the same general design. the only differences being in the ballistic cam and markings on the range drum. For indirect fire.ON-CARRIAGE FIRE CONTROL Sight Mounts for Self-Propelled Artillery GERMAN Q Sight Mount for 7. They are of the rocking bar type and have a range drum graduated for the various types of ammuni- tion used in the weapons. straight tube telescope is used as the sighting component.5 cm Pak 40 mounted on 38 (t) Czech chassis Sight Mount for 7.

F. H. Operation of the angle of site mechanism when the range mechanism is locked causes the panoramic telescope to be tilted through an angle equal and opposite to the angle of site. F. 42 is basically the same as the telescope mount for the 7.5 cm (Stu. There is no level vial to indicate a horizontal plane. 40. An elevation scale graduated in units of 100 mils is engraved on a plate fastened to the left trunnion bearing..5 cm (Stu. The first is a range scale graduated from 100 to 8150 meters. graved above the range drum: the top scale is the elevation micrometer for the elevation scale which is graduated from 0 to 300 mils. III chassis. 13 on Lorraine chassis. The principles of operation are identical. RANGE DRUM: The range drum is quite broad. RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 June. H. F. is graduated from 400 to 1500 meters. is not an azimuth compensating type. MOUNT: The telescope mount for the 10. A panoramic telescope bracket is attached to a rack gear and is moved through vertical angles by operation of the knurled knob in the center of the range drum. F. for the 10. 1945 181 . Gr. the next. is graduated from 100 to 3300 meters. used with the Spr. The angle of site scale is engraved about a spiral groove cut into a plate. Sight Mount for 15 cm s.5 cm Stu.ON-CARRIAGE FIRE CONTROL Sight Mounts for Self-Propelled Artillery GERMAN Sight Mount for 10. a range scale. 42) on Pz. H. Kpfw. The inner scale is engraved from 0 to 800 mils in 2 mil steps. H. K. 13 on Lorraine chassis Sight Mount for 10. Kpfw. RANGE SCALES: There are three scales en- This scale in conjunction with a pointer actuated by the gun trunnion indicates the angle of elevation imparted to the gun. III chassis Sight Mount for 15 cm s. The mount is cross-leveled by turning the wing nut below and forward of the range drum. Angle of site is introduced by turning a wing nut immediately below the telescope bracket. H. H. and the third scale. the index is fitted with a lug that fits in the groove and raises up or down as the scale is turned. H 42) on Pz.5 cm Stu. but there are only two scales on it. 39 HL/A. MOUNT: The telescope mount for the 15 cm s.5 cm Gr. HL 18.

32 and 36. The azimuth micrometer scale is graduated in units of one mil. shown herewith. 16) Rundblickfernrohr 16/18 (Rbl. 182 1 June. Rbl. 18. It is a 4-power. F. The grooves on the top and side of the collimator are used as an open sight. and a collimator sight for sighting on an aiming point.PANORAMIC TELESCOPES 16 AND 16/18 Rundblickfernrohr 16 (Rbl. a mirror is provided on the telescope. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF . representing 0 to 1600 mils. I. is still used on the 7. The Model 16/18. It embodies means for obtaining right or left lateral deflection. fixed-focus type with a cross level and longitudinal level for checking the alignment when the telescope and bracket are secure to the mount.OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . 16/18) GERMAN The Panoramic Telescope Rbl. 32. The collimator sight consists of a reticle having horizontal and vertical translucent slits located at the focal length of a single eye lens. F. The throwout and locking mechanism is the same as that of the usual type of panoramic telescope. which has been replaced by the Rbl. The elevation scale is graduated from 0 to 16. 16. Since the levels are not readily visible in this position.5 cm 1. F. elevation or depression. F. The elevation scale and micrometer of the head resembles those of the standard telescope. The lateral deflection scale is 'graduated from 0 to 64. G. MORTAR SIGHT This instrument is designed to be used for laying the German 81 mm Mortar in azimuth and elevation. The azimuth scale is graduated in 100-mil intervals and numbered from 0 to 64. is very similar to the 16. F.

......... ......... A throw-out lever is provided for rapid setting in azimuth. It is a 4-power................... OF SITE GERMAN O WCROMETER AZI~UTH SCALEf I06400:: ... 32) ACLE.......ZAIMUTHCORRiECT ALCAE 10-320.... ....... F......... The existence of Panoramic Telescopes 36 and 37 has been confirmed.... 10 W eight ..........~CI HOC M2CROMTIER *mI ''THROWO'UTi rEVERwoi i LEVERi This panoramic telescope is used on all standard field equipment...... The azimuth scales on the vertical barrel of the telescope are graduated in 100-mil intervals.... the upper scale. The reticle pattern is shown above........... The lower has two semicircular scales numbered 0 to 32 and can be rotated independently of the rotating head..... fixed-focus type with a field of view of 10 degrees.. The outer scale can be rotated independently of the azimuth worm. SPECIFICATIONS Pow er ........ F............... 4X Field of view .................... A locking lever locks the azimuth micrometer in any setting............. A knurled portion permits adjustment.......... 1945 183 .. .... The line of sight may be raised or lowered by rotation of the angle of site knob............. Evidently the fixed azimuth scale and micrometer are used for initial laying of the piece and the second scale and micrometer are then zeroed and used to measure base deflection...... ........................................ 5 bs.... is fixed in relation to the rotating head........................... The azimuth micrometer includes two scales graduated in mils from 0 to 100 mils......... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 une.........PANORAMIC TELESCOPE 32 Rundblickfernrohr 32 (Rbl...... 32........... 0............ They are believed to be very similar to the Rbl.... The angle of site micrometer is graduated in mils from 0 to 100 mils... . 0 to 64... The angle of site scale is graduated from 100 mils to 500 mils (300 mils in normal).

Overall height of instrument ..................... Both the elevation and azimuth scales are divided into increments of 100 mils...5 cm Pak 40........ the 5 cm Pak 38..................... 8/8 ins............. 3 diameters 8 Field of view of telescope ........ 184 1 June...... The cross-level vial and longitudinal level vial are part of the telescope bracket assembly..62 cm Pak 36 (r)............... The telescope bracket........ is fastened to the elevation worm wheel by holding screws....... bracket......... 3 lbs. Overall width of instrument ... Complete weight of instrument ..... The cross leveling mechanism consists of a worm meshed with a worm wheel segment cut on the adapter... 3 ins... The elevation scale is graduated from 0 to 1300 mils........ SPECIFICATIONS Power of telescope ...........AUXILIARY QUADRANT SIGHT 38 Aushilfsrichtmittel 38 GERMAN This quadrant sight is called a "substitute aiming device" by the Germans.... and the 7.. Turning the cross leveling knob causes the telescope bracket and elevation worm wheel assembly to be tilted in relation to the adapter bracket........ 12 ois....... ............................ ....... There is a simple elbow telescope with a reticle design consisting of a large inverted "V" and two vertical lines such as is found in the German panoramic telescopes................... The elevating worm wheel housing fits into the adapter bracket and is retained by the elevation worm wheel................ and each is supplemented with a micrometer for 1 mil settings......... The device has apparently been designed as a cheap instrument for indirect laying and may be used with any weapon having a suitable adapter...... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ... which is made of cast aluminum... ........... It will fit into the sight mount found on the 7. The azimuth mechanism consists of a worm and worm wheel provided with a rather unique anti-back-lash arrangement.

A modified type is designed for use with the predictor.5 cm night lighting devices are provided with the STwo L. It is held in place on the forehead of the set at an angle to the base. The eye piece traverses operator by an elastic strap. free traverse of the head for quick spotting is possible. A knob graduated in mils Weight of the sight is approximately 2 V2 pounds. When mounted in their respective sockets with the azimuth scales set to zero. F. Flak The Rbl. supworn by the operator for reading graduations on the porting an objective head which has a full 3600 trasight and has an aperture selection for either clear or verse. The Rundblickfernrohr 40 is believed to have been designed for use with the 7. the line of sight of the panoramic telescope on the predictor is 1800 from that of the predictor telescope. G. permitting the operator to use the sight from different positions. The other is upright section approximately five inches long. An adjustment for elevation is controlled by a knob on top of the objective head which is graduated in hundredths and numbered on each tenth mil graduation. A carrying case and two night lighting devices sight. Rbl. the even hundreds being numbered. consisting of an lated by an aperture in the attachment. The reason for the eyepiece of the gun sight being 90° from the axis of the gun is for convenience as the operator can stand at the right side of the gun and look into the sight at right angles to the axis of the gun. and an eye piece approximately four inches long red light. One mounts on the left side of the eye piece and employed with the instrument were also recovered. approximately 200°. Flak is used with heavy antiaircraft guns for indirect fire against ground targets and for reciprocal laying.head. 1945 1 85 . 42. and numbered on each ten mils is located near the center of the upright section and traverses the objective The lower section of the objective head is graduated in hundred mils.ARTILLERY SIGHTS Rbl.5 cm L. F. illuminates the reticle with a red light which is reguThis is a panoramic artillery sight. 40 GERMAN Q : . By pressing a small lever near the adjusting knob. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August.3 inches in height. An unusual feature in this sight is that the adjusting knobs are click mounted to enable adjustments to be made at night without light. 40 or the 10. This sight is 9. G.

... Muzzle energy . A safety lever is located on the left side of the receiver... 137/8 ins. Ammunition types .. W eight of barrel . With the lever in the center position...... can be fired by action of the trigger.... hammer assembly and switch lever..... Indicator pins located in the breech plate show whether the respective barrels are loaded...... turning it to the right allows only the right barrel to be fired... .............1 ...... 3.......... .. *Signal cartridge with single star-max.. are made of steel.. Maximum range . as well as all pins... is pictured in the inset above............ both barrels fire simultaneously................. Length of barrel .......... are made of an aluminum alloy.. trigger-guard.. The firing mechanism is of the continuous pull type incorporating concealed hammers........... vertical range 260 ft.......... By use of this lever...... the remaining parts.............................................27 mm DOUBLE BARREL SIGNAL PISTOL 27 mm Doppel Schuss GERMAN * The 27 mm double barrel signal pistol is unique in that the basic parts such as the trigger...... Rifling ..... 31/s lbs...... A switch lever is located on the top rear of the pistol frame to control the firing mechanism... 91/s ins.... SPECIFICATIONS W eight ................. Turning the lever to the left allows only the left barrel to be fired.. Another model............ RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May.. 1945 202.................... .. Length .. lever release... or both....... (sm ooth bore) . with the exception of the wooden forestock and hand grips..... a double barrel air force signal pistol of somewhat similar design.................... Breaking of the piece is accomplished by pushing forward the release lever which is located just forward of the trigger guard.. The words "Feuer" and "Sicher" indicate the two positions of Fire and Safe......... either one of the two barrels.........

.... 42... P........... Length (overall) ....... The curved magazine is inserted from the bottom......... 16.... M.............. Curved magazine Capacity of feeding device ........... P. ....... 44 (Sturmgewehr 44) GERMAN ( 7. No.............. M.... P....... 1 oz....... Cooling system ........ P.. the trigger must be released after each round.. 44...........SUBMACHINE GUN 7... Weight (with empty magazine)..... RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE I March............ Maximum range . Provision is made for both full-automatic and semi-automatic fire.................. 2250 f/s Muzzle energy . P. Kb. 3 ft...... .............92 Submachine Gun: Top.. As all pins in the trigger mechanism are riveted in.................. M... and M.... firing from a closed bolt and a locked breech. Type of sight. P.. H.................) 10 lb.. frame. P...... M. German official sources say that full automatic fire will be used only in emergency. Sight radius ....... barrel and gas cylinder are machined parts..... gas Feeding device .. 43. 43 Effective rate of fire (automatic) ............. 1 in... 43/1....... and the same type of ammunition is used...Leaf sight graduated from 100 to 800 meters Rifling Twist ....................... hammer......92 mm M..........P.... 1945 20691 ....... magazine-fed shoulder weapon....... the trigger must be held back until all rounds in the magazine have been fired...... M............ Center.......... and the fired cartridge cases are ejected on the right...... R........ 7...... 43 is an automatic... Kb. The various models of this weapon... air-cooled.....312 in. jacket.... Despite the fact that it is of cheap construction..... Length of barrel .............. The receiver.. 400 yds..... 43 is a very serviceable weapon.. including the M.... of grooves .... P..... 43.......2 ins.. It is believed that the gun was developed from the 7.......... (semi-automatic) .. piston rod........... Principle of operation ........... although a complete trigger assembly may be very quickly inserted. have been officially designated M............. the M.. 43.. 7...................... The stock and pistol grips are of low grade wood....../min... 43 has a shorter barrel and gas cylinder../min............... for semi-automatic fire.92 mm M... 42 (machine carbine 42) inasmuch as the general design is quite similar.... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .......... the M............ The gas piston assembly. However....... A recent official German order changed the nomenclature to Sturmgewehr 44.... made chiefly of steel stampings... P.... Effective range . Ammunition types 30 rounds air .. 43/1: Bottom...... and has no bayonet as does the M. bolt... P............ 43/1..... gas-operated........92 mm Postolen Patronen Semi AP............... and slide which appear to be machined from one piece with a stamped handle inserted...... .......... P....... 44.......... M..... P... it cannot be disassembled...... However.... gas cylinder... 40 to 50 rds. M........92 mm (...... 100 to 120 rds..... and front sight hood are made from steel stampings.............. The gas piston assembly consists of a piston. Muzzle velocity (approx.. P.... 44 The German M............. Chamber pressure .. For full-automatic fire.........) ...

CARBINE
7.92 mm Gewehr 33/40

GERMAN

(

This carbine, a typical Mauser, is very similar to the latest model of the Kar 98K. It is a manually operated, air-cooled, clip-fed shoulder weapon, having a laminated wood stock, a large metal butt plate to protect the stock when grenades are launched, and a sling mounted on the left-hand side. The Gewehr 33/40 and the Kar 98K have interchangeable bolts. The most obvious differences are found in the length, weight, hand guards, and bolt handles.
The present weapon has an overall length of 391/8 inches as

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber ..................................... 7.92 mm (.312 in.) 7 lbs., 11 ozs. 391/8 ins. Weight ..................... ...................

Length (overall) .......................................

Principle of operation................Manually operated. bolt action Feeding device......Clip-fed, hand-loaded magazine

Capacity of feeding device........................ 5 rounds C ooling system ...................................................... A ir

compared to the 431/2 inches of the Kar 98K. The barrel length is 193/ inches instead of 231/2 inches. The carbine weighs 7 pounds 11 ounces; the rifle 9 pounds. The hand guard on the Gewehr 33/40 extends behind the rear sight and covers a greater percentage of the barrel than the one on the Kar 98K. The bolt handle on the carbine is turned down uniformly forming a semi-circle, and the knob on the end of the handle has been hollowed out and milled flat on the underside to reduce weight. On the Kar 98K, the bolt handle slopes down abruptly at right angles and the knob is solid.

Ammunition .................. All 7.92 mm Mauser Types Type of sight......Inverted "V" or barleycorn front sight with hood protector and tangent leaf rear sight graduated from 100 to 1,000 meters. Length of barrel .......................................... 19 / ins.

Length of rifling ........................................... R iflin g ................... ...........................................

Twist ................................................. Uniform R. H. No. of grooves ...................................................... 4

Muzzle velocity .......................................... 2,509 f/s

206.21

1

March,

1945

OFFICE CHIEF.

OF ORDNANCE

RESTRICTED

SEMIAUTOMATIC RIFLE
7.92 mm Gewehr 41 (M)

GERMAN

O

The Gewehr 41 (M)

is a self-loading, gas-operated, clip-fed, It is basically the same as the

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber ........................................ W eight 7.92 mm (.312 in.) 10 lb., 13 oz. 468 ins. Gas ...................... ...................

air-cooled shoulder weapon.

Gewehr 41 (W) except for several changes that have been made in the manufacture and appearance. Most of the parts of the Gewehr 41 (M) are machined pieces with the exception of the magazine well, follower, piston rod and butt plate. The majority of the machined pieces have had no further finishing, but are of a very high quality. The upper band, lower band, magazine well, magazine follower, trigger guard, piston rod, dust cover and butt plate of the Gewehr 41 (M) stamped pieces. The differences between the Gewehr 41 (M) and the Gewehr 41 (W) are as follows: the piston rod of the G. 41 (M) terminates fn a yoke, the two arms of which extend rearward and contact the bolt head. The piston rod of the G. 41 (W) is one piece and is in direct contact with the bolt retractor slide. The handguard of the 41 (M) is made of wood unlike that of the G. 41 (W) which is plastic. are

Length without bayonet ..........................

Principle of operation .......................................

Feeding device ............ Vertical box-type magazine Capacity of feeding device .................... Cooling system 10 rounds A ir

...................................................

Ammunition used ........ All 7.92 mm Mauser types Type of sight......Inverted V blade type front sight; tangent leaf rear sight; graduated 200 to 1,200 meters. Length of barrel ...................................... Rifling Tw ist .......................................... . w ist 21V2 ins.

ormof groves .................................................... ..............
No. of grooves ........... ...................... Depth of grooves ......................................... idth of grooves .....................................

Cuam
'uzzle

er pressure ......................................

M uzzle velocity .................................................... energy .....................................................

Maximum range ........................................... Effective range .................................. ............

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

6

OF ORDNANCE

208®1

SEMIAUTOMATIC RIFLE
7.92 mm Karabiner 43 (Kar. 43)

GERMAN

*

The Karabiner 43, a gas-operated, semi-automatic, magazinefed, air-cooled shoulder weapon, is basically the same in design as the Gewehr 41 (W) described on page 208. Two notable changes found in the later weapon are a modified gas operation and a change in manufacturing policy. This weapon utilizes a gas vent and gas piston, a method used for the first time in German small arms weapons in the Fallschirmjager Gewehr 42. The improved gas operation insures more positive operation, and malfunctions due to carbonization are less likely to occur. A great deal of effort was put into an attempt to reduce the time and expense in the manufacture of this weapon. In order to accomplish this, forgings and stampings were used in as many parts as was practical. Machined or ground surfaces are found only where necessary to insure proper operation. The bolt, bolt channel, and contacting surfaces of the trigger group are included in these. Such surfaces as the outside of the receiver, the top of the retractor slide, and the non-contacting surfaces of the trigger group are left untouched. Several other slight changes were made, the most notable being the use of a ten-round, detachable box-type magazine; the addition of a threaded section on the muzzle making it possible to attach a flash hider or an adapter which is used with blank ammunition; the omission of the bayonet stud; and the addition of a telescopic sight base indicating that the Kar. 43 is intended for use as a special weapon. The weapon is lighter and better balanced than the Gewehr 41 (W) due to the elimination of the gas trap assembly at the muzzle and the long piston rod.

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber ........................................ W eight .......................... ... 7.92 mm (.312 in.) .................. 8 lb., 9 oz. 441/4 ins. Gas Length ................... ........ ....................

Principle of operation ......................................... Feeding device........Detachable

box-type magazine

Capacity of feeding device.................... 10 rounds Cooling system .................... .................. .... Air

Ammunition used ........ All 7.92 mm Mauser types Type of sight......Parallel sided, flat top blade type Tangent leaf rear front sight. sight graduated from 100 to 1,200 meters. Telescopic sight base at rear of right side of receiver. Length of barrel ........................................ Rifling Tw ist ............................................ Uniform R. H. Form ..................... ....................................... ........ ............ 4 No. of grooves ................... 22 ins.

Depth of grooves .......................................... W idth of grooves ......................................... Chamber pressure .......................................... Muzzle velocity ............................................. Muzzle energy ................................. ............

Maximum range ............................................ Effective range .............. ................................

208.2

OFFICE CHIEF

6

OF ORDNANCE

RESTRICTED

ANTITANK RIFLE
7.92 mm M SS 41

GERMAN

(

This antitank weapon, a manually operated, magazine-fed, aircooled, high-velocity rifle which was standardized for production in 1941, fires the same necked-down cartridge as the Panzerbiichse 39. Although classified as an antitank rifle, the use of heavier armor on modern tanks has rendered the weapon effective against lightly-armored vehicles only. A hinged bipod similar to that of the MG 34 is attached to the front of the receiver jacket. It folds forward for convenience in carrying. The gun is also equipped With carrying handle and sling; the former is fitted to the top of the barrel group, and the latter is attached on the right side at the bipod and back plate assembly. A "U" type rear sight and an adjustable front sight of the square block type fold to the rear when not in use. The gun is put in a "Safe" position by pulling the barrel housing lock extension /4-inch to the rear so that its rear alignment mark is aligned with the mark "S" on the barrel housing lock. When in this position, the trigger cannot be pulled, nor can the action be opened. If the trigger is pulled while the action is not entirely closed, the gun will not fire. It is necessary to release the trigger and pull it again in order to release the sear. When the magazine is empty, the action is kept open by the protrusion of the magazine follower which stops the rearward movement of the barrel housing.

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber ...................................... 7.92 mm (.312 in.) Weight (with empty magazine) .............. 29/4 lbs. Length (overall) .................... . ............... 59/4 ins. Sight radius .................. ........ 30 15/16 ins. Principle of operation ................ Manually operated .......... Magazine Feeding device ............................. Capacity of feeding device .................... 6 rounds ................. ...... Air Cooling system ...................
Ammunition types....13 mm case necked down to 7.92 mm. Same as used in the PZ B39. See Page 211.) Rate of fire... .......... ....................

Type of sight..............U" type rear sight; square block type front sight. lbs. Weight of barrel (w/fittings).................. 131/4 Length of barrel ........................... Length of rifling .......................... .... . 433/ ins. ..

Rifling R. H. Tw ist ............ ....................................... F orm .................... ......... ............................... 4 ...... .....No. of grooves .................. ............. Depth of grooves ............... ............ Width of grooves ............. Muzzle velocity (estimated) ...................... 3,540 f/s Type of mount ...................... . B ....... ipod

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

8

OF ORDNANCE

1 May, 1945

210.1

UNDERCOVER AIMING AND FIRING APPARATUS
Deckungszielger t fir le. 34 u. 42 Dezetqerat

GERMAN

The apparatus shown attached to the 7.92 mm M G 42.

This device is an undercover aiming apparatus for firing the standard machine guns from foxholes, trenches, or depressions in the ground. It permits the user to aim the weapon without exposing himself to enemy fire. Construction is of welded steel boxwork, and consists of a shaft with a shoulder stock at the lower end and a securing arm which extends from the upper part of the shaft to the receiver of the weapon. Three milled edge clamping screws secure the device to the weapon. Two mirrors through which the weapon is aimed are lined up so as to utilize the standard sights. One mirror is mounted on the shaft and the other on an extension of the securing arm above and to the rear of the buffer group. The firing mechanism is a simple linkage that enables the machine gun to be fired from a trigger on the instrument. It is necessary to have a different linkage for the MG 34 than with the MG 42. These are obtained by positioning the connecting bar in the trigger linkage. A window on the connecting bar shows when the desired linkage is obtained. The trigger linkage may also be positioned to make use of the semiautomatic arrangement on the MG 34, if desired. The field of vision at 1,000 meters (1,093 yards) is about 200 meters (218 yards) broad. This can be increased by 100 meters (109 yards) by moving the head to the left or right. In the same manner, vertical vision which is 100 meters at 1,000 meters can be increased.

SPECIFICATIONS
H eight ................................................ ........... 24 ins. 9 ins. Maximum width ......................................... Weight ......................................... .

.......... 7 /2 lbs.

The undercover aiming and firing apparatus not attached to gun.

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

6

OF ORDNANCE

1

May,

1945

214.1

AIRCRAFT MACHINE GUN
30 mm Mk. 108 A-3

GERMAN

The Mk. 108 A-3 is an automatic, air cooled, belt-fed weapon operated by blowback and firing electrically from an open bolt. Initial cocking and initial depression of the sear to release the bolt are accomplished by compressed air. The gun is mounted on its side, and fires through the propeller hub in ME 109 G fighters. It is attached at the forward end of the receiver to a blast tube which extends through the engine. This gun is unusual in being a blowback operated, low muzzle velocity weapon. Sixty rounds of ammunition are fed by means of a disintegrating belt from an ammunition can mounted above the gun. On release of the sear, the bolt travels forward under the action of two driving springs. A projection on top of the bolt passes through the ring extracting a round and forcing it into the chamber. After firing the empty cartridge case reseats itself in its link. The ejection is accomplished by pawls actuated by camming grooves cut in the top of the bolt. Position of a new round takes place by the same action. A feature of the gun is the fact that the barrel and receiver do not move in recoil, the entire force of which is taken up by the rearward motion of the bolt against driving springs which act as buffers on recoil. There is no locking action between the barrel and bolt at any time. All ammunition found to date has been high explosive, high explosive-tracer, incendiary and incendiary tracer. It is doubtful if the muzzle velocity is high enough for the effective use of armor piercing ammunition.

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber ...................................... 29.6 mm (1.17 in.)

Weight (total) ................................................ Weight of gun ..............................................
Weight of mount ............................................

265 lb. 136 lb.
28 lb.

Weight of ammunition can ..........................
Weight of ammunition (60 rounds) .............. Weight of recoiling parts ..........................

36 lb.
65 lb.

242 lb.

Length of gun with blast tube .......... 7 ft. 6/4 ins. Length of gun .................................... 3 ft. 51/4 ins. 21V/2 ins. 16

Length of barrel .........................................

Number of lands and grooves ..............................

Maximum length of recoil of bolt .......... 11/2 ins. Rate of fire ........................................ Muzzle 500 rds./min. f/s.*

velocity (approx.)..............H.E.-1.650

*Not verified

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

OF ORDNANCE

255

.... 39 B..J '! ' ... Mines and prepared charges have one or more holes drilled and threaded to receive these igniters. Sklag B.. and pressure igniters.B... 1945 275 .: J . chemical. : . pull.. including antitank and antipersonnel mines and booby traps.. .. NB...IGNITERS GERMAN * Practically all German mines. Feld SchlagRohr RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August.Z. 38 B. Exp...Z.Z..Fec Mocl.38 BRoh Sc. . These specialized firing devices are divided by structure and function into friction.3. 24 B.. B. .4... rupture.Z ) B .Z B.. are fired by one or more of several standard igniters.5 Sec. ' . . pull.. and time delay types... B.... 39 Mod..2 . s:.. A number of the styles most commonly employed by the German army are pictured on the following pages.Z p.. Hand Grenades also employ igniters of the friction. 4..Z.." . and pressure types.... Friction Igniters -. and a miscellaneous group including such special devices as the tilt.Z..Z. a few examples are described as representative of each group.

Z. 29 Zdschn. yellow. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . which is used in the German egg grenades. 39. In order to operate the device. Zdschn.Z.B. Red indicates 1 second delay. (Brenziinder Ei) egg grenades. Anz. 7 seconds. The B.E. type has different colored caps indicating various lengths of delay in the delay pellets. The Germans have at times boobytrapped these igniters by removing the delay pellet. resembles the Zdschn. and the yellow-capped with prepared or hollow charges. 4. The igniters normally fitted with delays have right-hand threads on the caps which differentiate them at night from the left-hand threaded. and white.5 seconds. 29 French Friction Igniter Friction Igniter B. The blue-capped igniters are used in the 276 1 August.E. 39.Z. the cap is unscrewed and the string given a sharp jerk. pulling the wire through the friction composition. grey-capped fuze igniter. blue. Anz. Red and white-capped igniters are seldom used. This igniter. which is usually screwed into the base of the igniter. Anz. Anz. 39 Reisszunder Reibziinder West N. 10 seconds. and by replacing the igniter in the grenade.IGNITERS Friction Igniters GERMAN * Zdschn.

Z. (Pull only) Pull Igniter 1939 Pull Igniter Z. In normal use. a trip wire is attached.E. 42 French B. A trip wire is attached to the outer hole at the end of the striker. SAFETY PIN1 SLIDING /CYLINDER STRIKER The igniter is provided with -a SPRING l p SION COMPRES SPRING safety pin which is inserted through the inner of the two holes in the end of the spring-loaded striker. (Pull and tension release) Mod. 1945 277 .Z.Z. PINS L'1'[.Z. 35 (Zugziinder 35) 0 This brass igniter is used with the stock mine and occasionally with the HOLE FOR "S" mine. it is screwed into one of the antilifting wells of a mine.GUIDE [ DISTANCE PIECEF --CAP RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August. 35 Z.IGNITERS Pull Igniters GERMAN O Spring-loaded Zu. -STRIKER ' -. and the safety pin is withdrawn. 35 Zu.Z.Z. It is also commonly used with booby traps.Z.

278 1 August. A pressure of 130-160 pounds is necessary to fire the igniter. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . after withdrawal of the safety pin. Pressure Igniter D. 35 (B) French A. springloaded striker assembly. 35 "A" S This igniter is designed for use with improvised mines and booby traps.Z. The spring-loaded striker is released against the percussion cap. The igniter is provided with a safety pin through the head of the plunger. The igniter consists of a white metal body housing the ball-release. Z.IGNITERS Pressure Igniters GERMAN O (Used Hebelziinder 44 with Glasmine 43) D.T. the igniter is fired by pressure on the pressure piece which depresses the plunger until the steel balls are free to escape into the recess in the guide. To operate.

29. 1. 29 This is the standard igniter used in mine. D. Z. sembly. It consists of a white2 the "" metal body. releasing the striker. There are three pressure prongs atSPRINGN tached to the top of the plunger and STEEL held in place by a screw.M. wSRIKER STEEL BALL When the safety pin is removed.IGNITERS Pressure Igniters GERMAN O PTRIKR with T. The igniter is provided with PIN SAFETY HOLE a safety pin through the plunger just above the top of the igniter body. Z. 38 S.Z. 44 Z.) S RCHR SAFETY FIN 530 (e) P. Mi. The mine B S ALL is usually buried with just the prongs of the igniter above the ground.X. CAP RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August.Mi. a Spressure or 20 pounds is necesof 15 sary to depress the plunger until the striker retaining balls are freed in the lower recess. ball-release ANTENNAE housing type the striker springas- MOVING C Y N DE R Sloaded.945 279 .

This igniter is sometimes manufactured with the detonator attached. or to a red groove marked "scharf" (armed). this igniter cannot be disarmed. pressure forces the sleeve down until the two steel balls escape into the upper recess and release the striker. used in the Tellermine 35 (steel)." a flange is turned out of the striker recess putting all the strain of the spring-loaded striker on the small shear wire holding the striker to the striker guide. pressure on the mine cover presses against the striker head.IGNITERS Pressure Igniter T. There is a safety bolt which. in the safe position. In operation. the sleeve rises. steel-shelled body housing a simple steel striker retained against the pressure of a steel spring by a thick shear wire which passes through a hole in the top of the striker. the ends resting on the top of the igniter body. Mi. 43 WIRE SHEAR STRIKER 5 PRIN SHEAR SHEAR PINS \ PINIS ISTRIKER STRIKER BODY ROD RETAINING BALLS STRIKER HEAD PERCUSSION THREAD This igniter. Once installed. PressureIgniter T. releasing the striker. When the cover of the Tellermine is screwed down. 42. There is no safety pin. Mi. consists of a cylindrical. Externally this igniter resembles the T. Mi. 42 SHEAR WIRE Pressure Igniter T. Mi. Z. the sleeve shears the two brass pins holding it to the body. This screw is connected to an arming spindle inside the igniter. 42. and the shear wire is located a quarter inch above the igniter body. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . Z. letting the balls escape into the lower recess. If an attempt is made to unscrew the mine cover. 35 GERMAN * This metal igniter is used with the Tellermine 35 and 35 (steel). passes through a hole in the top of the striker. but the head (actually a sleeve) is a little longer. On the top of the igniter is a setting screw with a red dot which may be turned to coincide with a white groove marked "sicher" (safe). and 43. 280 1 August. Z. Z. When set at "scharf. shearing the wire and releasing the striker. Further.

the bottom one engaging the shear strip in the igniter.ap l c d GERMAN . :. Kn. freeing the striker. it cannot be disarmed or neutralized. rupturing the shear strip and releasing the spring-loaded striker. Either type is screwed vertically into any standard igniter socket and is designed to initiate the SHEET METAL SHEATH OUTER TUBE----TUBE SECTIONS mine when tilted. A safety bar runs through the pressure piece into one of the clockwork wheels. When the weight is lifted from the pressure piece.. but may also be used as a booby trap. the hinged arm moves up. round steel body.Z. releasing the spring-loaded striker.. Z. the n th e s a fe ty b a r is p u lle d out starting the clockwork. it pushes the safety pin from the hole in the striker. 'j. sleeve.. The mechanism is wound up with a special key and a weight of at least 10 pounds placed on . 1945 281 .IGNITERS Pressure Release Device E. exten- Kn... Sideways pressure breaks the outer tube at the sharn VIEW F / 1 -SAFETY STRIKER' BUSTRIKER SPRING STRIKER SLEEVE BAR EEAR STRIP SLEEVE STRIKERSPRING STRIKER CAP ---- HOLDER CHOLDER TRANSIT CAP--spring-l shearing groove and breaks the striker extend i i sion. Z. preventing the wheel from turning. housing a simple clockwork mechanism and a one-half pound charge. and spring. 43/1 Kn. -. As the mainspring unwinds. 5 inches in diameter and 1.75 inches high. 43/11 RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 August. Z. Rupture Igniters 43/I and 43/II PROTECTIVE CAPSTRIKER SCREW-- Each of these igniters is approximately 35 inches in length including the elongated staff. 43/II is featured by a striker extension made of brittle plastic enclosed in an outer tube with a shear groove towards its lower end. Z. Sideways STRIKER EXTENSION H-OOK SHEARING GROOVE SAFETY SHEATH---.. o n the p re ss u re p ie ce . I Kn. The mine is then armed and the only thing holding the striker back is the hinged arm held down by the pressure piece against a compressed spring. Spressure Q SIDE on the staff causes the hooks to pull PIN the shear strip upwards. 44 This device consists of a thin-shelled. Once this device is armed under an object. raising the sleeve bar. It is designed to be laid under mines. On the top is a small pressure plate connected to a hinged arm holding the springloaded striker back." . . 43/I has a staff made up of 5 sections containing a chain of hooks..

the tilt rod extension extending into the air about two feet. When the igniter is armed. It has been found screwed into the bottom well of Tellermines laid upside-down and buried in the ground. At each end of the bolt is a detachable chain with a metal tag on the end. The resulting chemical reaction causes a flash which sets off the detonator. is an entirely non-metallic pressure type without a safety device. the base rod tilts inside the igniter body. designed to fire when the tilt rod is pushed or tilted in any direction. It consists of a hemispherical pressure head fitted into a hollow glass body. the other is triangular. When the tilt rod is moved. The body screws into a plastic detonator holder. A safety bolt runs horizontally through the igniter body. the head of the igniter shears along its ridge and crushes the glass vials. Two glass vials. One tag is round. has standard German threads. marked "scharf" (armed). depressing the pressure piece and pressure spring. one containing sodium and potassium as a liquid alloy and the other ethyl nitrate. The igniter may have a trip wire attached to the tilt rod or it may be provided with the two-foot extension rod. A pressure of 15 or 20 pounds will set off the igniter. Kippzunder 43 (A) This igniter. When the pressure plate of the mine is sheared under a load of about 330 pounds. the "scharf" chain is pulled out. The igniter is armed by removing the safety pin.IGNITERS Tilt Igniters 43A and 43B GERMAN O PRESSURE PIECE RETAINING BALLS . marked "sicher" (safe). 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .m NUT RETAINER STRIKER GUIDE -- E SUR 1 1 PRESSURE STRIKER Igniter 43B is similar to the preceding except for the method of arming and the safety device. permitting its use in any igniter well. This positions the bolt in such a manner that the pressure piece will be depressed when the rod is tilted. are fastened within the body to a celluloid disc by adhesive tape. allowing the retaining balls to escape into the recess which releases the springloaded striker. TRIP WIRE TILT ROD- SAFETY NU COLLAR- 0 'SAFI 'RMED" TAB Kippziinder 43 (B) Topf Mine Chemical Igniter GLASS PRESSURE HEAD SHEAR RIDGE - GLASS BODY CELLULOID DISC PLASTIC DETONATOR HOLDER This chemical igniter. 282 1 August. used in the Topfmine.

The mechanism is set by means of a wheel under the lid. The arming screw. 21-Day Clockwork Igniter J. A combined safety and arming hole is in the striker "neck" just below the clockwork housing. when the soft metal shell is crushed. is for the hours. sending a flame down to the detonator. the glass vial breaks. indicates the number of days desired to elapse before the striker is released. It is housed in a white metal case. The base of the A newer version of this igniter differs from the old type in that it is shorter and contains a glass vial of purple chemical instead of sulphuric acid. In operation. the safety screw marked "blind" is carried in the hole. and the acid coming in contact with the powder produces a chemical reaction which ignites the mixture.IGNITERS Buck Chemical Igniter GERMAN O igniter is threaded to fit in the activating well of any German mine with a standard thread. marked "scharf" is attached to a chain. marked "Steht" (stop) and 'Geht" (go) is located just above the window. Feder 504 This igniter. The Buck Chemical Igniter consists of a soft metal shell containing a glass vial of sulphuric acid surrounded by a white. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August. numbered in red. the other. There is no safety. One wheel. 1945 283 . numbered in black. Two metal rings are visible through a glass window in the side of the igniter. which can be set to go off at any time up to 21 days. threaded to take a lid. sugar-like powder containing potassium chlorate. is accurate to within 5 minutes in the maximum time limit. The setting ring.

The key slides under the striker pellet. Two steel carrying handles shaped to fit close to the case when folded are held by brass strips. 2% inches high. the mine is painted olive green. the other is in the center of the base. The adapters have sockets to take the standard German igniters. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 304*1 . It is 10 inches in diameter. the operation depends upon the withdrawal of one detent pin from the spring-loaded striker pellet. In addition to being sweated into the casing. Outside. slides into the base which is 1/32-inch thick. all internal surfaces are shellacked. Mi. The ZDZ 29 can function as either a push or pull igniter. and contains a 10 pound charge of cast T. diametrically opposite one another and four inches to the right of the center of each handle.N. ZDZ 29. When in use as a pull igniter.ANTITANK MINE T. The igniter is held in a "safe" position by the insertion of a safety key into a slot in the main body. The top is slightly domed and has three adapters sweated into shallow recesses. Mi.T. and is secured by eight tabs which pass through slots in the base and are then bent over and soft soldered. is a light antitank mine having a total weight of 131/4 pounds. 3/64-inch thick. 29. The zinc casing comprises two sections: the top. T. The operation depends respectively on the shear of one or two pins acting as detents to a spring-loaded striker pellet. When it is used as a pressure igniter. there is a choice of two settings allowing the mine to fire under medium or heavy loads. 29 GERMAN ZDZ 29 IGNITER CARRYING HANDLE SOCKET FOR ANTI-LIFTING IGNITER The German Mine. There are three additional sockets provided for fitting anti-lifting igniters: two are in the side of the casing. preventing the striker from moving until the key is withdrawn. each socket is secured by two brass pins which fit into slots on either side of the hole in the mine casing.

................. 43) or other antilifting or trip-wire igniters.. 440 lb..... 20.................. or 880 pounds in the center of the mine forces the lid and charge down... 42 Firing pressure (ends) ...... 304.......... 43) Sprengriegel 43 (Spr...2 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .... One of the latter three sockets is located in the top center of the charge. Light khaki Thickness of casing (approx. shearing the wires and actuating the igniters which set off the main charge. SPECIFICATIONS Overall length .. too.................... 04 in............ Total weight (approx......... 42) are located in the ends of the charge and are recessed so that only the ends of the igniters show when they are fitted and laid.... Z...... 43) GERMAN SAFETY PIN SWIVEL CLIP PIN SLOTTED PRESSURE PLATE HANDLE The Sprengriegel 43 or "high-explosive bar mine" is used in open country..... The tray is equipped with shear wires which are threaded through reinforcing strips welded to the inner sides of the tray.... The charge is provided with five igniter sockets: two for the main igniters (Type Z.....ANTITANK MINE Riegel Mine 43 (R............5 lb....... By reversing one of the main igniters with its wings below the end pressure plate.......... R.......... Overall width ...8 lb..... 8............ on roads. and in minefields..) ... Firing pressure (center) ..) .. Near each end are holes through which safety bars are threaded to keep the charge clear of the shear wires in the unarmed position..................... and a lid which acts as a pressure plate on the charge.. The ends of the tray are folded over on top to form slotted pressure plates to actuate the Z........ A pressure of about 440 pounds at either end...... Z.... 31% ins. it will function as an antilifting device. A thin red line painted along the sides of the tray one-half inch from the bottom indicates the correct position of the lid when the mine is armed........................... Type Z.......... 42 igniters fitted to each end of the charge......... the other two are in one side five inches from the ends........ is fitted with holes to correspond with the sockets................ The lid of spot welded sheet steel construction is equipped with a handle at one end.............-Mi. ins.. Z...... Weight of charge ..... Main igniters ....... 880 Ib. 2 3/ 3 ins........ Color ....... and safety bars......... the other three are for the new tilt igniter 43 (Ki............... Height (laid) ..... The mine may also be fired electrically by remote control....... It..... a sheet steel tray.......... Z.. shear wires..... It consists of three main parts: a metal encased charge of TNT.....

SPECIFICATIONS Internal dimensions ......... the pressure block is reversed so that the feet rest on blocks in the bottom of the box.......4 x 2.. 19 in............... The igniter rest consists of a small block of wood with a U-shaped piece cut out at the top.... Size of lid ....8 ins.. 3....... 42. The main filling consists of two charges of 50/50 Amatol covered with a bitumastic substance as a protection against water..5 ins. the feet of the pressure block rest on the shear flange.. deep Main explosive .... 18 RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 304................9 lb. A pressure of approximately 200 pounds on the pressure block shears the dowels securing the shear flange to the outer wall of the mine and forces the flange down onto the igniter pin which is withdrawn freeing the spring-loaded striker.67 in..... Total weight of explosive ......25 x ... three Sprenngkorper 28 charges are presumed to be standard for the mine. Total weight of mine ..4 ins......6 x 1..4 x 2.... in which position the head of the pressure block projects about two inches above the lid.................. 6 x 2.............. Z. It is provided with a central slot to receive the end of the striker.... Amatol 50/50 11.27 x ...5 x 7. The Holzmine 42 has also been used as a booby trap by employing an anti-lifting device...... the central compartment the 7-ounce primer charges... Z.. 42 FUZE ACTUATING PIN The body of the German Holzmine 42 consists of a wooden box of %-inch lumber divided into four compartments by removable partitions.....5 ins.7 x 3...... Size of wooden blocks........................7 x 6.78 x ..........1 x ..2 ins.. Thickness of partitions ..WOODEN BOX MINE Holzmine 42 GERMAN O STRIKER ACTUATING PIN PRIMER CHARGES SPRING IGNITER BODY- IGNITER BODY PRESSURE BLOCK IGNITER BODY HANDLE PRESSURE BLOCK Z.. 4. Priming charges .... 35 fuze screwed into a 7-ounce charge.. and the end compartment the operating mechanism..4 x 10... Size of aperture in lid .... Z................ The two side compartments contain the main explosive filling... 1................ 11...... 7............ The fuze used is the standard German Z. 13 x 12 x /4 ins..86 ins.. During transit... Size of compartments: Main charges ..7 ins.. While it is believed that several different types of primer charges are used..3 . and screwed to the base from the underside...... ... Size of shearing flange ....... The end compartment contains a shearing flange secured to the outside wall by two 3 /-inch wooden dowels..... This device which is fitted into a hole underneath the central compartment is believed to consist of a Z.. lb.... Size of slot in shearing flange ....... Pressure block (without feet).. When the mine is armed. 6............

... This cap not only acts as a fuze cover. Color of body . and is armed by the removal of a metal cap at the base of the handle.. Filling ......./T......... When the grenade is thrown..... ins.....) ./T......N................D......... the fins which are attached to the handle by steel ribs open out umbrella fashion....HOLLOW CHARGE ANTITANK HAND GRENADE Panzerwurfmine (L) GERMAN FLASH CAP -g i STRIKER HOUSING SG SCAP TAPE HANDLE CLO1*H FINS CONE CARRYING HANDLE SPRING --- STRIKER SAFETY PIN--I..............D................X... Cast R. and is held in at the other end by the metal cap and a semicircular clip attached to one fin and fitting around the handle..........N................. cast around a hollow charge liner made of pressed steel... filling of 50/50 R.. detonator..... and the clip attached to one fin is pulled away from the housing. 3 lb................ The body is made in two pieces crimped together and attached to the handle by a metal band.... Length of fins ............' DETONATOR PRIMER SPRING STEEL RIBS MAIN CHARGE The Panzerwurfmine (L) consists of a metal body and a wooden handle to which four canvas fins are attached......... It contains an 181/2 oz. 11 Diameter of body ... The grenade is intended to be thrown by hand......... A small length of tape is attached to the safety pin at one end........4 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ......... Beneath the primer in the base of the handle is a detonator and a picric acid booster. A sensitive impact fuze consisting of a striker....... setting off the primer........ Weight (approx.......X. SPECIFICATIONS Overall length .... Grey 304.T............... This action releases the tape which unwinds and pulls the safety pin out of the striker... During flight...................... ins............. and two steel balls is located in the base of the handle. a creep spring.......T.... 21 Length of body ..... 9 ins. 4V2 ins... freeing the striker which compresses the creep spring on impact... causing them to bear against the top of the striker housing and preventing the striker from moving down onto the primer......... but also serves to hold the fins close against the handle of the grenade before throwing. and main filling..... the two steel balls move in...... The two balls fit into a recess in the striker and are held outward by a safety pin fitting between them. booster.

........ Height of charge .............. 121/2 oz.... consists of a main filling of TNT in a pressed metal container of conical shape.. Three horseshoe type magnets....... Weight of explosive Weight of booster 7 lbs.... (TNT) ... The closing cap is fitted with a detonator well... 10/4 ins... 6 7/16 ins.. 4 3/16 ins.. 1 lb... Z. Height of apex of hollow cone ...... the magnets are fitted with a keeper. hollow-charge........... antitank mine.. designed for use by tank-hunting squads.. 3 oz. Height of bursting charge container. sufficiently powerful to cause the mine to adhere to a vertical surface.... 7/4 ins... pr 1945 304*5 ........... During transit.... The base of the cone is attached to a plywood framework..... A brass chain terminating in a hook is also attached to the frame.... GERMAN @ PLYWOOD ......MAGNETIC HOLLOW CHARGE ANTITANK MINE Haft-Hohlladung 3 Kg..) friction igniter which has a 4..FRAMEWORK The German magnetic....... Diameter of base of hollow cone ........... 2/4 ins... a standard SPECIFICATIONS Weight of live charge ... Height of magnets .. E...... (Pentrite) . .. and threaded internally to receive (B..... The conical container has an elongated apex threaded externally at its upper end to receive a closing cap.. are fixed to the bottom of the frame......5 second delay....... 151/2 oz........ RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 March..

the shear plate is broken and crushes the top of the Buck igniter or trips the actuating lever of the Schuko igniter... When the latter is used......... .. A moulded glass pressure plate of %-inch extreme thickness and 41/2 inches in diameter rests on the shear plate.. When sufficient pressure (40 lbs..2 ins... 6 inches /2 at the widest part. There are two parallel grooves on the underside of the pressure plate which are designed to accept a metal safety fork that will bridge the outer edge of the mine and support the pressure plate until such time as the mine is laid.. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .......... 304e6 1 March. Four raised strips moulded in the bottom of the mine are spaced so as to take a standard 200 gm.......... supports the igniter plate.. about 2 inches from the bottom....... The external diameter at the base is 4 1 inches and at the top. an igniter plate having the same diameter and igniter hole but of stronger design is employed. The two prongs are then withdrawn through the two grooves arming the mine.... the upper portion of which is /4-inch thick and the lower portion 2/5-inch thick....... which has a central hole for the igniter.. however...) is applied to the glass pressure plate... 4.4 in.... Thickness of casing (upper) ....25 in. 6 ins. the Schuko. Around the top of the case is a grooved ledge which supports a thin glass shear plate approximately 1/32-inch thick.. SPECIFICATIONS Weight of standard charge ... When the Buck igniter is used..... Height to lip of container ......5 ins. This fork is not supplied with the mine but is improvised by units........ the igniter plate consists of a thin sheet metal plate.. 4........... The mine may employ either a Buck chemical igniter or a new mechanized igniter. 200 gm External diameter at top .... charge (Sprengkorper 28). depending on which is employed............... .......... External diameter at base ... A grooved shoulder on the inside of the case..........GLASS MINE (ANTIPERSONNEL) Glasmine 43 (f) GERMAN O ALTERNATIVE IGNITER PLATE USED WITH BUCK IGNITER The mine consists of an outer glass casing....... Thickness of casing (lower) .

. explosive charge of powdered picric acid............. 1/2 ins...ANTIPERSONNEL MINE Behelfs-Schiitzenmine S.. known to allied troops in the field as the "Pot Mine.. 3 ins. / in..... ............... approx....... 112 ins.. Diameter of body ..............." or "Jerry Mine.......... Weight of igniter with adapter ........ A chemical crushactuated igniter is screwed into the mine by means of a brass or plastic adapter which fits into the top of the body... Diameter of top plate ..." consists of a cylindrical body.." "Picric Pot.. Total w eight ....... 2 ins.......... and a flash resulting from their chemical interaction sets off the detonator which in turn sets off the mine.........) Color ...." "Mustard Pot........ Depth of detonator pocket ........ Powered picric acid (51/4 oz. A small brass detonator (German Nr....... known as the German Buck Igniter (Chemischer Ziinder Buck) consists of a thin metal drum with circumferential grooves to reduce its resistance against It contains a glass ampule half filled with acid and surrounded by a white powdered flash composition...... The acid pours into the white powder.. a top plate.... 150 GERMAN O CRUSH IGNITER WHITE POWDER GLASS CAPSULE ACID BAKELITE ADAPTER TOP PLATE SSTEEL RING DETONATOR BODY --................. Height of igniter ............... SPECIFICATIONS Height of body .......................... which is made of pressed steel... and a crush igniter............ The body.... 121/2 ozs............ 8) is inserted into the detonator pocket......... A moderate pressure on the top of the igniter crushes the metal drum and the glass inside it. 150....... Explosive charge ....... Mustard brown RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 304*7 ...... A synthetic rubber washer is provided between igniter and adapter for waterproofing the mine... 1 oz. contains a 51/4 oz... 21/2 ins.. The igniter...........POWDERED PICRIC ACID The German Behelfs-Schiitzenmine S................. vertical pressure..................... Diameter of igniter .

8............ANTIPERSONNEL MINE S..... Z...... Color ............ There are three threaded openings in the cover plate: one is used for pouring the charge into the mine... When the coiled wire is fully extended (about 21/2 feet above ground level) it pulls the pin from the igniter........ 44 igniter...... The S.......... located at the base of the tube.... Diam eter ....... enabling the retaining balls to move inward and release the striker to fire the flash cap.5-second delay pellet which fires the propellant throwing the mine upwards...... It consists of an outer casing and an inner cylinder which contains a T..... 44 is a percussion igniter differing from the usual percussion type in that it has two small wings which.... Height with igniter .... and a pull igniter. and bursting charge............. Mi... a flash cap............ ... which takes a S.... SPECIFICATIONS Height ...... the third which is closed by a wooden plug leads into a tube containing a detonator........ Operation of the igniter initiates the 4.... Mi....... Z. The pin is attached to the base of the outer case by approximately three feet of coiled wire. detonator.... 44 mit S........ A pressure of 21 pounds or a tension of 14 pounds will actuate the igniter......... opens into a tube containing a 4.N............ Mi....... Z. as the S... the second..... Mi.... Camouflage ellow 304*8 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .........T... contains a spring-loaded striker held in place by two steel balls which are prevented from moving by a pin in the base of the igniter.... 35 described on page 305... The pull igniter. Weight ........... 4 ins........ both in construction and operation.5 second delay pellet and a propellant consisting of three grams of fast burning gun powder..........8 lb..... 87/ ins. 44 GERMAN O SAFETY IGNITER This anti-personnel mine is basically the same....... Mi...... charge surrounded by small shot..... when forced outward by pressure from above or tension through trip wires from the side........ 51/ ins... release the spring-loaded striker to fire the cap...

12 V2 ins...... 330 lbs...................... Height of mine ......... The outer casing is made of a hard pulp-like material covered with pitch........................ 1945 304 * .. The Topf Mine..... Shear pressure of igniter .... one of which contains sodium and potassium as a liquid alloy and the other ethyl nitrate.... which forces the pressure plate down onto the igniter head and thereby breaking the two glass ampules............. and an igniter..6 Diameter of glass cap .... a solid glass pressure head....... waterproof... is used as a filler plug. with a fixed pressure plate in the center slightly higher than the surface. antitank mine... TNT 12 2 lbs.. It comprises a cylindrical glass body 3 mm thick.. a completely non-metallic. setting off the detonator.......... The ampules are held in position by a black celluloid disc................ and is threaded to take a standard igniter.......... which is sometimes larger than the two others..... W eight in crate ...... A subsidiary igniter socket in the glass cap leads to the booster charge. 132 lbs.... 31/2 ins..................1 ins....... which is made of glass. and main charge....... two of the studs secure a pasteboard carrying handle. Upper right: Top view.......... hemispherical in shape and two small glass ampules........ 20 Ibs..................................... A flash results..... has no safety device.... 4........... Overall height of primer plug assembly......... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May.. A thin bakelite detonator well is provided. The mine rests on three glass studs.. the top of which has a deep threaded recess to take the Topf Mine Igniter........ .. 1/2 ins.... If a standard igniter is used... Height of igniter (including capy ..... booster....... the mine must be laid upside down.............. while the third....... The Topf Mine Igniter. ins.....................ANTITANK MINE Topf Mine GERMAN * PRIMER CHARGE CARRYNG HANDLE Above: A cross-section of the antitank topf mine showing principal parts.................... Diameter of primer holder ................. consists of a circular body filled with a 12 /2-pound charge of TNT........... 2/V2 ins.... a 4 1 /2-inch circular recess located in the bottom takes the primer plug ang igniter assembly...... Weight of filling .. Weight (complete) ............. a primer plug assembly.... The primer plug assembly consists of a glass screw cap and a cylindrical wooden booster holder.......... 51/2 ins.. 3..... 29 lbs.... Lower right: Bottom view showing carrying handle.. SPECIFICATIONS Diameter of mine ................ The top of the mine is flat............ The mine is activated by a pressure of at least 330 pounds..... Firing pressure .. Filling . Diameter of igniter body ....

.... Field grey RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 30601 ............... which is also reported as being used in the German 20 cm Spigot Mortar Bomb.......................... Both the nose and the base are reinforced with steel rings welded to the casing.2 kg... Its prime purpose is for demolition....... The bomb is fitted with a percussion type nose fuze... pellets is located in the center of the main filling about 15 inches from the booster... in..... 50 ins.. This cup..... I. two normal annular picric pellets surround the booster.... is %-inch thick at the base and 3/16-inch at the sides.. has three tubular steel sockets equally spaced around the bomb and projecting from the rear portion of the casing at an angle of 20° to the main axis.... SPECIFICATIONS Overall length . A 2-inch cylindrical booster charge made up of compressed T........... The main filling consists of approximately 60 pounds of poured 50/50 Amatol..) .. G.N.. the unit weighs 22... Diameter (maximum) ...5 (121/8 lb......... These sockets receive tubular bars to which the sheet steel tubular fins are attached....) ...... Z......... that in the base to accommodate a steel cup......... Weight of filling (approx.. A stick unit which leaves the bomb approximately 150 yards from the muzzle of the gun fits over the cup... and for clearing minefields and wire obstacles. In addition there are six 5/32-inch steel plate fins welded to the casing and spaced in pairs between the tubular sockets... The tail.... The ring in the nose is tapped to receive the fuze adaptor. ins.. Total weight (approx.15 cm STICK GRENADE 15 cm Stielgranate GERMAN O OVEAALL LEcNTH 4.2'/2 SLNH - - 7 /i 11 V2 I WI 4'.... which has machined surfaces... 11 Thickness of casing .36.......) and the propelling charge 5... Of welded steel construction.. Wgr........ The bars are bent in order to bring the fins parallel to the main axis and also to provide clearance of the muzzle of the gun...T..... 33.............. and a tapered rear piece.. 60 lb...... According to reports...2/2" -I The German 15 cm high explosive Stick Grenade is reported to be used with the 15 cm heavy infantry gun.. a cylindrical center piece... 105 lb............). s.... (49 lb................... Color ......... the bomb has a 1/8-inch case consisting of three main parts: the nose... of unusual construction. Overall length (excluding tail fins & fuze) 30/4 ins....

5 cm PAK 41 ARMOR-PIERCING AMMUNITION 7. Patr.......2 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED' ......... The projectile consists of an outer case..16 inch in diameter. Total length of round .5 cm Pak 41 tapered bore antitank gun described on page 123 of this volume......... 5..01 lb..68 lb.....4 lb..7.... 5.... Weight of propellant charge .. a tungsten carbide core 1. W eight of projectile ............16 ins. 1. Patr.. 16...5/5......... A........5/5..5 cm Pzgr. primer C/12n. a ballistic cap...................... 306..................... Diameter of core .... It is fired from a regular cartridge consisting of cartridge case 6344............ and the propelling charge of diglycol tubular powder.. SPECIFICATIONS Total weight of round .... 41 (W) COMPLETE ROUND GERMAN Q PRIMER CHARGE CARTRIDGE CASE TRACER I ^ OUTER CASE I {I TUNGSTEN CARBIDE CORE SCREW HEAD BALLISTIC CAP This round is designed for use in the 7............ and a tracer.. a screw head........ St... 41 (w)..... an igniter of pyroxylin porous powder..... Weight of tungsten carbide core . It is an armor piercing tracer projectile of Gerlich design with the nomenclature 7.........5 cm Pzgr...65 lb.. 2. 29.8 ins........

8 cm MORTAR SHELL-"Bouncing Betty" 8 cm Wurfgranate 39 GERMAN O The 8 cm Wgr. In the meantime. Under the charge. and throws the shell from 5 to 10 feet into the air. and tail assembly. is an iron plug with a small axial hole through it. has a standard shape and TNT filling. the booster detonates the main TNT bursting charge at approximately the moment when the projectile is at the height of its bounce. This gives the effect of an air burst without the use of a precision time fuze. An impact type. The body. Z 38 st Booster well Booster capsule Delay type detonator Paper washer Paper diaphragm Plastic washer Booster well adapter Ejector capsule Ejector capsule igniter RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNAINCE 1 August. front cap. The seam where the two parts are joined is then shellacked to form a watertight seal. This cap is secured to the boss by four shear pins that extend through the cap and the boss. setting off the delay pellet. inside the cap is a plastic container of about 1V2 ounces of smokeless powder. 39 consists of a nose fuze. sending a flash through the hole in the separating plug. rear body. screwed into the projectile body. having the usual base charge. ring increments. which is separated from the cap at the ogive. Upon impact. Height of the burst is governed by the angle of the shell axis with the ground at the time of impact. nondelay fuze is screwed into the cap. 1945 3099 . The cast nose cap fits over a cylindrical boss. the nondelay fuze ignites the smokeless powder charge. The explosion from the first charge shears the pins holding the nose cap to the projectile body. and fin assembly. The tail assembly is a standard type. KEY TO PARTS (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) (I) (K) (L) (M) (N) Propellant increments Propellant cartridge Projectile body False ogive Point ignition fuze-Wgr. concentric with the longitudinal axis of the projectile. This plug separates the smokeless powder charge from the combination delay pellet and booster which is in an aluminum container.

26. and hence the main bursting charge. filling. All types have an additional detonator booster combination at the base of the flash tube.E. hemispherical-shaped cavity. 310 1 August.5 cm HL. F. instead of RDX/WAX/TNT.255 lb.5 lb. 3. The aluminum fuze (AZ 38) carries the primer detonator. Type H1/B: (a) Further increase of standoff obtained by shortening the HE filler. HL/A. The principal difference between types H1/B and Hl/C is the addition of a funnel-like steel washer inverted over the cavity.8 lb. and flash tube extending through the shaped cavity to the fuze booster. a short ogive. It is armed by centrifugal force and contains no other safety features. and does not extend into the cavity. The metal ogive screws into the projectile. It functions by a "spit" from the booster.5195 lb.6 lb. This type has a long ogive. shaped like an inverted funnel in front of the cavity. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE (Replacement Page) RESTRICTED . types B and C are essentially identical. holding all components of the filler in place.5 cm le. 1375 1360 1360 1360 ESSENTIAL MODIFICATIONS Type H1/A: (a) Lengthened nose-piece (ogive).1 lb. The principal difference between types Hl/A and H1/B is in a shallower.HOLLOW CHARGE AMMUNITION 10. 18 series: Type H1 has a deep conical cavity.5 cm (105 mm) Hollow charge ammunition fired from the German 10. Estimated performance at normal against Homogeneous armor. Nose piece is identical with that of Type H1/A. Otherwise. carton. 22. HL/C GERMAN Q Type HL Type HL/A Type HL/B Type HL/C There are four known variations of the 10.2 lb. . HL/B. Type H1/C: Introduction of a washer. giving greater standoff. 4.315 lb. which travels down the central tube and initiates the base booster. wax: Empty shell: Collar ("funnel") Muzzle velocity f/s* HI/A HI/B Hl/C 25.6875 lb. (b) Elimination of flash tube between fuze and apex of cavity and larger diameter of flash tube. 27. Type HI/A-170 mm (static) 105 mm (dynamic) Type HI/B-155 mm (static) 100 mm (dynamic) Type Hl/C-155 mm (static) 100 mm (dynamic) (From German claims) 'Firing with charge five which is normally used.55 lb. 27. (c) HE filling RDX/WAX. H. 22. The explosive filler is pressed into two pellets in types HI/A. 22.937 lb. Explosive fillers in all rounds are inclosed in waxed paper cartons. This funnel is supposed to counteract the effects of centrifugal force on the hollow charge jet. SPECIFICATIONS H1 Weight of projectile as fired: H. H1/B. 3. (b) Hemispherical cavity instead of rounded cone. and type HI/C. Type HI/A has the same shaped cavity but has a larger diameter flash tube that is attached to the apex of cavity liner by a pressed collar.

The centrifugal force would make these pieces into dangerous missiles. Both the centering ring and rotating band ring are so designed that they become detached from the shell body under the influence of centrifugal force on leaving the muzzle of the gun. The effect is to give a higher muzzle velocity and longer range for the 8. E. and fitted with a percussion type nose fuze (AZ 23v. The 15 cm shell of similar design employs the same fuze.5 cm weapon. SHELL GERMAN CENTERING RING LOCKING BALL SINTERED IRON DRIVING BAND BASE RING LOCKING PIN LOADING SHIELD OF BASE RING - SHELL WALL REJECTABLE BASE RING This new type projectile consists of an 8. The complete weight of the projectile is 23 pounds. Projectiles examined have been filled with a high explosive charge. However. The advantage of such a design.5 cm high explosive projectile.5 cm weapon instead of the normal 10.8 cm streamlined shell body fitted with centering and rotating band rings which permit it to be fired from a 10.). RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 311 . the effectiveness is reduced due to lower weight of projectile. The explosive trains of these projectiles are similar to those for the usual type of German high explosive shell. provided it functions properly.5 cm projectile.10.5 cm "SABOT" TYPE H. is that a lighter weight projectile of smaller diameter is fired from a 10. One disadvantage of this type of shell lies in the possibility of injury to friendly troops when the centering rings and rotating band are cast from the projectile.8 cm streamlined shell body than would be obtained with the standard 10.

..... the splines are SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .... 5/2 (E)..28 cm RIFLED PROJECTILE GERMAN * BALLISTIC CAP LONGITUDINAL INCLINED STEEL SPLINES 11 Ya" 49" (Est. In loading the projectile.......) Weight (approx......2 inches in length......... lined up with the rfling of the gun tube.. Fragments indicate that the windshield would add an extra two feet to the length........) This pre-engraved..... 28 cm K.... The Germans are reputed to have four types of 28 cm railway guns able to employ this type of projectile.. 280 mm (11. The shell is 33 inches in length... and 28 cm K.... 5/1 (E). Kan E.......... exclusive of the windshield. 5 (E)... They are: 28 cm Br....... Length (excluding windshield) .. N......) .... 28 cm K. The splines are set at a slight angle to the axis of the projectile and are 19... projectile recovered in Italy is used for long range bombardment.. 550 lbs.023 ins.... A nose percussion fuze (AZ 35 K) and a base fuze (BD Z 35K) are fitted..... It has longitudinal inclined steel splines and a single one-inch-wide copper band that acts as a gas seal... 33 ins... 312 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .

. 30 Ibs.... The venturi tube which extends from the base of the projectile to its middle section is secured by being screwed into the fuze and venturi adapter... These are armed by the burning of the rocket propelling charge through a powder pellet incorporated in the fuze.. are located in the venturi adapter.. A spun glass sleeve insulates the venturi tube from the explosive charge which is cast on the resulting assembly.85 ins Diameter of body ........... 11. the rocket propellant located in the ogive of the projectile discharges through a central venturi tube. This increase of 37% over the maximum range for the standard high explosive round is the result of energy supplied to the projectile by the addition of rocket propellant powder which is ignited 19 seconds after leaving the gun.. Rocket propellant weight . Gr.ROCKET ASSISTED PRERIFLED PROJECTILE 28 cm R............... 5 (E) railway gun............. AZ 4331......... S/30 time fuze set to operate 19 seconds after the projectile is fired is screwed into the nose of the projectile....... The rocket propellant is moulded as one piece.......800 yards to 93.. 43 lbs.... 1945 312.. Maximum range . Diameter of ribs ......... 35 described on page 312.. Two percussion fuzes.. 11............ This high explosive projectile is fired from the 28 cm K... Diameter of rotating band ............1 ..... showing prerlfling: at right......... left........... Z... SPECIFICATIONS Length of projectile (less fuze) ...................... and extending through it are eight longitudinal holes %-inch in diameter.......... forward body (ogive) and venturi tube: center. A Zt.... On the main body there are 12 steel splines set at the angle of rifling..70 ins.......... After building up sufficient pressure to shear the lip on the base plug........ 48.100 yards -nearly 53 miles..... located around a circular hole 15 /-inch in diameter........................ 4331 GERMAN i Top..... 93..... forward body assembled to main body. and is prerifled in the same manner as the 28 cm Gr... The forward body (ogive) is threaded externally to screw into the main body and internally at its nose to receive the fuze and a rocket propellant ignition system. The outstanding feature of this new projectile is an increase in range from 67. 545/4 lbs...........100 yds.. Explosive weight .. venturi assembly without spun glass sleeve: right...... assembly with cast explosive charge.........10 ins Total weight . 11.79 ins.. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 June.....

no further adjustments are necessary. Fitted centrally in the flat head of the rammer are two claws. which still has approximately 2 feet. is accomplished with the aid of the rammer which. by gripping the base of the shell. is indexed and during the remaining forward travel of ramming remains indexed by virtue of the sliding collar which being held against rotation causes the rammer sliding through it to rotate at the same twist as the rifling. Four evenly spaced lugs projecting longitudinally from the face of the rammer fit over the sides of the base of the projectile and hold the two in a transverse direction. reversed to each other and held outwardly by spring tension.050 centimeters for the 28 cm K5 (E). The head is fitted by a universal joint to the rammer. At this point. A lever which depresses the claws to release the head from the base of the projectile is fitted to the rear portion of the shaft.850 to 4. A scale etched on the spline portion of the rammer indicates the depth of ramming from 2. The position of the two horns can be adjusted in relation to the body of the collar and once set for a particular gun. engage in the two matching keyways of the bracket fitted to the rear of the breech ring. lugs on the face of the rammer and hold the members in rotation. the rammer is held securely to the base of the projectile and the shell is rammed through the powder chamber until the two horns of the sliding collar.2 1 June. slides a collar fitted with two radially projecting horns set at approximately 75 degrees. the shell. A circular undercut recess in the base of the projectile receives these two claws holding the base of the shell against the face of the rammer. Over the splined portion of the rammer. A bracket bolted in the rear face of the breech ring has the function of receiving in two longitudinal keyways. The last 161/4 inches of the rammer are not splined and the extremity threaded. in all proba- bility to receive a transverse handle.-Y Indexing and ramming the 28 cm prerifled projectile in the German railway gun. which is 6 feet. Two keyways milled in the periphery of the base of the shell receive corresponding. 6% inches to travel before the leading edge of the splines engage in the grooves of the rifling. 28 cm K5 (E). 10/4 inches long. 312.METHOD OF RAMMING AND INDEXING SPLINED PROJECTILE GERMAN o i~rS~ ~zc "Ts~-~ : : "' ~~*~ -~~ 6. the front portion of which is a plain two-inch shaft approximately ten feet long and the rear portion machined with four longitudinal splines set at the same angle as the rifling of the tube. allows the projectile to be indexed during its final travel through the powder chamber. in its forward position along the splines. In operation. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . the extremities of the two radial horns of the sliding collar.

.....22% 0...CARTRIDGE CASE FOR 10..... .. The propellant is a flashless composition of the normal "Gudol" type and the igniter composition is the normal porous chopped cord.. momentarily withstands the pressure of the ignited propellant and then disintegrates..... 1010 type steel Thickness of brass coating ..0001 in. This plastic base insert.47% Nitroguanidine ....... The propellant is contained in a cylindrical bag.......Brass 1....... This is made possible by a design which allows the propelling gases to escape to the rear when the weapon is fired.. SPECIFICATIONS Propellant weight ....... 30.... 6............................36% Viscose rayon coated..........9 lbs.... operates without a recoil or counterrecoil mechanism...... Base insert ........34%) ..... Propellant bag ......... and fits over the end of the propellant bag........... which makes possible an unexpectedly long range for such a weapon.. is provided with a primer in its side and a plastic base insert... 34............ The igniter composition is contained in pockets formed between the outer fabric and the lining by quilting the bag.......... Graphite .....81% Diethylene Glycol dinitrate ... The propelling charge and igniter are made up to suit side ignition...... 0.. being blown out the rear of the weapon along with the released propellant gases... 1.... Cartridge case......... versions of which are described on pages 110 and 119.................... the igniter bag is in the form of a cap............... Propellant analysis Nitrocellulose (N-12....................... Phenol-formaldehyde resin RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 313 ............... There are twelve pockets around the side and six in the end. This unusual design of brass coated steel cartridge case... 33.........12 inch thick.5 cm RECOILLESS GUN GERMAN * SIDE PRIMER The German Recoilless Gun..................14% Potassium Sulphate ......

varies from 160 at the center to 172 on the rim. All the parts have a thin surface film of oxide for protection from corrosion. placing the body in a die and rolling to shape with an internal roller.084 inch thick sheet steel three and four turns thick and turned under at the base to fit into a base assembly.17 cm STEEL CARTRIDGE CASE. H.003 inch deep and . and screwed collar have completely machined surfaces. 314 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . It is approximately 222 across the base except in the primer boss where it is about 280. The base assembly is provided with a retaining plate. The upper surface of the cardboard disc is also covered with black wax. The screwed collar is 175 V. SPIRAL DESIGN GERMAN ( CARDBOARD DISC COLLAR BASE RETAINING PLATE This is a large caliber steel cartridge case of different design from those customarily used by the Germans. It appears that this case is manufactured by coiling the sheet approximately to shape.23 inch wide. A shallow spiral groove. and a disc which seals the cartridge case and prevents the escape of gases through the base. about 0. The Vickers Diamond Hardness of the body increases from about 105 near the base to 133 near the mouth. D. The disc is of cardboard. This is not completely effective. The base. On the retaining plate the V. D. H. all the other parts are of steel. retaining plate. The body is a wound cylinder made of 0. A layer of black wax is used between the overlapping coils of the body to assist waterproofing. screwed collar. is rolled into the inner surface of the body under such pressure as to show the marks of the groove on the outer surface of the case.

.. is a radio-controlled.. a motor generator. and a relay unit..................... Diameter of jet-propulsion unit (approx.... the wings..............N.... the bomb is not launched directly at the target............ However.. the jet propulsion unit (slung from the base of the bomb).000 to 5................ Upon release.... s..................) . 43/4 ins.. s.... the tail is provided with flares and an electric lamp for night use.. and an elevator is concealed in -the tail plane. A radio destruction device is located directly under the radio receiver and consists of a small charge with a clockwork fuze......... 293 GERMAN NOSE PLUG STEEL TUBE FOR MAIN SPAR FUZE POCKET The German high explosive bomb............. 293 is made up of six main parts: the bomb which forms the forward part of the fuselage.............. H... 1320 lbs..... H.... Propulsion is accomplished by means of a bi-liquid rocket unit.. Span of mainplanes . Color .. Wings and tail planes are of aerofoil section and the skin is of thin sheet alloy. Sky-blue RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 315 ..... the rear portion of the fuselage containing the radio control unit..... and a destructor........T. s..............RADIO-CONTROLLED GLIDER BOMB H.. ..... Five flare candles burning consecutively make up the tail tracer unit. 1......... the tail plane..... ins.. and at a distance of from 3 to 5 miles from the target..000 feet.. 12 ins... a gyro.. running forward from the fuze pocket. and thereafter the flight of the bomb is controlled from the airplane by radio........ the jet propulsion automatically goes into action... Length of bomb ....).. as an aid to visibility................. 148 ins... It is apparently aimed by eye alone and.... 5 Span of tailplanes ..980 lbs.. but is released during flight on a course parallel to that of the target. Ailerons are provided for lateral control.... 60 Diameter of bomb .... 122 /s ins. or planes..... It is usually released when the plane is in level flight at an altitude of from 3........... The control unit consists of a radio receiver. designed primarily for use against merchant ships and naval craft........... jet-propelled glider.. The bomb case is of forged steel and is filled with approximately 600 pounds of 60/40 poured Amatol. 18 V2 ins... and the tail tracer unit. Weight of bomb (approx...... pellets lies in this filling....) . Total weight (approx.... A cylinder of compressed T.......... SPECIFICATIONS Overall length .... 293.

....................................000 ft.............. .................. The bomb which is filled with alternate layers of good and poor quality TNT......... long x 2 15/16 ins.. A charging head................. 3V2 ins.............. Overall length .. and that the rocket burns for approximately three seconds after ignition.... has a junction box with connections leading to a pyrotechnic and an impact fuze through two pin plugs......... Diameter of tail fins Large ................... 4 ins. and a pyrotechnic train calculated to give a safe interval between the time of release and ignition of the rocket element.. a lighter version of the PC 1000 Rs...... diameter Filling . 2...... which is used to increase terminal velocity and armor penetration qualities of the bomb.....176 lbs.. The compartment is provided with a spring-loaded pressure release valve at the base...... The pyrotechnic fuze has a 21 V2-second delay..................ROCKET-PROPELLED BOMB PC 1000 Rs GERMAN VENTURI TUBES ROCKET SPACE The German 1... 3 ft.... ins....... The bomb fuze..... These plugs are colored black and red respectively..................T. and consists of an igniter bridge (which functions when an electrical impulse from the charging plate is received at the time of the bomb's release)................... 2 ft... 2... ins........ 1 ft... PC 1000 Rs Ex... T........... SPECIFICATIONS Total weight ... diameter 12......... long x 2 15/16 ins.... Gases generated by the propellant escape from the rocket container through six propulsion venturi tubes which are sealed with pitch until combustion is effected......... and a very pure cast TNT in an aluminum container in the nose.............N .. long.... diameter 1......... There are three other bombs of the same general type: PC 500 ............. located in a distance piece between the bomb and the rocket container.... It is reported that the minimum height for release is 4.................. Small .....000 kg.......... Weight of explosive .... for practice or experimental use (it has no main filling... is fuzed through the baseplate..... 9 Diameter of bomb .. 10 ins...............470 lbs... 1 ft... is also armed by the electrical impulse from the charging head.. leaving a trail of flame 150 ft............ 1... of the electrical impact type... 2/ Length of bomb . Color . (actual wt...... consist of 19 sticks of propellant contained in a separate compartment at the base of the bomb.... and the PC 1800 Rs......... Sky-blue 316 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . Weight of case .. Dimensions of Propellant 6...20/s ins........ no baseplate or bomb fuze and the weight is made up by the extra thickness of the bomb casing).11/4 ins.... 119 lbs... long x 2 15/16 ins......176 lb......) armor-piercing bomb (PC 1000 Rs) is a rocket-propelled type designed primarily for use against ships or similar targets The rocket......... 7 ft...Rs..........221/V ins......

2 ins...../Cyclonite RETAINING SPRING STRIKER 1 3/16 ins.8 ozs. parts of the grenade... a detonator..... The upper portion contains the booster which consists of a T.. .... 6.... °may The grenade FRICT ON also be used as a hand grenade by removing the base LANYARD assembly and pulling a cord attached to the friction igniter..... the On firing..1 range . 1. Total weight ....... A cavity is TUBE STEEL portion of the main filling to take an exploder of penthrite wax.. The stem of light alloy or aluminum is screwed onto the head of the grenade. DELAY & 6. alumnium Explosive filler . HHOLE Weight of fille..Black body: aluminum stem Total weight . A diaphragm near the CLOCK INERTIA PRIMER DETONATOR bottom of the grenade is threaded centrally to receive the The fuze and base assemblies are not integral friction igniter........ 1....... BASCOSIGLUG PLUG CLOSING BADE LA HOEbase Color.......... contains a hollow charge cone and provided in the rear an explosive filling of T. It is divided into two compartments...1.. 9 OS.. with a light ballistic cap..ANTIPERSONNEL RIFLE OR HAND GRENADE Gewehr-Sprenggranate GERMAN This grenade consists of a tubular steel body containing STRIKER an explosive filler of penthrite wax. FILING WAX EXPLODER' PENTHRITE detonator surrounded by a penthrite wax filling contained in a light alloy case...... gives an additional delay B8dD' WIRE of 4............ a direct FUZE BODY action nose fuze.4 Ins........ but are screwed into the nose and base respectively.N. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 317 . Impact-no delay ANTITANK RIFLE GRENADE Gewehr Panzergranate The Gewehr Panzergranate is constructed in two parts.........5 SEC.....5 seconds before setting off the detonator... a delay friction igniter.... Range....T.. CARDBOARD CONTAINER pelling cartridge enters a hole in ignites a DELALETEE L BODY 6....... a seamless steel tube fitted CAP EALLISTIC STEEL CONE.... septum is a small flash pellet A pre-engraved WAX PEWTHRAXE held in place by a perforated screw plug. Delay o.... Self-destroying-l1 Friction igniter-4. PETN/Wax Maximum diameter .. .............. and a base assembly containing a self-destroying system...... PLUG STEEL BASE Color.... the head and the stem.50 yds. HOLDER DETONATOR If the nose fuze does not function properly.. Overall length. PLAS-PELLET -Maximum 5..5 ins... Maximum diameter .... driving band is DETONATOR formed on the outside of the grenade ap- 64 proximately / The entire assembly is closed by a ease plug which positions the fuze by a stem which fits into a recess in the rear of the striker body......N.. In the. FLASHPELLET SPRING ARMING Overall length .. 550 yds. T.... the flash from the prothe base closing plug and grenade is self-destructive. IGNITER This fires the friction igniter which.5 second delay pellet contained in a brass holder..N. Filler . .T..5 sec......... inch fromn the base......Black body: sec.. The percussion type fuze is located in the lower part of the stem.T........ Weight of filler..... The head..75 ess. 8.

......N cast....... is basically the same in construction and operation.. Weight of filler...... and then the case and cap are var7 S PACKNG ERS TEEL...... Overall length ... Black overall Total weight . The booster assembly and the percussion type fuze are both located in the stem divided by a perforated septum which contains a small flash pellet.iA......... T.... the flash from the propelling cartridge ignites the fuze and approximately 9 BODY-STEEL PLATFORM seconds later the ejecting charge explodes...... Filler ... 132 ozs... D ELAY TRAIN Weight without leaflets...... 4 ozs......... Delay Range . .......T........... RIFLED DRIVING BAND Total weight .....FILLING ST................. 318 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ......... and at the bottom of the filler is an exploder pellet of penthrite wax................ Maximum diameter ......7 ins..T... PROPAGANDA RIFLE GRENADE Gewehr Propaganda Granate This grenade which is used for propaganda purposes 52 econsists I......A. 13 ins......E.....N. one entirely of light alloy and the other of plastic with a steel shank by which it is screwed onto the body... 5.......... 500 yds.. 8 ozs.. 100 yds..... of a cylindrical steel body with a pre-rifled base and STEEL BALLISTIC CAP Sa removable ballistic cap. S PENTHRITE At the base of the stem is a rifled band which corresponds to the rifling on the discharger.... Two types of stem may be used......... FLASH PELLET Overall length .. blowing off the CHARGE EJECTING cap and forcing the leaflets out of the nose of the projectile... ARMING SPRING EP 7 ins....H.. The assembly is closed by a DETONA"OR base plug...T...... The base of the grenade contains a 9-second delay fuze and an ejecting charge covered by a LEAFETS-- cardboard disc-to prevent moisture from causing deterioration....... nished to protect them from rust........ 9 sec.. On firing./Cyclonite Range (maximum) ..... filler is . Color ......N.......... Leaflets are inserted in two steel packing covers held loosely inside the case. while larger and of slightly different conSTEEL WASHER tour than that described on the preceding page.. 7 ozs.................... (Hollow Charge) RIFLE GRENADE Gross Gewehr Panzergranate GERMAN This grenade.............. The body of pressed STEEL CASING! steel contains a steel cone around which the T.......

.....24 oz.T.A...... Gr.. Color . P-40 _ ___ GERMAN O This grenade consists of a bell-shaped body of thin steel with a slightly convex aluminum closing disc..25 ozs.. filling.T.. 27 grains Weight of propelling cartridge powder . 27 grains RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 319 ..E....24 oz. E.H..... The tail unit screws onto the base of the fuze housing and consists of a drawn-steel tube with six vanes formed in pairs.......A... 2.3 ins...... 61 and G. 8. The numerals "61" and "46" refer to the diameter of the explosive head in millimeters. ...96 inches of homogeneous armor plate. Static fired at normal....E.... (hollow charge) armor piercing rifle grenades have recently been recovered and are illustrated herewith... Pz........4 ins..... the "46" is reported to penetrate 3... 5.54 inches of the same plate.. "46" Total weight ... The cartridge is of the 7........ Pz.......65 ozs.....T... Weight of H. Filler .92 mm small arm type with an undyed hollow wooden bullet.. Cyclonite/Wax H.. Overall length ..A.... 3.. A detonator and intermediary exploder are contained in an aluminum magazine which fits into the base of the main explosive cavity....Blue band round projection at base of body Length of body ................... 9. (Hollow Charge) RIFLE GRENADE Gross Panzergranate 61 and 46 Two additional H. 1 lb..... (Hollow Charge) GRENADE Schuss Gr...... E.....1 Ins... The bursting charge of cy- CLOSING DISC CUP IALUMINUM BURSTING clonite wax is cast around an aluminum hollow charge liner which is hemispherical in shape.... Weight of propelling cartridge powder ....... 14.16 ozs..... The maximum range of the "61" is 218 yards.....69 ozs.. the "61" is reported to penetrate to 4....... Weight of H.. 4.. 46. filling... a graze fuze which screws into a cylindrical projection welded to the base of the body............ and a finned tail unit.... Olive green Markings.....E....... Gr. They bear the designations G... Weight of booster explosive Weight of booster explosive .... "61" Total weight ........ Maximum diameter .

G.9 Black wooden bullet Propaganda Grenade G. 320 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . (Alter Art) fiir G.1 1. Kart. Kart. P. Grenade G. Kart. The latter type consists of a hollow tubular CUP TYPE TYPE spigot about one inch in diameter. 1. (Alter Art) fiir G. Pzgr. G. the gasses pass out of the barrel of the rifle through the spigot and into the hollow tailpiece to propel the grenade. The former is made of steel and consists of a rifled barrel which screws into a holder fitted with a clamp for attaching it to the rifle barrel. G. and is locked in position by a spring-loaded bolt. P. 1. G. fur G.0 Yellow ring (partly) H. Both a swing-over blade front sight and a rear sight are provided.0 Yellow ring In the future to be used only for H. The hollow tailpiece of the grenade is fitted over the spigot.1 Black ring Black ring (partly) Packed attached to grenade Obsolete H. Pzgr. P. Kart.85 Packed attached to grenade RIFLE DISCHARGERS The two standard German rifle dischargers are the cup type (Schiessbecher) and the spigot type. E. Sprgr. 1. fir G.4:2:0. Treib. (1. and varying ranges are obtained by altering the elevation of the rifle by the aid of the sighting attachment. fur Gr.7 Red ring Obsolete (Old Type) Small A. grenade Obsolete H. E.5/0:25) Cartridge for German Name grams Markings GERMAN Remarks Large A. (Alter Art) fir G. Kart. Grenade Propgr. G. Kart. Grenade G. E. Grenade 1. Propgr. There are no gas ports. P. Sprgr. 1.GERMAN RIFLE GRENADE PROPELLING CARTRIDGES Powder Filling Nz. terminating in a part resembling the hilt of a bayonet.7 Red ring In the future to be used only for Rifle Propaganda Grenade Propaganda Grenade G. 1. Grenade Small A. Grenade (Old Type) 0. Sprgr. E. It is fitted to the rifle in the same manner as a bayonet. fur G. Patr. and on firing the propelling cartridge. Pzgr. T. Kart. (Alter Art) fur G.

... does not have a friction Arming and priming are the same as for the egg grenade..... ... L. consisting of a head filled with TNT.. R..... is a modification of the standard Stielhandgranate scribed on page 321...1 ... 17/32 in.....NEW TYPE STICK HAND GRENADE Stielhandgranate 43 GERMAN Q The new type German Stick Grenade. and an igniter../wax.. 1945 320......./wax of disc .. however....... J SPECIFICATIONS c- Diameter Thickness Explosive of disc .... The grenade may be thrown with or without the handle.......... a smooth fragmentation sleeve....Chocolate RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May......D..... detonator.... ... and a detachable wooden handle.X.. fitted over the head.... receive the igniter I I f1 ' A standard friction igniter with a delay of approxiI mately six seconds........................ has no outer casing or cover.. but consists merely of a disc cut from a pre-cast or pressed pellet of explosive....... L__JS F--i The disc... 3 5/16 Ins.D.... and a detonator (Sprengkapsel 08) I I are used........ which is 3 5/16 inches in is drilled to believed to be 17/32 and is It diameter and inches thick.....X............... 24 de- igniter operated by a cord running through the handle.. OFFENSIVE DISC TYPE GRENADE This grenade............. the detonator and 4 /2-second delay igniter similar to that used with the egg grenade. are screwed into the top of the explosive head..... Color. a new type of offensive weapon.. 1 Instead............. The later model...........

. Igniter ........ Z. Igniter ... Overall length ......Black bcl-y with blue igniter head Weight of explosive filler 3............T.... and a friction type igniter with a delay pellet...... In operation. Weight of explosive filler. Z. 3 ins..................... and the missile thrown to detonate after a 4-5 second delay....... filler... The upper end of the friction wire in the igniter is attached to a disc in the head which screws on to the top of the body..................85 oz..... Weight . 24 Delay ............................... Z..... Color . 4-5 sec. Maximum diameter .... Z. 1 ft...... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 321 ....... B.. the head is unscrewed and pulled............. 6 ozs. Color of body ........ 4-5 sec..............N. the porcelain ball pulled......................... T. 2 ins.. 24) and at the rear to a porcelain ball in a metal cap........... EGG-TYPE HAND GRENADE MODEL 39 Eierhandgranate 39 This grenade consists of a thin egg-shaped case filled with an explosive charge. Weight of explosive Explosive filler ............... 7 ozs. 6 ozs.................... Weight Olive drab 3 MODEL 39 Overall length ....... This is screwed onto a hollow wooden handle through the center of which runs a double length of cord.................... In operation..... MODEL 24 Overall length . 5 oz............... 2 ins. 4-5 sec..... B... 1 lb...........STICK HAND GRENADE MODELS 24 AND 39 Stielhandgranaten 24 u...... 1 lb............ 39 Delay ............... the cap is removed..... drawing the wire through the friction composition and igniting the delay pellet......... This type hand grenade has been used as a booby trap by fitting a non-delay friction igniter which can be identified by its left-hand threads...... Color.............. After a delay of from 4 to 5 seconds the pellet initiates the detonator which in turn sets off the explosive filler........ 39 GERMAN O The head of this grenade is a thin steel casing containing the explosive filler.. Igniter .............. This cord connects at the forward end to a friction pull igniter (B... B....... ....... 24 Delay ............. 12 ozs............ 1 ft.......... Diameter of body .. 4 ins............ Olive drab W eight .............. 2 /4 ins...

.. forming.. wide around center of handle and lettering Nb.. friction igniter screwed into the top...... smoke is period of two min-ites.... B.... Z...(HC) 1mixture zinc and hexachlorethane above a band.... Overall length........... an emitted for a screen for effective Bz 39IGNITER DELAYPELLET SMOKEHOLE mmachine Total gun nests and pillboxes................. the head of the igniter is unscrewed and pulled... broken 322 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . 39 stencilled in white around the body white Filling.... Color...... PORCELAIN BALL PULL WOODENHANDLE CORD There are eight holes in the base of the head through which the smoke escapes. This grenade may also be used as a booby trap COMPRESSED PELLETS by the insertion of a D................... body with Maximum diameter ... 35 Pressure Igniter. 14 ozs. 7 sec. blue igniter head Delay ..................... 4-5 sec.. SMOKE HAND GRENADE 39 Nebelhandgranate 39 This grenade closely resembles the high explosive stick grenade 24 in external form and size..... one 35/ inches long and the other 4 inches long........ 2 ins....... The cylindrical body is FRICTION WIRE I made of aluminum and painted yellow... Color . 39 Markings. drawing the wire through the friction composition and igniting the delay pellet...... There are two GRENADE BODY models of this grenade.... 1 lb....... B... Hgr......... Olive drab BODY ILE II~lft~o~~L~Overall length ........... Upon activation. COMPOSITIL N FLASH N 4 IGNITES weight ... To operate the grenade.SHAVING STICK GRENADE GERMAN This is a thin-cased offensive type grenade with a B................... instead of CAP DISC SPRING METAL CAP the high explosive filling this grenade is filled with a smoke mixture... Yellow 35/s or 4 ins..... Z.. the delay element initiates the detonator. The handle has three horizontal corrugations at the screw cap end to assist in differentiation by touch.......... Delay N4 ignition tube .... However.... Z..... 14 ins........... E.... Igniter ..... The grenade is then thrown and after a 4-5 second delay...... E. Z.White band 8 inches Igniter .

.2 ozs... 10 oz.......6 ozs... Maximum diameter ..... The friction igniter operates with a 4-5 second delay. Both models discharge upon impact RUBBER PLASTIC WASHER CALCIUM CHLORIDE with any hard object....... NECK IGNITERTE SMOKE HOLES Olive drab 21 ozs. Maximum diameter ....... B... Model 2H includes an inner glass tube filled with a solution of calcium chloride... aqueous solution of calcium chloride RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE 323 ................. E...................... 17 ozs.. 21/2 ins. filled with titanium with the air. 4........... DELAY ELEMENT There are only two smoke holes instead of eight. Total weight .......... upon tetrachloride The calcium contact chloride permits the second model to operate at low relative -=-~FSE FUE SULPHUR PLASTER OF PARIS FUSED SULPHUR humidity.. TITANIUM ETRACHLORID'E 2H Overall length . Color ....... E.. 10........(HC) type mixture.......... Filling.. whereas the first model produces a thin fog unless the air is quite moist. 6 ins. Filling & filling weight Outer flask........ Model 1H is a single container................ Z............ The body of each grenade is which vaporizes.............. Filling.......... Zinc and Hexachiorethane Igniter .. 2H These grenades are made in the form of glass flasks.... 1.. Delay N4 Ignition tube .8 ins...............SMOKE HAND GRENADE 41 AND PROTOTYPE Nebelhandgranate 41 GERMAN * The prototype of this grenade is comprised of the body of the smoke hand grenade 39 with a synthetic resin adapter to hold the B...... igniter....... -IGNITERHEAD FRICTION WIRE The Model 41 is of similar con- struction but the body has been modified so that the igniter fits into a small central neck without the use of an adapter................ TYPE 41 SMOKE GRENADES Blendkorper 1H u.... 4-5 sec...3 oz.... setting off a 2-minute smoke discharge. titanium tetrachloride 4... Total weight ......... 21/2 ins......... Maximum diameter ..7 ins..... 1H Overall length .........(FM) Titanium Tetrachloride INNERGLASSTUBE Weight of filling..3 Ins. Total weight ... Z.. Overall length ............... 2.. 13.... GLASS TUBE OUTER Inner flask.

... exploding the grenade on impact........... Maximum diameter .... A case DETONATOR ASSEMBLY BURSTINGCHARGE containing the detonator and main filling is separated from a fixed firing pin in the nose of the grenade by a creep spring........AMMUNITION for 27 mm SIGNAL PISTOL PISTOL GRENADE PROJECTILE GERMAN 26 mm Wurfgranate Patrone 326 Leuchtpistole This grenade................................ An alloy flash l FLASHTUBE tube connects this to the fuze which is located in the base of the stem....... 80 yds.... 3 ins. .........25 oz. 0....... PISTOL GRENADE EGGGRENADE Wurfkorper Leuchtpistole This pistol grenade is formed by adding to the egg-type hand grenade (Eierhandgranate 39) a plastic stem to which DELAY IGNITER TUBE RETAINIG I PLASTIC BODY- it is attached by a retaining tube.... 4............... ................... An arming rod inserted between the two balls prevents them from moving......89 pin which is pulled out before the grenade is placed in the pistol barrel.. The balls then slide out of their grooves and the case is free to CARTRIDGECASE move against the firing pin. The fuze is separated from the primer by a safety S STRIKER C^ 0...5 sec...5 ins.... METALBALL This is forced out of the base by setback about ten or twelve yards after the grenade leaves the muzzle of the gun........ The case is prevented from moving forward before firing by 5 CHARGE BURSTING CONTAINER two metal balls in the base of the carrier.... ROD SAFETY r IPAA Wf l -.. consisting of a rounded nose cap screwed to a cylindrical body..... Olive green 324 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ..T... 3..89 ins......2 ozs...........N..2 ozs... Yellow Weight of filler ........ FLASH CAP Overall length . Color . 1 in.. the firing pin strikes the primer SAFETYPIN CREEP SPRING RETNING SPRING \ I !!' I PROPELLANT which sets off the delay igniter.. is equipped with four fins which are fixed to the base of the body.. Upon firing....... T.... FINS Weight of projectile......... Weight of complete round 4............. A brass or aluminum cartridge SFIXEDPIN--FIRING CREEPSPRING crimped to the grenade completes the assembly. 6...... The tube contains the delay igniter at the forward end inside the grenade............. ... NTAInFT Maximum diameter ............ Delay .. 4... Color ........ detonating the explosive charge after a delay of 4....... Overall length . Range .. Filler ..5 seconds....

Propellant. ignitI i CLOSING DIC (RED I DELAY PELLET ing and ejecting the stars in accordance with the setting............. Filling.......... E.... CARTRIDGE FOR 27 mm GRENADE PISTOL Sprengpatrone fiir Kampfpistole ... 5 ozs.... Running through the center of the star units is an assembly of two brass tubes with seholes for the six choices of settings. \ . BOOSTER ALUMINUM CONTAINER TUBE STEEL HIGH EXPLOSIVE This grenade consists of a die cast aluminum container which encases a steel tube containing the explosive charge.. The grenade has grooves on the BLACKPOWDER P R OE L LT FLASHHOLES........ The creep spring separates the striker and primer beneath which is a booster separated from the main filling by an empty air space... Filler .. Overall length ... the flash passes TUBE INNER Slector OUTER TUBE 3 RD STARS OINNER INER TER" CONTAINER immediately along the whole length of the inner tube...Graphited black powder Color ....... In firing............... 3 ins......06 ins.....AMMUNITION for 27 mm SIGNAL PISTOL GERMAN 27 mm MULTI-STAR SIGNAL CARTRIDGE SETTING CAP CLOSING (GREEN) 3STARS GREEN TThe 5 cartridge consists of a light alloy outer container complete with the propelling charge and an inner-container in which there are six star units.... Unpainted aluminum Weight of complete round.PM....... The inner tube contains gunpowder and is closed by a plug which contains a delay pellet....... 77 oz...Propellant & pyrotechnic PROPELLANT 5 PERCUSSION CAP Maximum diameter ... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 325 .. 3/2 ozs. ISH a protruding striker head... aluminum body fitting the rifling of the Kampfpistole from which it is discharged.. PETN/W ax Weight iof filler .. CAP BRASS HOLDER P RI MER Overall length . Star combinations and dial settings: 3 red 1 red 3 red 3 green (0-2) 2 green (7-8) 1 green (14-15) 1 red 3 green (21-22) 2 red 2 green (27-29) 2 red 1 green (34-35) SSTRIKERHEAD 6 STEEL BALLS H. the inner container is propelled and after the delay pellet has burned through.. 1........ The striker is held away from the detonator by six steel balls kept in position by a steel collar supported on three aluminum pins....... 5/4 ins..... The black powder propelling charge is contained in a cup with a lead Styphnate primer.... Weight of projectile ................ Into the steel tube is screwed a direct action nose fuze with ..

The bakelite head is blown off. Z. The weight of the complete round is 4. 3 ounces. The marking on the base of the cartridge case is: DEUT.5 ounces. The projectile functions on impact and the gunpowder. and the star ejected. Z. ignited by the flash cap. INDICATOR Deutpatrone fiir Kampfpistole The indicator grenade is similar externally to the smoke and high explosive grenades except for the head which is parabolic." on the base of the cartridge case. the flash from the propellant ignites the gunpowder pellet. which. The grenade may be identified by the stencilling "F. It has a black bakelite head and a screwed-on base plug which is perforated to hold a gunpowder pellet. The indicator system begins to function v4'hn the projectile has been in flight for about two seconds. that of the grenade itself. It is fitted with a percussion type nose fuze which has a charge of gunpowder located just below the flash cap instead of a detonator. ejects the smoke generator from the body of the grenade and at the same time ignites it. The projectile GERMAN BASE GUNPOWDER INCREMENTS COMPO CANG ALLOY PLUG QUICKMATCH ALLOY TUBE PERCUSSION CAP DELAY PELLET QUICKMATCH CO may be recognized by the following stencilled marking on the base of the cartridge case: NEBEL. The smoke train. ignites the star.MISCELLANEOUS PISTOL GRENADES SMOKE Nebelpatrone fiir Kampfpistole This grenade is similar in appearance and construction to the high explosive grenade except that it contains a smoke generator instead of an explosive filler. DELAY COMOSTE R CHA SUSPENSIN STAR OR 326 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . On firing. There is no fuze. a puff of reddish-brown smoke. directly above the QUICKMATCH GUNPOWDER PRIMING PROPELLING CHARGE STAR COMPOSITION PARACHUTE plug is an illuminating star to which a parachute is attached. ILLUMINATING STAR ON PARACHUTE Fallschirm Leuchtpatrone fiir Kampfpistole This type grenade has the same general contours as the two others previously described. is fired by the flash from the propellant. Z. Inside the grenade. after a brief delay. Leucht.

406 yards for the 32 cm Wurfkorper M. Each is designed to carry four crates of the 32 cm incendiary rocket (page 353) or the 28 cm high explosive rocket (page 354). Ranges are given below. The equipment weighs approximately 2. TRANSPORTABLE ROCKET PROJECTORS 28/32 cm schweres Wurfgerat 40 and 41 These two rocket projectors.by the hand electric firing system proRESTRICTED vided for the crates themselves. Detachable liners for the forward end of the projectors permit the use of 28 cm rockets.106 yards for OFFICE CHIEF the 28cm Wurfkorper Spr. 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May. Fl. The piece is fired from its mounting and is held in position by two jacks in front and a small spadelike arrangement in the rear. This device. 50. Firing is accomplished. Traverse (approximately 300) and elevation (from 0 to 45°) are by GERMAN means of cranks. mounted on a two-wheel trailer. The cages are constructed of round steel bars shaped to the outside contours of the 32 cm rocket. and 2. or ramps. differ from each other only in construction details and in the material used.460 lbs. Either model is adjustable for elevation. Maximum ranges for these projectors are identical: 2. The Schweres Wurfgerdt 40 is made of wood and weighs 115 pounds. weighing 243 pounds. The portion of the projector holding the propelling chamber remains the same for both rounds. consists of six projectors grouped in two tiers of three each.ROCKET PROJECTOR 28/32 cm Nebelwerfer 41 This rocket projector fires the 28 cm high explosive rocket (page 354) and the 32 cm incendiary rocket (page 353). which functionally does not differ from the 15 cm and 21 cm Nebelwerfers. the 41 model is of metal. 1945 349 . The firing mechanism is electric.

Range figures are identical to those applying to the Schweres Wurfgerat 40 and 41 and the 28/32 cm Nebelwerfer 41. The actual projector consists of the crate in which the 28 cm or 32 cm rocket is packed. three of which are mounted on each side of the halftrack. five of which are 28 cm high explosive and one 32 cm incendiary. The rear portion.ROCKET PROJECTORS ON SEMITRACK VEHICLES Schweres Wurfrahmen 40 This rocket projector is de.) fitted with rocket described above. each one being shaped to the contours of the standard 30 cm rocket ammunition. and which may be secured to the plates. The principal feature of the device is the carrier plate. There is a small spade under the frame in the rear. Each is adjustable for elevation of 5" to 45 ° . this rocket achieves a range of 4. and elevation is 45 degrees. GERMAN * signed for use on half-tracked armored personnel carriers. The ammunition for this projector is described on page 354. and is believed to be equipped with an elevating scale. A sight bracket is located at the rear of the framework.. Reports indicate that each vehicle carries six rounds. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .. As a result of the heavier charge. projectors as ROCKET PROJECTOR 30 cm Nebelwerfer 42 This rocket projector very closely resembles the 28/32 cm Nebelwerfer 41.. is considerably larger than that of the 28/32 cm projector to accommodate the larger propelling chamber of the 30 cm rocket. The firing mechanism is electric with a contact box located at the right side of the piece. Both traversing and elevating mechanisms are identical with those of the 28/32 cm piece. The individual projectors are of similar construction. but no other evi- dence of supports.1. Total traverse is 30 degrees.976 yards. Zgkw. gp. 350 1 May.. however. The photos above show the 3-ton armored semi-track (m..

...).... RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August. Height (on segments) ........................ range (horizontal) (limited by sight) .. 28° Left (max.... 9 ins.... it may be readily disassembled into seven loads for transport..... 14 ........ Length of barrel .............. 23" Elevation . Gr.......... A safety device fitted to the left of the firing pin in the center of the breechblock must be turned to "F" position before the launcher can be fired........... The rocket is fitted with a base plate with a prortuding rim to seat the round in the tube....... *Not verified... Ammunition .... 71/ ins.............................. An additional safety feature prevents the hammer from striking the firing pin unless the breech is fully closed.....) ............. A cone-shaped gas deflector is fitted over but does not protrude beyond the muzzle........ ..... 11 63 ins.. a squeeze of the right handle depresses the sear... 13 ozs......... Rate of fire ........... Ammunition used with the rocket launcher is a modified version of the 8.... 4312 W t. The launcher fires from a closed breech which is operated by a handle on top of the breech ring........... Smooth bore Width of lands velocity ... releasing the hammer....... Length of weapon (overall) ............ 2 ft....... of grooves Width of grooves Depth of grooves ........ Length of bore No... 1945 352. 5 lbs... The base plate and primer are the only parts of the round which are extracted after firing...8 cm Raketenwerfer 43 ("Piippchen") GERMAN This weapon is a closed breech rocket launcher which fires a rocket projectile.....................................) Weight (firing position) ... having a percussion primer instead of the electric type.... none Length of recoil .... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ........................... ..........................1 ......................... If necessary.. 88 mm (3.................... When the projectile has been inserted and the breech closed... The piece is aimed by grasping two handles fitted to the left rear of the cradle and aligning the open sights on the target.... ..... 360 ..................... The rear sight is adjustable from 180 to 700 meters... and may be fired from the carriage or from firing segments to lower the silhouette.. Pz............. B.... 4 ins. 8.....46 ins........... W idth (overall) .....8 cm R. 9 ft.. Height (traveling position).......... 28 Traverse on firing segments ..........8 cm rocket projectile.............. of projectile ........................ 3 ft................................... 1 ft......................... Depression ........... Opening of the breech cocks the hammer which is held in firing position by a sear.. Muzzle Traverse on wheels: Right (max......ROCKET LAUNCHER 8. 765 yds... The small shock of recoil developed by the rocket gases against the closed breech is transmitted directly to the spade. It is transported on a two-wheeled carriage.... ins............................. 315 lbs............ 460 f/s* Max.

. .. with its pedestal base..... and 23 inches from side to side..... All 35 of the pins are actuated by a single trigger.............. Launching sites were located along river fronts. Type of explosive (RDX/TNT/WAX ......3 cm square.. Depression 360° 90° 31 inches long and approximately 7....E... (H...... Weight of explosive charge ....... ... 1 August. Sprgr... = 55/40/5) 6 lbs.................... A ... The fixed launchers are not provided with the folding platform.... each SPECIFICATIONS Traverse ....... Elevation ... is used with either a mobile or fixed mount......... The sight......3 cm Raketen Sprenggranate. indicating the use of this weapon against river crossings.. When used as a mobile mount....... is a spin stabilized rocket fitted with a nose percussion fuze and a self-destroying delay element ignited by the burning propellant.MULTIPLE ROCKET LAUNCHER 7.. "95" simple clamp at the rear of the racks holds the rockets in position until firing takes place.......... type firing pins mounted on horizontal shafts.... 1...... -10 Ammunition 7....... The weapon....... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .. used for antiaircraft barrage purposes and known as the "Fohn" is of different design from any other weapon of its type used by the Germans.. 352 ........... A trunnion.. The 7............. assembled in 5 horizontal and 7 vertical rows.... .3 cm R.... Elevation is from -10° to 90°.......... The whole assembly measures 32 inches from top to bottom....... and elevating and traversing mechanisms are mounted on the inside of a metal protective shield located on the left side of the launcher. set in each side of this framework.... 0...) Weight of complete round .19 lb...... There are 35 individual launchers. and it is believed that they are normally set up more or less permanently on sheet iron platforms... trigger mechanism.... used with the launcher. The upper part of the front wall of the shield is made of transparent plastic for sighting purposes. W eight of propellant ....62 lb.. The frame of the assembly is made of 3/16-inch metal.........3 cm "Fohn" GERMAN * MOBILE TYPE MOUNT FIXED TYPE MOUNT This multiple rocket launcher... rests upon arms extending up from the pedestal base. the launcher is fitted with a circular metal folding platform mounted on a 2-wheeled trailer....... The rockets are fired by hammer ...........

.... and two handgrips for traverse.. SPECIFICATIONS Overall length (approx.. The carriage consists of a framework of U-section steel extended well to the rear... A 1 cm thick (0..7.. 550 Depression (approx... 4° RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 August................ Maximum height (on road wheels). Each of the four bars may be separately cocked....... Each row is fired as a unit by means of a bar provided with a firing hammer and striker for each projector. Elevation (approx. Maximum height (above center pivot platform) . 14 ft..... Overall width ...3 .... 5/4 ins... The projectors are constructed of welded T-section steel bar.......) .... 5 ft........... Each row of projectors is independently trunnioned and all four are elevated together by means of a linkage through a chain drive from the handwheel....... Depth of each projector frame ........... The projectors are displaced from the center both for line and elevation to give dispersement of fire....... and all may be fired by one pull of the firing cable from the central point............) ... The equipment can be traversed about a fixed center pivot or about its wheels.. and is bolted to an inclined welded steel superstructure built above the carriage......... rubber sprung detachable wheels 27 inches in diameter...... low carriage...........) ............ 4 ins.......................... where it terminates in a protected control point containing the elevating handwheel.............. 4 ft... 5 ins.. 11 Track (wheel center to center)........ Each row is a separate assembly.. 3 ft..... The center pivot is locked into a bracket welded to the center of the axle-tree and rear support is provided by two steel rollers welded on the under side of the carriage.. 1945 352.... 77/8 ins.......... at the forward end of a long........... 49 ins.......39 inches) protection shield is provided... Width of each projector frame .... 5 t....5 cm MULTIPLE FORTRESS ROCKET PROJECTOR GERMAN * This projector consists of 28 projector rails mounted in four rows of seven each. the firing cable.. There are two metal-rimmed.......... ins.

..... Range....... and ending in a primed maintainer pellet..976 yds..........................1 . However.. RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 June.... This motor unit is similar to that of the 15 cm Wurfgranate.... This model has been selected to illustrate the construction of the motor assembly of a typical rotating rocket.....5 ins.. 33 lbs..... 4 ozs..... Diameter of bomb .. 47 Length of bomb ... 3/4 ozs..... ozs...... 146 lbs..... External diameter of motor tube ....................... The throat diameter of each venturi is 0. 11............................. A small primer unit screwed into the steel venturi plug flashes directly on to the gun powder pellet at the end of the celluloid tube..................5 ins. 22............365 inch with an exit section of approximately 0..... ins..4 ins........ The sticks are supported at the venturi end on a grid... because of the heavier charge in the 30 cm ammunition.... The axes of the venturis are inclined at an angle of 12° 42' so that the effluent gases cause the round to rotate.43 inch thick... 754 f/s 4........ Seven tubular sticks make up the propellant charge composed of nitrocellulose and diglycol dinitrate.. the metal mesh has been introduced to prevent the maintainer pellet from being crushed by the-central stick of the propellant charge if the rocket is dropped.... Weight of propellant charge...8 ins.... The center stick contains a length of quickmatch in a celluloid tube....... Length of propellant charge .... Length (overall) ......... A threaded hole in the center takes the primer unit..... 18........ It is also fired from a rocket projector consisting of six welded metal frames mounted on a two-wheeled.....30 cm ROCKET 30 cm Wurfkorper 42 Spreng GERMAN Q This rocket is packed in a wooden crate from which it may be fired in the same manner as the 28 cm rocket described on page 354...56 ins....... Burnt velocity ..... split trailed carriage described on page 350... 1945 354. 8......... 28.. SPECIFICATIONS Weight of filled motor unit..... maximum ......... The motor tube is 0.......... closed at one end.....82 inch in diameter. and threaded inside to take the venturi block............ Length of motor tube ..... 129 lbs. 10 Weight of filled bomb. Eighteen venturis are drilled in this solid block.

. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .....----~ This projectile is fired from the Raketenwerfer 61 (see pages 38................ A rear spacer ring welded to the nozzle plate aids in the positioning of the outer row of propellant charges......) Total weight of rocket ... 14...... Point detonating Weapon from which fired ..... 4581 GERMAN Q :: :: ................ which is 50/50 poured amatol.. The high explosive body is filled with 270 pounds of the German explosive charge 13A...... Fuze .94 ins.......................... 38 cm (15 ins.......... approx.. The 32 venturi holes in the nozzle plate are set at an angle of 140 to the axis of the rocket....... The rocket consists of three main assemblies: the high explosive body... 6179 yds.. It shows a radical departure from standard spinstabilized rocket design by the use of insert splines at the after end of the motor body.. The bourrelet is located just behind the welded junction of the ogive and the cylindrical section.. fitting into the rifling of the projector liner........ These splines..... In the center of the nozzle plate there is a threaded hole to receive the igniter primer for the rocket propellant...4)......3 and 38........ The high explosive body of two-piece welded construction is threaded internally at its after end to receive the motor body. Diameter of bourrelet ...... 270 lbs.. Maximum range ..................................ROCKET PROJECTILE FOR RAKETENWERFER 61 38 cm R. Weight of propellant charge . Sprgr. The motor body is threaded externally to screw into the high explosive body and internally to receive the nozzle assembly... 56..... Overall length (not including fuze). Weight of explosive charge ...... Both the explosive body and nozzle assembly are secured by means of two diametrically opposed set screws.... Nine grooves for the splines are machined into the base of the periphery of the motor body....68 ins.. 761 lbs..................... motor body.. aid in giving an initial spin to the projectile. The booster pocket and fuze adapter assembly is welded in position at the nose of the high explosive body... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . and nozzle assembly... Raketenwerfer 61 3542 1 June..........5 Ibs............... 88.

.. The cable housing is constructed in two parts. 11 lbs.. It contains a TNT destructive charge.) ....... External diameter of motor tube .15.. Weight of parachute housing (containing parachutes and H..2 ins.............. The a/-inch cable..... parachute housing.......... charge)........... Below this charge are located the main and pilot parachutes which are attached to the forward end of the cable....... 950 yds.. weighing approximately 2 pounds..... At the forward end of the parachute housing is a TNT charge....... the parachute is then pulled out of the parachute housing and remains suspended in the air until dragged to earth by the weight of the cable.......... 4 ozs. the lower of which remains on the ground when the rocket is launched... Weight of fins and cable housing 90 lbs..... 11..3 pounds....E....... 11 ozs........ attached at its forward end to the parachute.. and initiated by means of a delay fuze connected to the propellant chamber. This is a steel cylinder closed at the forward end and threaded externally at the rear end to fit into the parachute housing..... 5. 10 ozs......... This is an antiaircraft rocket projectile containing a parachute to which is attached a length of cable.. weighing approximately 2... 27 lbs.... 28 lbs.......09 ins. is coiled the length of the cable housing and passes through a hole in the lower portion to a ground anchor. A...2 cm PARACHUTE AND CABLE TYPE A....... designed for use in large numbers to form a barrage against low flying aircraft....... Length of cable (approx..... 7..........E..51 ins....7 ins...... 58.... Length of propellant charge ... The upper portion has a finned tail unit which fits over the lower portion of the cable housing. 5... 1945 35(-' ....2 ins..... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE 1 May............ Internal diameter of motor tube . Weight of propellant charge . propellant chamber. Diameter of main parachute .. ROCKET GERMAN v SPECIFICATIONS Total weight (approx... Diameter of pilot parachute . 11 ft..................... 150 lbs..... External diameter (maximum) .. and cable housing and tail unit.. 12 ozs......) .... The nose piece is ogival in shape and screws onto the forward end of the propellant chamber... The projectile consists of four parts: nose piece.... Length of projectile (overall) ..... 6 ins. Weight of rocket motor unit .... charge) . Four drillings in the forward end of the parachute housing form the venturi through which the propelling gases escape... The rocket casing continues in flight until a delay igniter initiates the destructive charge in the nose of the projectile. the projectile continues upwards until the whole of the cable has been uncoiled.... 4 lbs....... Weight of nose (containing H. 1 oz.. After launching.........

........56 ins........ Pz. 4322 GERMAN * This fin stabilized rocket projectile is fired from the German counterpart of the U. second** 165 yds........ 34 NP type is embedded in the bursting charge to the rear of the flash tube.............437 ins........ with a small percentage of stabilizer... (77° F.. A detonatorbooster of the German Kl.) . 25° C.... The propellant and tube assembly consists of the propellant tube and the seven propellant grains and igniter assembly.. 7 ft........ .......' Fuze functioning time (approx..' 87 Ibs............ containing an igniter..... The projectile assembly consists of the following stamped sheet steel parts: a body which contains the bursting charge.....716 lbs.. "Bazooka" (see page 217) and has a maximum effective range of 165 yards. 6.. a band...... and have a central perforation ...22 inch in diameter throughout their length..* Maximum thrust . 58... Impulse .175 lb. only one rocket motor was statically tested with propellant temperature 41° F......26 lbs........0002 seconds Maximum pressure .. Maximum effective range ........... 25. rocket as fired)............. located in the forward end which it holds. ** These values doubtful....6 inches in length x .......... The seven propellant powder grains are approximately 7.45 inch outside diameter... 382 lb...... Gr. in....47 lbs..8 cm R........ These figures are from firing a single round......8% cyclonite) weighing 1 lb.. per sq.. Diameter (external) ... (approx... B... 1945 357 ..0002 seconds (impact to detonation).2% TNT...... B...... hollow charge loaded projectile assembled to a steel tube with a venturi and stabilizer assembly attached. 340 f/s* Burning distance (approx.. Gr.... the R............ .... 7. The AZ 5095 fuze is of the point detonating type which in tests gave an approximate fuze functioning time of 0. S. The complete round consists of a point fuzed high explosive.... The bursting charge is cyclotol (41....... A new type of ammunition.............. 7. Length (overall) ... The composition is 64 1 /2% nitrocellulose and 341/2% DEGN...HIGH EXPLOSIVE-ANTITANK ROCKET GRENADE 8.............. a collar......910 lbs. Weight of fuze assembly . an adapter........... SPECIFICATIONS Weight (complete........... and a slightly heavier sheet steel nose..... Eight and one-half-inch armor penetration has been obtained in static tests with a standoff of approximately 6'/2 inches.. RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August.).......... Burnt velocity at 50° F....... Pz.......). 021 lb. 1... Weight of igniter assembly . 3. 1.) ..2 ozs.... Weight of propellant charge ...... Zdlg. propellant and electric primer. Weight of high explosive filler ... 4999 is reported to give good performance up to a range of 220 yards...

. From this weapon..8 cm R. The explosive head is identical to that of the rocket fired from the German counterpart of the "Bazooka" (page 357).........ANTITANK ROCKET GRENADE 8...... a maximum effective range of 700 meters (765 yards) is obtained. 4.. expanding against the inside of the fuze body...5 ozs...1).......... There is a hole .. Weight of propellant .95 ins. 1. SPECIFICATIONS Weight (complete.. Weight of motor and tail assembly....... Weight of H... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ... as fired).. Weight of fuze with detonator ....364 inch in diameter through the center of the grain.E.... 4312 GERMAN Q ALUMINUM DISC This projectile is fired from the German 8. as limited by the sight. 1 lb.... Diameter of propellant grain ........ The quickmatch fits in a slight indentation in the head igniter......... Meanwhile... 7V4 ozs.. 19....... B.06 ozs.... External diameter ............. These prongs......... The fuze (AZ 5095) functions as follows: the force of set back causes the set-back ring to move rearward....63 ozs...... A triangular-shaped spacer holds the head igniter firmly against the quickmatch.494 ins.......... Gr. thus providing a slight delay in the arming of the fuze.......15 os..... Overall length . 13.. 358 1 August.. ..... ..... 3.. coiled clock spring inside the set-back ring....... 3.... 5 lbs.........64 ins. 8.. Length of propellant grain .....8 cm Raketenwerfer 43 (Piippchen-see page 352. The primer used in the "Piippchen" rocket is the standard No.. Three lands on the outside of the grain insure an outside burning surface. the striker needle is held away from the primer detonator by a flat... 26 percussion primer found in many German artillery fuzes. The propellant is a double base powder in the form of a single grain with 14 perforations... filler ... Pz...... The clock spring unwinds. bending the two prongs of the stirrup spring.. by engaging in the inside groove of the set-back ring prevent the ring from returning forward. 1 lb...............85 ins......

................ The complete round weighs 15..... 5 oz...... 1945 359 ............ RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May....) ..7 ins. The main filling of the high explosive head is pressed flake TNT.. Weight of high explosive Weight of fuze filling........... a magazine containing four pressed pellets.. PIECE- DETONATOR STEEL EXPLODER TUBE PELLETS FOUR PELLETS PLUNGER- SPRING SLEEVE H... and the employment of a novel fuze arming device.... 3 oz....... 1 lb. The shell is attached by means of an adaptor ring and the motor tube is closed by a cone-shaped assembly carrying the fins and containing the venturi and propellant supporting grid. 6 lbs.. E.300 yds.. 2 lbs.. UNROTATED ROCKET 8 cm Raketen Sprenggranate GERMAN NOSE.. the heat of the propellant gases melts a ring of fusable metal........19 pounds and is nearly 28 inches long.... Ground range (estimated) .... 4 oz........ a percussion detonator......... 27.. 6. 15 lbs... 3 oz.......... FUZE MECHANISM SPECIFICATIONS Weight of complete round ... Six tubular sticks of cordite form the propellant ignited by a circular gun powder igniter set off by a wire ignition bridge. Length of rocket ... The launcher used is the Mantelrohr......... E......... Weight of propellant sticks . permitting the detonator and magazine to approach the striker........ (approx.... Two features distinguish it from other German rockets: the use of tail fins to secure stability in flight without rotation..... 5 i oz....H.... When the rocket is fired. and a thermal arming device..... The nose fuze consists of a steel nose piece housing a light alloy striker held by a light spring.... 10 Ibs.... Weight of high explosive head with central adaptor ... WARHEAD This rocket is actually 78 mm in diameter.. Weight of motor unit with central adaptor.. Its two principal components are the nose fuzed high explosive war head and the rocket motor tube...

. thereby permitting the rocket to slide down against the striker....7 ins.........70 ins.... 2..... 36i0 1 May............. 19................234 ins............... 2.... Diameter of stick powder ...21 ins.... 10 oz............. 1.... 6.............. Overall height with guide at 45° ..... Length of stick powder ...................... 27 lbs. Overall width . Length of nozzle assembly . The launcher is operated on the mortar principle........... The projector used for launching the rocket is of simple design and construction.87 ins...... 16 3/32 ins... SPECIFICATIONS ROCKET Overall length of complete round........... 28 ins......... 4. This guide consists of a length of 1 -inch angle iron 291/2 inches long........ the rocket is placed on the trough and is held about twenty inches above the striker (which corresponds to the firing pin of a mortar) by a release lever. The leaflets are wrapped around a steel spring and are in turn inclosed in a light metal cylinder split horizontally..3 cm PROPAGANDA ROCKET PROJECTILE AND LAUNCHER GERMAN O ) This is a rocket projectile of conventional design..308 ins..... The lower tube contains the propellant and is closed at the lower end by a screwed-in base plug....... 1 lb...... Length of plastic cap ... ........ Length of guide ....... the spring around which the leaflets are wrapped forces apart the two halves of the cylinder and scatters the leaflets............. 5.... Length of propellant chamber . A crosspiece of the same tubular steel acts as a brace and also forms a base for the elevation pivot of the rocket guide.........5 ins.. The projectile consists basically of two steel tubes screwed into a central sleeve........... Weight of complete round ... but having instead of the usual high explosive filling a number of propaganda leaflets in the forward compartment.. that is.. a small bursting charge in the sleeve serves to expel the leaflets..................30 ins.... A cord which the operator may pull from a safe distance leads from the release lever................. 45.... The ejection charge for the leaflets is fired by an igniter and a delay train when the split cylinder containing the leaflets is ejected..... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ............................................ 6 lbs.... Length of message body .. LAUNCHER Overall length ... Weight of propellant .7 ins...7........... The upper tube carries the propaganda leaflets and is closed at the forward end by a bakelite ballistic cap.... 29........ The base frame is formed of 1/4-inch tubular steel with three spades welded on the underside........ Weight .........

The venturi protrudes from the tail portion. *Not verified.. 4.. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 August... (132. 45 cm (1 ft..) Weight of warhead . The fuze is a combination of acoustic proximity.. to 315 lbs....AIRCRAFT LAUNCHED ANTIAIRCRAFT ROCKET X4 GERMAN * The X 4 is an antiaircraft rocket designed by the Germans to be launched from planes.5 liters (approx.. It is a wire-controlled......3 lbs...) Total weight before launching 60 kg. (44.. This permits stabilization in line of flight by a single gyro.. 200 cm (6 ft. The rocket is made to rotate about its axis at the rate of one rotation per second...... The smaller fins bear solenoidoperated control surfaces through which two-dimensional directional control is achieved.. impact.. The missile is carried on the parent aircraft on a conventional bomb carrier modified for this special purpose.. These wires are about 33 miles long... The propulsion system is a bi-fuel rocket.... SPECIFICATIONS* Length (overall) .) Fuel....675 ins... falling off progressively to 45 to 68 Ibs.. Precise information about the warhead and fuzing system has not so far been recovered. finstabilized missile fitted with a proximity fuzed warhead....... rocket-propelled. after 30 seconds.) 98-100% nitric acid 2 liters (approx..... Stabilization is achieved by means of four large fins fitted to the body of the rocket...... but never reached the point of combat operation......) Diameter of warhead (at base) 22 cm (8...... 6/4 ins..... and four smaller fins fitted to the tail..) 57% crude m-xylidine 43% triethylamine Thrust.. These are operated from the parent aircraft by means of a control unit and two insulated wires leading to the rocket.... and self-destroying type.. 5% ins. Initial 270 Ibs. The body of the rocket houses the helical aluminum tube fuel tanks and combined two-compartment steel air bottle... 20 kg....... It was manufactured and reported to have been successfully tested. 1945 375 ... The proximity feature is functioned by aircraft propeller noises and a delay of 1/50-second is provided to enable the missile to approach the target after the acoustic impulse initiates the fuze..1 lbs. The warhead consists of an uncased moulded grain of dinitroglycol-based explosive which depends on high blast effect.) Length of warhead .

Model 92 (1932) . 1/3 Kg...... Model 91 (1931)....... E................. 7....1 Anti-Vehicular Yardstick Mine ..1 81 mm Mortar..... Navy Type 3 .. 317... 316.....T... 122 Mines ]122... 251 Model 1 (1941) Mod.. A...... 318 (1934) .. . 312 AIRCRAFT ARMAMENT . 313 20 mm A.. Model 4 (1915) ... 102 Model 98 (1938) .... 106 47 mm Antitank Gun........ ............... 81 mm Mortar. Model 41 (1908) 315......A.A.......... 317.. Auto103 matic Cannon... 318 75 mm Field Gun. E.... (1928) . 106.CATALOG OF ENEMY MATERIEL INDEX TO VOLUME II JAPANESE 25 mm Dual & Triple A. H.......... 75 mm Mobile Field A. 150 mm Mortar..... 217 Model 98 (1938) ......... Model 97 (1937)..... Model 91 (1931) ........................... Model 38 (1905) (Im108 75 mm H...... Model 10 301 Hand Grenade.. Model 97 (1937) ..7 mm Fixed Aircraft Machine Gun 218 (Browning Type) ........... Ammunition ........ 126 311 Ammunition........ 13 mm A....A.. Bomb . 115 313 150 mm Howitzer.... . 111 314 Small Arms Ammunition Chart .... Model 99 (1939) 307 90 mm Mortar.................../A. 308.. Model 97 ./A... Hollow Charge....... .. 19....... 50 mm Grenade Discharger.. Model 89 (1929) . 316...... H...... Model 1 (1941) ......... Automatic Cannon.......... 150 mm Howitzer....... Artillery Ammunition 70 mm Howitzer.. Stick Bomb .... Model 98 (1938) . Model 95 (1935) ..... Model 97 (1937) ... 25 mm Dual & Triple A. T.... 306 Land Mine..2 320 mm Spigot Mortar ..... Artillery Ammunition Charts... 120 Hand Grenade... RESTRICTED 1 March..... Model 94 315..... Model 98 (1938) .... 118 302 Hand Grenade....... 112 .... .................. 1 Kg.......A............... 20 mm Aircraft Automatic Cannon. Model 93 219 (1933) .. 75 mm Mountain (Pack) Gun... 102 Bomb........ 216.... Model 94 (1934) .... A. '90mm Mortar................ 109 75 mm Regimental Gun. 216 . Antitank... .. 114 312 1/3 Kg..... 124 308 Antiboat Mine ...... 1 ... Auto103 matic Cannon....... Model 101 97 (1937) .....314l Ammunition... Model 11 (1922).. AMMUNITION 105 37 mm Gun...1 57 mm Tank Gun. E. Model 93 (1933) ......... E... 125 308... 178 Binoculars .. 12.... 311 proved) ... H. 120 H. 206 Tank Armament "Arisaka" Rifle.. 20..................... Type 100 and Type 1..................... 21.1 70 mm Mortar......... 22 Armored Cars ....T...T........ A.... Bangalore Torpedo ..... Hollow Charge ... E. Mountain Artillery Ammunition... 81 mm Mortar.. 105 mm Gun. T..7 mm Fixed Aircraft Machine Gun......... Model 99 (1939) .1 7. ..... Model 99 (1939) (Kiska) 303 (1929) .. 127 Land Mine... Field Artillery 104 37 mm Infantry Gun............. Gun........ E........ 184 Antiaircraft Artillery Bomb.92 mm Flexible Aircraft Machine Gun.. Bomb... Model 11 (1922) ..... Model 3 (1928) . Antitank Artillery 20 mm Automatic Antitank Rifle. Model 97 (1937) ............. (1921) . Artillery (Chart)..... 50 mm Mortar. 116 1 Kg.. Model 88 110 . Small Arms (Chart) . 7. Model 96 (1936) .. Automatic Cannon... Machine Gun... 75 mm...... 75 mm Field Gun.............. 123 Magnetic Antitank Mine....... Model 96 (1936) ............A.... 117 Mortars Grenades 50 mm Grenade Discharger.. 1945 Ind... 119 304 Hand Stick Grenades ......./A.. Model 90 (1930)....92 mm Double Barrel Flexible Aircraft Machine Gun.. Model 94 (1934) .... Model 96 (1936) . 309 ARTILLERY Battery Commanders Telescope . 121 305 Aircraft Grenade ........ Model 92 (1932) .../A..... 107 310 70 mm Mortar Type Barrage Shell .... 75 mm Field Gun........................ 113 Bombs 105 mm Howitzer.. Hollow Charge 304.....T. Model 89 Hand Grenade.. 20 mm A..

.. Grenade...... Mortar.1 302 303 Mine.................. 106 Gun....... Double Barrel.. Anti-Vehicular. Model 93 (1933) ... 12..... 7.... Model 92 (1932) ...... Model 38 (1905)......... Model 1 (1941) ..............1 Gun............ 118..7 mm. 6....304 304 Grenade..217 Gun...... 150 mm.......... Model 11 (1922) ...7 mm.. 13 mm. 177 179 180 181 182 183 184 Model 88 (1928)... Yardstick ..................... 119 120 122. Infantry....5 mm.. Cannon.... Land....... Model 92 (1932) .92 mm... 105 mm... 6..... Model 41 (1908)...... Grenade.. Tank..... Armored. 216 Gun....... Fixed (Browning Type).......... Antiaircraft ..... Machine..... Model 90 (1930).... Model 91 (1931) ....... ................. 107 Howitzer... 75 mm.... Model 11 81 mm.1 Gun..... Model 97 81 mm.. Mine.1 Gun......214 Gun.... Model 99 (1939)... 307 Mine.. Carbine.. Knee """"" ' .. Model 92 (1932) ..... Multiple Power Observation Telescope Battery Commanders Telescopes..... Aircraft. 7. Model 97 (1938) (1922) 1928) ..... Hand... 75 mm... Scout.....2 304.. Model 91 (1931). Model 4 (1915).... Cannon..............112 Gun...... 75 mm.... Cannon. Aircraft.... Model 38 (1905) (Improved) .. 219 Gun.... Model 1 (1941) ModelE ........2 . Model 2593 (1933) "Sumida" Car.... Antitank...... Model 97 (1937)..... Model 89 (1929) 119 FIRE CONTROL Antiaircraft Directors.. Car................ Aircraft............. Heavy. "Nambu" Pistol.. Armored. 6.... 1 Meter Base Range Finder .............. Tank.7 mm. 183 Hollow Charge Ammunition .............. 75 mm.......106. Light............. Model 97.. Model 95 (1935)..................... Model 95 (1935)....... Antiaircraft/Antitank.175.......... Flexible.. 6.... 150 mm... Fixed.. Machine... 6.......... Antiboat ...... Model 94 (1934) . 175........................ Mortar..... Model 92 (1932)...... 214..................5 mm........ Tank.207 Chevrolet Truck ... 115 Height Finder......INDEX TO VOLUME II Bomb.. 308... Mortar............ Model 96 (1936)....218 Gun... 24 Director...... Automatic.................. Car. Aircraft..... Grenade...... Model 44 (1911)...... "Bren" Machine Gun . 216....... 75 mm........... Armored... Car....... Land....... Cavalry. 176 ................ 70 mm....... Machine........ Model 98 (1938). Mortar.... 20 mm........... 320 mm ..... Mortar.. "Brno" Machine Gun .. 105 mm... Type 100 and Type 1.. Aircraft.. Model 97 (1937)... Mountain (Pack).. 1945 OFIC CIE OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . 75 mm. Antitank..... 117 Infantry Gun .7 mm... 7..... Grenade. Grenade.................209 Gun.....114 Howitzer.. Hand. Model 93 (1933) ....1 150 mm........... Antiaircraft.7 mm............... 104 Gun....... 2. Ind... Gun................ Model 11 (.1 122 123 124 Mortar................... 57 mm.... Flower Pot Mine..... Machine.....5 mm........ 308....... Nissan Truck. Machine. Field.. Machine.. 108 109 Cavalry Carbine... 312 Hotchkiss Type Machine Gun ........ Hand.. Automatic..... 50 mm..... Model 99 90 mm.... 120 214 214 JAPANESE Browning Type Machine Gun .. 7....... Mobile Field.... Submachine ..........1 Mine..... Stick ...........1 Gun.......... Hand... Model 96 (1936).... Knee Mortar .... 176 Discharger. Mountain Gun... Aircraft.. Magnetic..111 Gun. Hollow Charge .... 6..... 7.... Stereoscopic 2 Meter Base Range Finder Stereoscopic 2 Meter Base Height Finder Binoculars .................... Model 2592 (Th32) Naval Type ........178 40 cm Base Range Finder ............ Machine.. Navy Type 3 ......... 75 cm Base Range Finder . Model 89 (1929) .... Model 10 (1921) 118 Discharger. 47 mm...... Machine. 211 Gun. 20 mm Dual & Triple......... Antiaircraft......... Gun..... 37 mm. Armored (Vickers-Crossley.... Machine... Grenade........ Lewis.. 210 50 mm....... Model 99 (1939) "Kiska". Automatic........ 118........ 116 Howitzer. Mortar........... Motorcycle.. Field............ Machine. 105 119 Lewis Machine Gun........... Model 97 (1937).... Model 98 70 mm.... Light........ Hand.............. 1 March.113 Gun.... Field........................... 311...305 Grenade....... Gun.......... M25) ... Mine.......... ..........208 Carbine...... Machine..... Model 91 (1931)........ Regimental... Mortar. 219 Howitzer..... Gun..............1922)... 104. Model 3 (1914) 210.....110 Gun. Model 98 (1938) .5 mm.......... Model 94 90 mm........ Model 3( 81 mm......... 20 mm. Motorcycle.. 105 Gun...1 308 308... 50 mm.. 215 Gun..... "Nambu" Light Machine Gun. Model 97 (1937) Mortar....5 mm.. (1937) (1939) (1934) (1937) 125 127 126 29 30 112 209 201 23 Mortar. 204... Incendiary... Model 95 (1935) ...... Spigot...301 Grenade....... 37 mm...... Model 96 (1936) ... Stick....5 mm. 218 251 102 103 19 20 21 22 28 207 Gun........... Antiaircraft/Antitank.................. 214... Heavy. Car............. Flexible.. Model 94 (1934).......... Model 2592 (1932) "Osaka"..

215 7.. 216 7.......... Model 99 (1939) ................... 7... ......7 mm Tank Machine Gun.. Medium.......... 8 57 mm Model 97 ........ Model 93 (1933) ....... 4-ton..... Model 97 (1937).. 5-ton..5 mm Sniper's Rifle... Automatic.................. 8-ton...... . 310 Parachute Barrage Shell ..1 RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 March. 10 Tank Guns 37 mm Model 94 . 1945 I nd. Model 14 (1925)........ 178 309 24 ................ Light. Tankette.. Machine Gun...... ... .. A... 120 "Sumida" Armored Car .. 70 mm. 182 Regimental Gun .. Model 98 (1938) Prime Mover.......... Truck.... 6... 5............... .. Yardstick Mine ...92 mm Flexible Aircraft Machine Gun.. Model 96 310 209 (1936) (1914) ......... 13 mm A..... 112 Pack Gun ...... Model 38 (1905) . 6.. 20 mm Aircraft Automatic Cannon... Medium..... Model 2589b (1929) Tank.... Antitank. 251 Oerlikon Type Machine Cannon .............. Model 97 (1937)... Medium............ Model 92a (1932) 15 Prime Mover.1 7. 204 Rifle...... 13-ton.1 Submachine Guns 8 mm Model 100 (1940) ........ Model 2594 (1934) ..... Automatic......... . Diesel. Model 92 (1932) .7 mm Lewis Machine Gun..... 202 Pistol.... Automatic........ 180. Model 44 (1911) .... 207 6..... 21 "Osaka" Armored Car ... Model 81 (1921) . 212 Gun.. 25 26 27 .... 216... 214.......... Sniper's.... Toyoda Truck . 179..1 Telescope. Light...... E .... 204 Rifles 6.............7 mm Light Machine Gun....... 201 8 mm Automatic Pistol........ Bangalore.. 18.........................5 mm Rifle..................... Model 26 (1893) ......... 214 7.... 7........... 6..... 20 mm....... 208....... Pyrotechnic. .. 208. 8-ton. 6-ton.. 126 Stick Bomb .. .. 5 Tank...1 6... 205 Pistol.......... ... 211 7............... Model 2592 (1932) ... 204......... Model 98 (1938) ... 6.. 28 JAPANESE 7...... 206 Rifle.. 177 .... 216 .. 210 210........... Model 10 .... Model 95b (1935) 18 Pyrotechnic Pistol ......... Model 89 (1929) . 3.... Model 94b (1934) . Model 94 (1934) 203 35 mm Pyrotechnic Pistol..... 6 Tank.....tP Mndra1 9. Model 99 (1939) .. ... 7....... SMALL ARMS Machine Guns 6.... ..d 3 . .. Model 2593 (1933) ... . Machine..... ...... 10 57 mm Model 90 . Model 2595 (1935) ..... ..... 304 "Potato Masher" Grenade .................... Truck....... Vickers-Crossley Armored Car . 2 Tankette...... 8 mm..5 mm Light Machine Gun.......7 mm Fixed Aircraft Machine Gun... 8 Tank... Model 38 (1905) ........5 mm Cavalry Carbine.... Model 91 (1931) ... Model 14 (1925) 202 8 mm Automatic Pistol............ Model 99 (1939) ...........INDEX TO VOLUME II 177 Observation Telescope ......5 mm' Light Machine Gun.... Vickers Tank ... 1 .. Model 38 (1905) .1 Rifle... 217 218 219 251 Shell..... 106.......... 5-ton.... .............. .. Truck... Model 2601 (1941) .. Nissan......... 208 6.....5 mm..................1 Tank....... .............. 8 mm...... ...... 9... 12....... Truck.... Multiple Power Observation Telescope... ........ Amphibious . 22 Tank...... Tanket. 9 mm....... 101 Scout Car .. Model 11 (1922) ....................... Medium..................... Model 92a (1932) Prime Mover..... 213 7.. Model 97 (1937) ........ Model 97 (1937) ... . Model 2597 (1937) .1 Prime Mover. .. . ..... 4 4 Tank.......... Model 2589a (1929) ........ Armored ... 109 Revolver. Model 99 (1939) 213 Rifle. ..... Model 92 (1932) ....................... 203 Pistol......... Model 2594 (1934) .... Model 92b (1932) 13 14 Prime Mover...... 19 ... Model 92b (1932) 16 Prime Mover. Model 95a (1935) 17 Prime Mover..7 mm Fixed Aircraft Machine Gun (Browning Type) ... Model 94 (1934) 12 Prime Mover.... ..7 mm..... 205 Range Finders ............ 35 mm....... Barrage . Automatic...... 11 Prime Mover. 13-ton.. .... ...... . 206 6...........5 mm Carbine.. 308....... "Nambu" . .. Mortar. Model 1 (1941) Mod..5 mm Tank Machine Gun... .......... Light............... Model 94a (1934) ........ Vickers-Maxim Type Machine Gun . Model 94 (1934)...... Model 10.. Truck.... ... Model 26 (1893) ..7 mm Heavy Machine Gun.92 mm Double Barrel Flexible Aircraft Machine Gun...... Battery Commanders . .. 201 Pistol.... ... Torpedo... Model 97 (1937) ... 8 mm..........Q7 n1 QR7' 2 6. 6 .1 Spigot Mortar ..... Type 100 and Type 1......5 mm... 181.....5 mm Heavy Machine Gun.... 205 Revolvers 9 mm Revolver.......... Model 3 Pistols 8 mm Automatic Pistol "Nambu" ..7 mm... Toyoda.

........... 213 Tank Machine Gun.. Model 92 (1932)...... (1925) ........ Model 38 (1905) ........ Model 97 ....1 Rifle... Model 88 (1928) ............ 215 Aircraft Machine Gun........... Model 10 ............ 217 8 mm Automatic Pistol "Nambu" Automatic Pistol..CATALOG OF ENEMY MATERIEL INDEX TO WEAPONS BY CALIBER JAPANESE 6.... 209 Light Machine Gun.......... Mortar.... Model 91 (1931) ... Model 96 (1936) .............. 13 mm Antiaircraft Machine Gun.. Model 93 (1933) 20 mm Automatic Antitank Rifle...../A....... 212 Light Machine Gun.A... Model 96 (1936) .. Model 10 (1921) ....... Model 98 (1938)...... 1945 RESTRICTED . Model 92 (1932) .... 208............... Model 98 (1938) ... Model 11 (1922) .. Model 91 (1931) ............................. Model 99 (1939). Model 14 Automatic Pistol........1 123 124 125 114 115 103 205 116 117 127 320 mm Spigot Mortar . 25 mm Dual & Triple A.7 mm Rifle......... Gun..... Model 38 (1905) .. Cavalry.. Model 97 (1937) ..... ...1 70 mm Howitzer.. 57 mm Tank Gun... 122 122.. Grenade Discharger...... Model 26 (1893) . Model 94 (1934) .. Mountain (Pack) Gun. Heavy Machine Gun.. ............. Regimental Gun.... 150 mm Howitzer. 106... 201 202 203 204. 214............. Model 89 (1929).... 210...... Model 94 (1934) .. Model 1 (1941) . 104 105 106 118 119 120 ....... 12. 7..... 107 121 108 109 110 111 112 113 9 mm Revolver.. Model 38 (1905) .. Model 41 (1908) .. 35 mm Pyrotechnic Pistol.............. Field Gun...5 mm 206 Rifle......... Model 97 (1937) Antiaircraft/Antitank Automatic Cannon.................. Aircraft Automatic Cannon. Model 99 (1939) 90 mm Mortar.......... Model 89 (1929) .. Model 97 (1937) 105 mm Howitzer..7 mm Aircraft Machine Gun (Browning Type).. Automatic Cannon.. Model 99 (1939) ....... Model 11 (1922) .... Model 95 (1935) . 214 Lewis Machine Gun.... 210 Light Machine Gun...... Howitzer.. 50 mm Grenade Discharger............ Model 92 (1932). Model 1 (1941) Mod. 81 mm Mortar. 216 7....... 4 1 March... Model 11 (1922) ... Mortar.............. Model 97 (1937) ............. 75 mm Field Gun..92 mm Double Barrel Flexible Aircraft Machine Guns........... Model 3 ......... Model 96 (1936) ... Field Gun........... (1940) ...... 207 Carbine........... Model 97 (1937) Mortar.... Model 98 (1938) . 208 Carbine...1 211 Tank Machine Gun.... Gun....... Model 100 ........ Model 4 (1915) ... Model 44 (1911) ......1 Heavy Machine Gun.......... Model 97 (1937) .. Model 90 (1930) . Mortar............ Mortar.............1 Aircraft Machine Gun.... Mobile Field Antiaircraft Gun.. ..T..... (1934) . Sniper's. Type 100 and Type 1 ... E...... 126 Ind.... Model 94 (1934) Mortar....... Model 94 Submachine Gun. Model 3 (1914) ..... Model 92 (1932) ...1 204 218 218 219 101 102 251 37 mm Infantry Gun. 47 mm Antitank Gun...... 216....

.. 12 mm Armament One 47 mm model 1 (194) tank gun.. 100 miles Cross country ..... with geared elevation and depression... A 7....................G... 1945 8e1 . 3 ins. SPECIFICATIONS W eight (approx...................... 17 mm at 80° to vertical Nose plate ... 5 RESTRICTED Replacement Page OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 August............................................... ....... There is a door 19" x 16" in the turret back plate.. However... V-12 diesel.......575 rounds of small arms ammunition.........MEDIUM TANK MODEL 2597 (1937) (SPECIAL) JAPANESE The Model 97 Special Medium Tank was first placed in operation in the early spring of 1942...... Track links ............... 25 mm at 10° to vertical Glacis plate . The tank gun.....................11 to + 170... Height ............ if desired..................... ...............050 yards................ The tank gun has a total traverse of 22° with an elevation from ....... ... 1 reversehigh and low ratios... 7 ft.. 3 ft................M.......... It is a modification of the Model 2597 Medium Tank (see page 9) with a modified turret to accommodate the 47 mm Model 1 (1941) tank gun instead of the normal short-barreled 57 mm gun........ 43/4 ins.................... free movement can be obtained......... is mounted at the turret rear........... 96 Fording depth ................... Ground contact .......... 7 ins. Clutch brake Crew . an exit hatch 23" x 16" in the turret top plate............ 15 tons Length ....7 mm Model 97 L.... 1 in....... This turret measures six feet from front to rear and three feet across the rear bulge..... 2.... 25 mm at 10° to vertical Gun mantlet .... Ground clearance .... however.......... 20 mm at 40° to vertical Side hull plates ............ 6 ft.... sloped at 10° to the vertical..... ...... 18 ft.... Pitch of track ................... Theoretical radius of action Roads . 7 ins.. while the antitank gun has the horizontal type... 13 ins....................................... and rifling and its performance is similar...... ........ Penetration tests on the antitank gun indicate a penetration of 21/2 inches of homogeneous plate at normal at a range of 1... 11 ft...... 11 ins........ Transmission Main gear box--4 speeds forward........... is bolted to the turret front.. The Special Tank is readily recognized by its elongated turret........... Width ...... 30 mm cast at 10° to vertical Front vertical plate.... 15 mm at 62° to vertical Side superstructure............ Ammunition (Rds.......... 7 ft.................................... Armor Turret front .. has a vertical sliding breechblock.......) 104 rounds of 47 mm ammunition................. The 47 mm tank gun conforms to the 47 mm Model 1 (1941) antitank gun (page 106) in the dimensions of chamber........ Another is mounted in the superstructure front plate at the left of the driver.... 14 ins.. 8 ins... Steering .. and an observation hatch 25" in diameter in the cupola with a vision port 4" in diameter in the cupola top plate..................... The gun mantlet of 30 mm thickness..................) .......... Engine Air-cooled.............. two type 97 light machine guns.. ............. 35 mm Top rear plate .. It is shoulder-controlled.......... caliber.............. ...... Tread centers ...................... slightly offset to the right......... Width of track ... The armor plate thickness of the Special Tank is essentially the same as that of its predecessor except that the hull side plates of the former have been increased in thickness to 35 mm............................

.. Cross country ............... 7 ins.. 61 ins........... The vehicle uses the standard V12............ 6 ins............................... Height of chassis ............. Theoretical radius of action: 100 miles Roads .............................................................. and uses a percusssion primer......................... Tread centers ......... Height (overall) ..... ......... Ground clearance .. 93 ins....... 15 cm Howitzer......................... The chassis resembles that of the Medium Tank Model 2597 (1937)............... 25 m......... probably 5 8*2 1 August...... The maximum range of the Field Howitzer is reported as 6....... Width ......... /2 in......... 7 ft............ a very short weapon......... Speed: Roads ................... V12.... diesel engine...... The armor is riveted in the characteristic Japanese fashion....................... On the superstructure....... 160 ins... ............ Special......... with a maximum of approximately one inch........... Sides ............. 14 ins............. air-cooled... Width of track ........... Fording depth ..................... air-cooled.................. described on page 8.................... Engine ................ .150 mm SELF-PROPELLED HOWITZER JAPANESE This weapon is the 38 year type (1905) 15 cm howitzer mounted on a medium tank chassis........................... employing the same chassis and with a superstructure somewhat resembling the present vehicle has been reported.......................... consisting of six dual rubber-tired bogie wheels on each side....................... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .. Cross country ............ 13 ins........... the gun shield has one-inch frontal armor and one-half-inch side armor........... diesel Transmission-4 speeds forward: 1 reverse (high and low range) Steering ....................................... 5V1/ ins....... 18 ft..........p.. Ground contact (approx......... Height of shield ............................ ........ and the type 97 medium tank suspension...................... 6 ft.................... Model 38 (1905) Ammunition (Rds).......... Pitch of track ................. The rifling is 58 inches long and has increasing right hand twist... Track links ................ Front plate .................................... The maximum elevation is 30 degrees........) ........ and on the chassis is of the same thickness as on the corresponding tank chassis..500 yards........................... 47 ins............................. Armor: gun shield 1 in. Length ...1.h................ It has an interrupted screw breechblock opening to the right.... clutch brake Crew ........................................ A self-propelled vehicle mounting a gun of 75 mm or 105 mm caliber............. SPECIFICATIONS 15 tons Weight ..... ..................... Armament ..... The weapon mounted on this vehicle is the type 38 (1905) 15 cm howitzer.................... 96 39 ins........

................ The vehicle is capable of towing its complement of artillery at 25 m.m... 4 tons Trailer load capacity ......p. ........... The transmission is the central selector type with 4 speeds forward and 1 reverse... warmed up. 20 Ins......... The normal horsepower is 73 at 1..... 80 amp.....) plate clutch is used............. 90 mm x 125 mm3.............................h............................ A dry two- Bore and stroke......5 ins....8 gals..............C......Clutch brake Crew .........4 to 6....... 75-watt generator... 15... Clutch brake steering is used and both Ground clearance . 8 ins.............. 25 m.... ... The electrical SPECIFICATIONS Weight ................. 7 ft...........6 lb................600 r.... 6 ft..... 6 capacity is 2..... Tread centers. in 10 hours........ V-8 cyl...............6 gals........ V............ 11......... A Stromberg UR Z model carburetor is Engine . air-cooled..........54 ins.................... 10 5 / 26.... storage . Length Width ..... .. hand and foot operation applies the brakes................p........ A Sirocco type fan provides circulation for the air-cooled engine..... Oil pressure Fording depth ......................Main.... Horsepower ..... of gage pressure used.h... Speed .... The firing order is 1-8-7-3-6.8 air-cooled gasoline engine with a cylinder bore of 90 mm and a piston stroke of 125 mm..... Fuel consumption aux................ Ground contact ................................ There is a main and auxiliary type of lubricating oil is 4. Track links.......... 3 ins......... The ratio of the final drive is 5.. 4 ins.................. 5 ft......... 1 in....... pump..... a Bosch R.................4-TON PRIME MOVER MODEL 94 (1934) JAPANESE Zb The 4-ton Prime Mover is powered by a 90°................ 88 (max......Magneto Battery .92 ins.....5 hp......T..... 5 ins.....6 gals.. ins.: ins..... there is an auxiliary tank having a capacity of 15..........-hr.........657:1............. 1 reverse Steering .......... Winch capacity ..................... The grade-ascending ability is said to be 30° under the towing load....... 7 ft.............. In when The Fuel tank..2 tons..... Height battery. a 12-v... and a Bosch 2. This vehicle can pivot turn............................. gasoline main fuel storage tank has a capacity of 26.... Ignition.... The winch type Transmission........8 gals. 1945 11 ............p... addition.-hr...... over 2 tons system includes a Bosch type magneto (Gesal model).... maximum horsepower is 88. electric starting motor.... 80 amp...5-4-2..... ....... The theoretical radius of action is 125 miles RETICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 April.................... 900 LI model............... 12 ft.... Track width ................... x 4..........Selector 4 speeds forward... 12 v...........

. Bevel spur pinion and ring gears have reduction ratios of....75 tons Length .. with a rating of 2. 60 amp.. with exception of a modification in radiator design........200 r./gal............ Sumida.... Ground clearance .g.... The electric starting motor is 12-v...-hr......... Clutch brake Crew .)... The Model A engine is an L-head type with the valves on the side.....66 and 5......... Main. Track width ..) at low speed and 2 kg......... 4...... the general appearance and suspension of these two models is similar........ The oil capacity measures 14..... 8 ins.. The winch cable length is 20 meters (65/2 ft....... ........................... gasoline Bore and stroke....... As far as may be ascertained.8 m.5:1... and the compression ratio is 4. 60 amp........... high-tension magneto 2 12-v......... 111V2 ins. .. 7 ft.... 2..31 ins.. 8 ins...pm. ...4 mi....28 tons Trailer load capacity...... The grade ability of this vehicle pulling a fixed weight is 30°..35 m..5 metric tons (2. charging generator and two 12-v... Fuel consumption ....... Model A is powered by a 6-cylinder in-line L-head Sumida gasoline engine. Track links .........p...)......100 r.5 Metric tons-4................................................... The transmission provides four speeds forward and one reverse.........p...200 r..... x 5........ The cooling liquid is circulated by a centrifugal pump from a radiator... Speed Hard roads ... Ground contact .............2 lb.........7 gal........... which carries 39............75 ins................-hr. 2..71 m5 ft...0 kg.... Tread centers ..05 liters per km................. 4 speeds forward...h.... ...... The maximum speed is 19 k.. (11. 6-cyl.5 gal........ Engine ....55 m--l ft...... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF RDNANCE (Replacement Page) RESTRICTED ........ 97/s ins.......m..m...........4 lb....) at 1. 2........ the maximum hp... Width Height 3..........).............................. (2. 32 gals..65 liters (3.....5 gals... The winch capacity is 2. The normal hp.)............).. 14.. Ignition is provided by a Bosch hightension magneto with 12-v.5 Metric tons-2. 24 ins................. The main fuel storage tank holds 125 liters (32 gal.. 2...............h... the auxiliary tank 55 liters (14......... (normal) Ignition................ Fuel consumption is 17 liters (4....... 18 m.) per hour.... is 98........4 m... and Model B by a 6-cylinder in-line air-cooled Isuzu Diesel.....p.. The cylinder bore is 110-mm..5 gal... 59 Fuel tank ......... or 1....5-TON PRIME MOVER MODEL 92A (1932) JAPANESE It is reported that there are two variations of this vehicle....... is 64 at 1......5 hp.......9 tons Winch capacity . Cross-country ........ 11 ins.... vibration-proof batteries.. 8 m.... (4..........p...p.4 gal......... Fording depth .)... 48 Metric tons-5... 1...... the stroke 135 mm. aux.........p....... The steering system is the clutch brake type with both handand foot-operated brakes.8 tons)................... 6 12 - 1 April.......... The lubricating oil is distributed by gear pump force-feed system.. .. A vacuum fuel system is used with Stromberg UT 4 model carburetor.. Horsepower 110 mm x 135 mm433 ins.............. (2......... 5 ft. 7 ft..5 liters (10...... 1 reverse Steering ..p.).Bosch Battery . 41/2 ins...... Transmission . Oil pressure registers 1......... 64 at 1.......... .....h....295 m-11.... SPECIFICATIONS Weight ..............h............

....... .and hand-operated brakes are employed and the vehicle is steered by the clutch brake principle and is said to utilize a locking feature of the control brakes.. x 5... Ignition ...p........... .......................... Tread centers ........ 9 ft.............3 tons 32 tons 11................................ High-tension magneto The winch capacity is 11 tons... ins....2 m... Speed .. Ignition for the vehicle is distributed by a high-tension type magneto.............. and an auxiliary tank holding 38 gals............................25 )ws 16 ft...................................................................300 r.. ins........ The final drive has a reduction ratio of 2........ 9 Track width ....... 7 ft......Synchromesh 4 speeds forward..... SPECIFICATIONS Weight ............. 3 Ground clearance ........5 gals... There are two models of fuel storage tanks manufactured for this vehicle-one is the Mitsubishi type with main tank holding 70 gals...... Fuel consumption .....m.......... . Fuel consumption is stated to be 7... A dry multiple plate clutch is used...... The oil-pressure gage registers 29-44 lb..h........... 43 gals... per hour.............: aux.p..........m... which has a capacity of 5% gals..... Trailer load capacity .................................. Horsepower ............................ Both foot.... 1 ft........ 80 amp.............. maximum horsepower... 70 gals. The firing order is 1-5-3-6-2-4.......13-TON PRIME MOVER MODEL 95A (1935) JAPANESE This vehicle is powered by a 6-cylinder.300 r...... ........ Fuel tank ...... and the other is the NIIGATA type main tank holding 50 gals.................... 9 ft................... and a 24-v...... electric starting motor of 8-hp.. Normal horsepower is 130 at 1..... W idth . 1945 17 ...... The electrical system includes charging generator........... . or 32 tons on a 71/20 incline..............83 m..... 130 at 1.......... 6-cyl............ ins....... in-line. 80 amp.... - Battery ........... two 12-v..............900 r.. 161/2 Track links .............. The grade-ascending ability of this prime mover 5' quoted as 14 tons up a 150 incline.............................................m....... capacity.... Engine . RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May............ water-cooled..........93:1... Fording depth ........................g...p.... 11 Ground contact ............................. batteries... Clutch brake Crew .....p........31 ins........... 6.. 160 at 1...... ins.. Winch capacity ............91 ins........... 2 12-v. 5 ft. Lubricating oil is distributed by gear-type force-feed system through an oil-pressure regulator........ Bore and stroke. Main......................... The transmission is of the synchromesh type with 4 speeds forward and 1 reverse.......... 14... gasoline 135 mm x 150 mm5. Transmission.... ... 6 Height ....... and an auxiliary holding 43 gals.........p......... The radiator holds 11 gals.... Length ................-hr...........1:1............ 1 reverse Steering ........ water-cooled gasoline engine with a cylinder bore of 135 mm and piston stroke of 150 mm and a compression ratio of 5......... It has been stated that the fuel feed equipment includes a fuel pump between the carburetor and storage tank and that the heavy-duty type of fuel is forced fed to a NIPPON B 45 model carburetor.. circulated by a pump to the engine block..... and an oil-level stick is used for checking the crankcase.. ins......

.. 80 amp. 10 ft...... An oil pressure gage and oil- Engine .................... which Track width .. the piston stroke 190 mm............ cylinder diameter is pression ratio 15......... and two 24-v............. capacity charging generator..................h.. 9 ft................ 6-cyl....... Horsepower water-cooled...6 gals.......... Fuel consumption ...... 1 reverse Transmission....... 68 gals. 1 ft......./hr...................... is 8........ Maximum hp............. which has a ratio of 2.. The 140 mm..... 5 ft....... batteries.. level stick are also fitted.......................) of water are circulated from the radiator to the engine block with the normal type pump....... in-line..... the only difference being its accommodation 6-cylinder.................. 1945 RESTRICTED .....300 r.. Forty-four liters (11........ and comThe normal horsepower is rated at 145 at 11. The winch capacity is 11 tons.. Clutch brake grade while towing a 14-ton load... 80 amp.p.................................................. is 165... Ground clearance Tread centers ........Synchromesh... 15 tons 32 tons Trailer load capacity .. 1......68 m.... Ground contact .... The transmission is said to be synchroThe maximum speed Fording depth ..... storage capacity of 68 gals.............................. valve-in-head Diesel engine....... Track links ...... forward.......... Bore and stroke.............5:1.................. winch capacity Length .........-hr...... Model 95A........ Crew.......... width .... The firing order is 1-5-3-6-2-4......... two 12-v............. 8... 2 12-v.... 7 ft....... or a 71/20 grade pulling a 32ton load....13-TON PRIME MOVER MODEL 95B (1935) JAPANESE This prime mover makes use of the same chassis as the of a SPECIFICATIONS weight .................................... 6-hp........ 11 ins........................... 4 speeds Steering ........ 300-w.....m...........p..25 tons 16 ft.... 4 ins.......... ..300 r.92:1.....h.................................. 6 ins.... Diesel Diesel oil fuel is supplied from a total .......... water-cooled................ 145 at 1...m.....p.................................... ..6 m............................... 3 ins........ Details are lacking on the reduction gear.........p.. 161/2 ins... There is a 24-v...... Height . This vehicle is said to be capable of ascending a 15° Ignition ....... x 7........... 18 (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May................... electric starting motors.. .. Diesel mesh with 4 speeds forward and 1 reverse... Fuel tank ............ Battery ......... Speed ....................... 5.48 ins............................... short The steering system is of the clutch brake type assisted on turns by handand foot-operated control brakes.. A gear-type forced-feed system is used for distributing lubricating oil in the crankcase... include a locking feature........51 140 mm x 190 mmins..

.... ..... 4 speeds forward.... Cross-country ............. 1 reverse Steering .... Ground clearance ........................ 5 ft........ 6 ft. Armor Front plate ... Two fuel tanks hold 38 gallons............ 6 m m Sides Floor ..................................... ................ 31 ins.............. Speaking tubes with ear phones are used for crew communication................ 2 ins.... fourspeed and reverse transmission.... .... This vehicle is an important link in the chain of Japanese transportation of personnel and supply in the large mainland areas... Fording depth ........................................................... ......... 5 tons Length ............................. Pitch of track ............................ .................... 14 ins. A large load and stowage compartment at the rear extends over the tracks.... 124 ins.............. 12 mm ........ 4 ins................................ however..................................... 88 ... 12 ft..... Tread centers ............................................. 8 ins...... ... Width Height ..........h........................ Four hinged flap-covered openings provide additional vision for the crew and allow employment of small arms weapons....... ............................................................ Ammunition (Rds.) ... Tubular bows are raised for protective covering and camouflage nets....................... Theoretical radius of action R oads .................. ..... Width of track ........... 12 mm Small arms weapons Armament ....................... while the driver's compartment is located on the left side.............................ARMORED PRIME MOVER JAPANESE The chassis of this Japanese armored prime mover incorporates the better design features of the tankette development shown on pages one to three.... 4-cylinder air-cooled OHV Diesel Transmission .. Speed Roads .................. A 12-volt ignition system is also provided with spark plugs located in the fuel injection ports.... .................................................................. SPECIFICATIONS Weight .... The electrical system utilizes parts standard and interchangeable with other vehicles..... 8 ins................................ Unknown Engine ........ Its construction proves that the Japanese attach considerable importance to the interchange and utilization of standard tank component parts on combat vehicles for greater simplification of their supply problem.............. Double doors open at the rear..................... The engine is a four-cylinder in-line diesel with Bosch type automatic fuel injection.. There is no main armament................................................................. Track links .... 3 ins............ 2 RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 18e1 ............... controlled differential with steering brakes and a final drive single reduction gear................ below which a towing pintle is attached.... there is an observation turret built in the roof of the crew compartment behind the driver.. The power train in this vehicle is made up of the engine. 28 m .. Cross-country ..................... The hull provides for a layout of the engine and power train on the right.............. Ground contact .... Controlled differential Crew ........................................p..........

...... in addition to its function as a prime mover and SPECIFICATIONS Weight ............ and each track is by an independent final drive mechanism.. the rear........... ......................................... Winch capacity ........ 7 ft.......... The vehicle is powered by a 6-cylinder........ Track links Fuel tanks .................. is housed in an aluminum clutch housing.................. Battery ....................... Two front booms are The latter can be provided. There are five bogies on each side......................... separate coil spring........ 4 ins........ Tread centers ................5 ins..................... It has a total seating capacity of thirteeen men........... ins..................... may have been used as a tank recovery vehicle........COMBINATION PRIME MOVER AND WRECKER JAPANESE This vehicle.......... The prime mover/wrecker has been derived in part from Length (overall) Length (less Width Height arms) . 5................... The engine head is made of aluminum There are two fuel tanks which have a capacity of thirty gallons each... components of the Japanese Medium Tank...... .......2 1 April. 11 ins.... Fording Speed depth .. Fuel consumption 2-30 gals ...........5 Horsepower Ignition ....... 17 ft.... There is a large towing winch behind the driver's seat......... 20 ft............. 11 ins............. attached in such a manner as to act as a brace for the vehicle........... ........ cooled Diesel engine located in. 12 Ins....... Each pair connects to a coil spring... Trailer load capacity ...... The clutch........ The transmission provides four speeds forward and one in reverse... ....... are moved and operated independently by two different operators............... The power takeoff of the winches is driven track The final drive system is quite unusual in Engine...... x 6....................... four of which are mounted in pairs........ The front booms. that there are two separate drive shafts... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .. which are traversed by gears. Transmission ............. Ground clearance ............. 13 ... 2-12 v.... and a removable boom at the rear.... 6 ft..................... cyl.... valve in head.. air-cooled Diesel ins...... ...... wrecker..... . from the transmission..... ................ 4 speeds forward........ valve-in-head......... sprung by a........... air- ......... Removable grousers are supplied for use in difficult terrain.......... . 8 ins........... .................................... 16 ins............................................ Track width ................... a single plate type........................... 5 / 7 ft... and the front bogie wheel is independently The drive sprocket is smaller 9 ft.... 1 reverse Steering Crew ...................................... and two smaller winches near the front end........................................ 18.. Ground contact .............6 Bore and stroke ......each than that employed in the Medium Tank...........

........................... .........................................4 speeds forward.....................6-cylinder...... Armor (reported) ............. The transmission provides four speeds forward and one reverse.p. ........... 9 ins... 1 reverse: high and low range....... 7...... Track links .. apparently identical with those on the Model 2595 light tank.............. 24 RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May.......7 mm machine gun Ammunition (Rds.... Fording depth . Maximum speed is reported as approximately 35 miles per hour............. 8 ins.. 10 ins...... 3-13/16 ins... Transmission.. 9 ft............... Speed (maximum) ......... A clutch and brake steering system is used.......Clutch Seating capacity and brake system . Cross-country ...... 35 m............................................................................ ... valve-in-head.... Ground clearance ..... 6 ft........... H eight .................. Width of track .... Two fuel tanks provide an estimated total capacity of 50 to 60 gallons....................... but is provided with a spring mounted towing pintle for use as a prime mover. The tracks and suspension are of the conventional Japanese design... ............. ....................... The four bogie wheels.......... in-line... 125 ...... It is a full-tracked vehicle armored with 1/-inch plate throughout....... Width (overall) .................. There are two return rollers.....) ...... Length (overall) ............ valve-inhead...... It appears to be of recent manufacture............... SPECIFICATIONS W eight ..... Theoretical radius of action Roads .............................................. It has a capacity of from 2 to 3 tons if used as a cargo carrier............... The track is driven from the rear.. ........................................................ and its first known appearance in combat was during the Leyte campaign in the Philippines..... are mounted on bell cranks and are sprung by horizontal coil springs which are inclosed within the body armor with only the bogie arms exposed.......................3 ....ARMORED TRACKED PERSONNEL CARRIER JAPANESE This vehicle serves as an artillery prime mover and as a personnel carrier for 24 men..7 mm machine gun is located on the left front of the driver's compartment............ in-line.......................... The vehicle does not mount a winch...... The engine which is located at the right front of the body is a 6-cylinder............... 10 ins........... Armament ...... using dual bogie wheels and a steel center guide track.................... Pitch of track ............ with exceptionally good cross-country performance due to the amount of track area in contact with the ground in relation to the weight of the vehicle................ diesel.........h.................. Engine. .............. 15 ft.................... Steering........ 1945 18.......... in........ A mount for a 7.................. Tread centers ....... A high and low transfer case is also provided.................. Ground contact ........... air-cooled diesel of a type similar to those used in the Model 2595 light tank and the combination prime mover and wrecker.

... Ground clearance .......... . Steering ........ in............................................. (est. The crane is prowered by the main engine through a drive shaft from the transmission to a gear box and thence through another box to the cable drums............. 6-cylinder.......................... Sid es ...... 2 ins......... Fuel tank ......... The steering system is of the clutch brake principle....... The crane is controlled by three hand levers and three foot control clutches. 94 ins......... 2 ins........) . in-line.......... 101/2 ins.... ......... ............................. 7 5 ft.............. a separate springloaded clutch being fitted to each track...................................... Two..... Fuel consumption ...... The manufacturing date of one recovered specimen is given as 1941...............................................Ikegai.. 1945 18e5 . 11 ins......p.......... Track width . two 103-inch diameter rubber-covered return rollers..... Length of cable drums ................. an additional one is utilized as the driver's seat...................h ....... 18 ft. ....... air-cooled.... Eight-and-one-half-inch dual steel bogie wheels per side are mounted four inches apart and paired to each bogie... 4 ins......... They have a combined estimated capacity of 40 gallons............................................ Four bell cranks are resisted by four armored compression springs per side.. When not in use... 3 6 ft................................ The conventional Japanese type of suspension is used.................. 10/4 ins..... Engine.. ........... F...... Tread centers .......... 6 ft......... 5/ 16 in ............ 14 ft...................... 60 hp. ..................... Ikegai gasoline engine delivers 60 horsepower.. 21 m . Fording depth ............. and the center guide steel track complete the suspension. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August................. 9 ins......... and is SPECIFICATIONS Weight .......................) Overall length of boom ...... Diameter of cables ......... Front ...'s up to a weight of about 12 tons. ins................................ 81/4 tons Trailer load capacity ... ............................... the boom which has a total length of 18 ft.............................. Ground contact ......................... rests on the top of the drive compartment and is held in place by two screw clamps.. An 18 13/16-inch diameter double-tooth front drive sprocket..... 40 gals.. 11 ft....... 2 Armor fitted with a door on the right side........... The 6-cylinder........... Transmission ... aircooled............. Height (to top of vehicle) ...................... in-line...........ARMORED TANK RECOVERY VEHICLE JAPANESE REAR VIEW This is an armored.. The crane is mounted towards the rear of the chassis on a platform traversing through 3600 on an electrically powered turntable................ ................. ..... /4 in.. (approx................... pressed steel fuel tanks are located at the right rear of the hull... ................ Width ....... Track links .... V..... ins. a rear idler. Diameter of cable drums .................. 41/2 ins...... self-propelled crane designed to retrieve damaged A..... Speed . Clutch brake C rew ......... (to top of jib) .. Length ....... gasoline. The driver's compartment measures 451/2 x 59 inches..

........................ Width of track Length of track in contact with ground .....200 r... ins........ The front wheels are 29 x 5 inches and the rear dual wheels are 40 x 10 inches.. There are two bogies on each side..... Tread centers (front) .. (approx............. Length............ save for a hand throttle...................................... h............ 70 Bore..................................................................................... Fuel capacity .... The tractor is fitted with front and rear towing pintles cast solid with the frame........ Wheel base .......... Winch capacity........ 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .... all fitted with solid rubber tires....... Capacity of fuel tank ............. Length. Bore.............. 74 ins..... 6 ins............................................. The cylinder block is of two separate sections........ Normal automotive controls are provided... ins...........) 30 gals......... Winch capacity............................................................ each bogie having three bogie wheels........ Ground clearance ..................... Overall width of tractor (rear) .... K-3..... Engine ............... but the base of each cylinder is separate from all other cylinders..................................... 63 ins............p..... 152 mm "KATO" 70 ARTILLERY TRACTOR This is a slow speed tractor equipped with a towing hook and is believed to be the standard Japanese artil lery prime mover................................................ ins................... 26 133/4 .. and water pump are all linked together with universal joints and driven from a single shaft extending from the timing gear on the right of the engine....... high-tension magneto....................... SPECIFICATIONS Weight.... 67 Engine . Wheel base......... 121 mm Stroke........................ gasoline type...... ins...... ..................... at 1.. 90 ins.................... Kato................... The generator......... 85 Diameter of drive sprocket .. two bearing on the outside and one on the middle of the tractor.... 89 Width of tread (from outside edge of tracks) .... The power plant is a 1r i-cylinder.. 18... The drive is from the rear wheels only..... ins. 5 ft............................. ins.......... Overall height of tractor .... 30 gals.................. water-cooled............. The transmission provides three speeds forward and two in reverse. SPECIFICATIONS Weight..................................75 Stroke.... 60 h...............p.... 4.........m...................... valve-in-head. The K3 type engine is identical to that used in............... the "Kato" 70 tractor--a 4-cylinder.......... There are two cylinder blocks of two cylinders each instead of a solid cylinder block...... gasoline engine......... Each section is joined into one piece at the top..."KATO" GENERAL PURPOSE TRACTOR JAPANESE This is a commercial type wheeled tractor used for general purpose work.................................. and steering is effected by a worm gear system operating the front wheels. Clutch and brake steering are provided....... 8 ins....p.....6 1 August...........

The truck is then let down on its wheels. is 19 feet. including couplings. Overall length. the outer sections are designed for tire mounts. 1945 261 . and roll the truck to the side. The "Loco-truck" is a highly specialized vehicle specifically designed to overcome the problem of breaks in the rails. driven past the break in the rail line. To remove the vehicle from the tracks. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF A OF ORDNANCE 1 April. The inner sections of the six wheels are cut to run along rail tracks.LOCOMOTIVE TRUCK JAPANESE ^ The partial disruption of the Burma railway system has brought into being a very effective locomotive truck. lift the truck off the rails. A diesel engine estimated at about 60 horsepower is used to power the vehicle. it has made it possible to carry over the damaged railroad considerably more tonnage than could be moved by the use of locomotives alone. On both front and rear of the truck are two permanently attached hydraulic jacks equipped with rollers. and returned to the tracks. 3 inches. it is necessary to put one rail under the rear jacks and one under the front jacks at right angles to the tracks. 2 inches and width is 6 feet. One report states that use of the Japanese locomotive truck has not only aided in the transportation of supplies over damaged rail lines.

........ Height (overall) ..................000 cc displacement... Power is transmitted to the rear by a shaft and both rear wheels are driven through a differential..................... The motor is a 2-cylinder... Lighter types have single-chain drive without differentials........ Ground clearance ... 3 ins.......................... .......... Width (overall) .................... The ignition..... 4 ft.............. ............ ...... S pe ed .. internal expanding...... V-type................. Transmission .............. Bore and stroke .. This motor tricycle has been recovered in two adaptations: as a light cargo vehicle and as a small personnel carrier............. Motorcycle type coil springing is used on the front wheels and leaf type springs on the rear part of the vehicle................................ Load capacities vary from 300 to 1. gasoline Engine.... Many commercial versions exist........... 6/8 ins.... Fuel consumption .... and operate on the two rear wheels only......... Wheelbase Tire size ..... 8/2 ins.. .. 4 ft..................... 4......... /2 in......................... 1945 31 .. The brakes are mechanical.................. 3 ft. 1 185 lbs... comprises battery..........MOTOR TRICYCLE (KUROGANE) JAPANESE Above: Motor tricycle with light cargo carrier body......... Tread centers ......................... .... rod-operated.. with engines ranging from 350 cc to 1.. Fuel tank .................. air-cooled...... Fording depth ........75 x 27 ins............... 6 ins....... of the automotive type......000 pounds.. Length (overall) ... 3 ft.............................. The motor tricycle has been developed as a commercial freight carrier in Japan since 1930.. 8 ft.. generator....... Length of body ....... 11/2 ins................. 6 ft.... V2 in............ SPECIFICATIONS CARGO CARRIER W eight ............. gasoline engine with cooling fins made of ferrous metal........... 4............. The automotive type transmission provides three speeds forward and one reverse........................... and that no standard army model exists.. V-type.................. whereas heavier types may have shaft or double-chain drive with differentials............2-cylinder................. 3 speeds forward: 1 reverse *Not verified RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May.......... coil.......... air-cooled.........75 x 18 ins..................... and distributor... Right: Adapted for use as a small personnel carrier....... Width of body ..... 2 ins. 4 ft... .. Ignition ............. It is believed that the army adopted whatever types were available............... .................' Loading capacity .....

.. ........... P........... Although different in size and design......... the recoil mechanism is a hydro-spring type................ Two types of telescopic sights for this gun have been recovered. Elevation and depression of from 8 to 10 degrees may be obtained........) ................ (A.....7 inches of homogeneous armor at normal.. The barrel.H.............................. The firing mechanism is of the percussion hammer type.......... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 August..... E....... H...... 7 ins........ ....... a weapon of much lower velocity...........37 lls........ .. shell) ...................1 ..... Length of tube ........... is of the semi-automatic........... H.......... ............ 7 ft........ Width of lands ....... vertical sliding block type instead of the horizontal sliding block type... H.................................. 2........ Traverse .................. 47 mm (1... ....................... The piece is free mounted in a mantlet in the turret which permits a total traverse of approximately 15 degrees... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .... replacing the 57 mm tank gun........... 8 8 to 10° to 10° Length of recoil ............ Depression ... 3.......... E................ .........2 inches of homogeneous armor at 30° from normal. 3..... H.. Length (overall) ................ 904 lbs... of projectile (H.... Width of grooves ... and A....... range ............ 111/2 inches long..... 15 Rate of fire .... 11/2 ins..... P.47 mm TANK GUN TYPE I (1941) JAPANESE The Japanese Type I (1941) 47 mm tank gun is mounted in the Type 97 Improved Medium Tank......E....... ...... ..... The breech mechanism.. Depth of grooves . Ammunition .................................... /4 in..................85 ins..) Weight ........... Muzzle velocity (A........... Elevation ... ammunition at 500 yards will penetrate 2... The 47 mm tank model is very similar to the Type I. of grooves . The gun fires high explosive and armor-piercing high explosive ammunition.P.... E.............. 7 ft....... they are both 4 power by 14 degrees.................. .... P........................... 9 ft........... Wt.................. .....08 lbs. E................... is of built-up construction.........................700 f/s Max. 47 mm antitank gun described on page 106....) ........... however... and 2..... Firing tests on this gun reveal that A.......... Length of bore (including chamber) ...... 1945 106.......... 7 feet....... 16 No....... E.....

25 in.............. H......................................... 9 Depression .m.................... Max. Muzzle velocity ( shell) ................... Length of recoil ... 20 Width of grooves ........... 415/ ins..............E................. 293...... The gun is mounted in the turret of the tank.. of monobloc construction.. The bracket has a sighting window which may be closed for the gunner's protection...... is protected by a trigger guard with a pistol grip................................. Max..................... The inner vertical trunnions are set in a heavy steel bracket fitted to the cradle and permit a 5° left and right traverse..... Ammunition .................. .......... Length of tube and breech ring............ Rifling.. Length (firing position) ........ and may be operated manually or semi-automatically.... and sight bracket indicate that a straight tube telescope is used.. the appearance and location of the head rest.... is fastened to the breech ring by twelve interrupted threads and secured by a lock on the right side of the tube.. Traverse... .............H.............................. and A...H.. 32.......57 mm TANK GUN MODEL 97 JAPANESE This gun. of projectile ... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .... 57 mm Weight of tube and breech ring................... Height (firing position) ....P..R...... ...................... Wt.. 138 lbs................................... .. W idth of lands ... .........................................5 lbs.........5 ins....039 in. on the left side of the gunner's shield.......................... The recoil mechanism is a hydro-spring type... shoulder rest....... Length of tube and breech ring.. .. The breech ring is box-shaped............... ..... is mounted on the Japanese Medium Tank Type 97.... The outer horizontal trunnions fit into another steel bracket and give approximately 110 elevation and 90 depression................ Rate of fire ... range (vertical) ............. of grooves ................... Depth of grooves ..................................................... The trigger............. approx....... 106 2 1 August........ .......... 1 turn in 281/2 cals.... uniform twist. Width of trail spread ....................... 20 r... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE (Replacement Page) RESTRICTED .............. .........E.. The firing pin is automatically cocked when the breech is opened........................ W idth (overall) .............. ........................ range (horizontal) .... The breechblock of the vertical sliding type rides in two dovetailed slots in each side of the breech ring............p........ No.. Height (traveling position) .. and has a 3600 traverse........ Length of rifling ...... manufactured at Osaka Arsenal in 1939................................... The tube. Although no sighting equipment was recovered with the gun.......... 11 ins.............. 41% ins... Weight (firing position) ..............360° with turret and 5° right and left independent of turret 11 Elevation . It may also be freely elevated or traversed independently of the turret by means of two sets of trunnions..

..... w/powder train time fuze Wt..E.......... Length of tube ....... 1100 lbs. Max................. Traverse ..................... Length of barrel ... 76.....................................1 ........................ Weight of gun ............. recoils inside a sleeve type cradle....p. Length of chamber ..... Width of lands ... Height (traveling position) . A bracket on the left of the piece is believed to mount a telescope and range drum.............62) HIGH ANGLE GUN....................... and the traversing handwheel to the right........ The gun tube.......... one on either side attached to the superstructure............................................... ................. R...................) Weight of gun and mount ... 8 ins......... 12 lb... A guide on the bottom of the tube rides in a groove........... allow the layers to move with the gun in traverse.. Ammunition ........................ No......... twist ................. H............m.. is a naval type antiaircraft gun.. of projectile .....E............................. previously erroneously called the Type 10.......... Two platforms...... of grooves ....8 cm (7....... 1945 114.................000 ft? Rate of fire ........ 11 ozs.................... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ....... Depth of grooves ............. 40 cals... 26............. preventing rotation of the tube... muzzle preponderance is compensated for by an equilibrator inside the pedestal.................. 5.......................... The elevating handwheel is located to the left of the weapon......... of built-up construction........ 2................. range (horizontal) ........ 6 ins......................... 9 ft............... Height (firing position) ........... 24 Width of grooves ......... Width (overall) ...................... mounted on a pedestal which permits a traverse of 360 degrees................... 10 to 12 r..... A hand-operated... Since the trunnions are located at the rear of the tube... 360° 750 50 Elevation .............. Rifling ............... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August...... TYPE 3 JAPANESE This weapon... range (vertical) ..................... Recoil and recuperator are located over the tube.. H....... 1 ft.................. Muzzle velocity (H........200 f/s Max............ semi-vertical sliding type breechblock and a hydrospring recoil mechanism are used....2 mm (3 ins............... Depression .................................................................290 lbs........ A small cylinder above the recoil cylinder is apparently for storing an oil reserve.... shell) ................................... Length of recoil ............

............... of grooves ..... Length of recoil ... Length of bore ........................2 1 August..... . bolted to the center of the base.......... Width of grooves ............ ..... Weight of carriage (including elevating & traversing mech...........8 ins............. extends down into a bearing in the pedestal......... It is operated by a handwheel and crank on the left of the gun... Depth of grooves .. ........................... Twelve bolts secure it to a circular steel base plate..... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ...... 360° ..... on the right of the gun............ Elevation .................................... Three brackets are set at regular intervals around the upper carriage to prevent lateral play...........) 18 lbs. Rifling is right hand twist......................... ................................ Three mechanical fuze-setters are also provided............... Length (traveling position) .)..........650 f/s ... 32 N o.......... E.. (approx...... reinforced internally and externally by six ribs............. D epression ... 88 m m (3... ... 80° 7 H.... The upper carriage consists of two side plates joined by three cross members..................... of projectile (H...... A large threaded brass locking collar holds the breech ring in position....... ................ The recoil mechanism is hydropneumatic....) .....256 lbs.... Traverse ....... Some of the guns examined were equipped with open sights of very primitive design... The elevating arc is mounted under the piece offset slightly to the left.... Max........................... Wt.........894 lbs............. E..... Ammunition .... the recuperator cylinders........... the trunnions... ............ 255.. The piece fits in a sleeve type cradle to which are fitted the buffer cylinder... elevation.. shell) ............... 1..... machined to take a rectangular breech ring.......... The breech mechanism is semi-automatic of the vertical sliding type......................... W idth (overall) ...4............ 14.............. .. ...... R ate of fire .......................................... Height (firing position) ......... Length of barrel assembly .................. . is forward of the trunnions.. and like the traversing handwheel......88 mm ANTIAIRCRAFT GUN TYPE 99 JAPANESE This weapon which was recovered at Rangoon has a barrel of monobloc construction.. 114............... the firing mechanism is a percussion type.............. .............. Weight of cradle ... Two recuperator cylinders are located one on each side of the recoil cylinder which is centrally mounted above the piece..... The pedestal is a single cast truncated cone...................... ....... range (horizontal) .......... Follow-the-pointer dials are provided for azimuth. (approx........) 14-15 ins........... range (vertical) .... 2............................ and the elevating arc........ Muzzle velocity ( Max.. A pintle........560 lbs... .) Weight (complete) ....... Height (traveling position) .................... 1 mm W idth of lands .. and revolves on a ball race fitted to its base.................................... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDANCE RESTRICTED ...........5 ins........ .................. and fuze setting.

........... The weapon has split trails which may be adjusted to equalize cant... A breechblock of the interrupted screw type is used.................................. is a medium field weapon mounted on a two-wheeled carriage and drawn by a prime mover.. Wt....... A spring equilibrator is attached to the gun....................... is retracted above the trails when in traveling position to provide proper balance............................................... Max............... Depth of grooves ...E....... range (horizontal) .... Height (firing position) ......... The recoil system is the variable................................. ... Rate of fire .... The tube........................... 43 Length of recoil ............... The wheels are equipped with rubber or steel tires... Length (firing position) .....m........ Weight (firing position) ......... .... 105 mm (4.................... Length of bore .... .....E....500 yds....................... 16.. Width of grooves ..... of grooves .105 mm FIELD GUN TYPE 14 JAPANESE The Japanese 105 mm gun....... 30° 5 Elevation ............. Width of trail spread .. A.......................... Muzzle velocity . Width (overall) ..................... since the trunnion is retracted in relation to the tube..) ...............E... of built-up construction. Ammunition............. The fluid passage to the other side of the two air cylinders is suitably interrupted when the elevation is increased............ Depression ...... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .................. range (vertical) ........................... Height (traveling position) ........ 2...... The traversing mechanism consists of a worm and arc gear..... ................... of projectile (H.. (long pointed)....p.................. ....... Chemical.............. 6-8 r.......................... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August....................... The elevating mechanism is of the arc gear type................. Width of lands .. H............. 33 lbs..........H..............................040 f/s Max............................. No........................ Traverse .....) Weight (traveling position) . .........13 ins.........................................................P................... Type 14...................................... The sighting equipment consists of a panoramic sight and a drum type range scale.......................... Shrapnel.. 1945 114e3 .... Length (traveling position) .. hydropneumatic floating piston type.....

............................................................... . 44..... 360° .. A traversing scale is located on the pedestal.......... shell) ............................................ The rear of the breech ring is cut in a keyhole shape........ Ammunition .) ......... ................................ The recoil system comprizes three cylinders............. two located above and one below the barrel...................... The barrel is of built-up construction with uniform right hand twist rifling..... Platforms attached to the upper pedestal are provided for the gun layers and move in traverse with the gun........... Length of gun (overall) ................ 2......... 120 mm (4............. Max..... 114*4 1 August......... 6 ft.....700 f/s Max...................... 11 Height (firing position) ............. Wt............... Elev ation ....... Length of tube .120 mm 45 CALIBER 11 YEAR TYPE GUN JAPANESE This gun is a naval coast defense weapon manufactured at Sasebo Arsenal.. A manually operated...... 18 ft.................................. 50 ° Depression ...................................75 lbs.......... 17 ft........................ 34 Width of grooves ..... The mount consists of a rectangular upper carriage which is mounted on a pedestal normally embedded in a solid foundation.................. E..... 3/4 ins.... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .... It uses semi-fixed ammunition..........................72 ins.. Muzzle velocity (H...... It is unusual in that the block does not pass all the way across the rectangular breech ring... 3/4 ins................ E............................ H............... 14 ft.......... 10 Length of recoil ................. Width of lands .............................. Width (overall) .......... Height of gun .......... Depth of grooves .... The traversing handwheel is in a horizontal position with the vertical shaft engaging a series of gears in the base mount... Traverse . 8V/2 ins............... Fire control equipment is of the usual Japanese naval coast defense gun type.... ins.................................... E.......... Rate of fire ..................... or it may be fired by a lanyard attached to the right side of the breechblock.......... of projectile (H. horizontal sliding block breech mechanism is used.... No........... Weight (firing position) ........... ......... .... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ..................................................... of lands ............ Length of rifling ........ range (vertical) ...... The operator of the elevation handwheel may fire the gun by means of a lever mechanism.... ...... range (horizontal) .) Weight (traveling position) .... ...............

. 32..... The gun is well balanced........ 11/2 ins..... phosphorus Wt... The bearing surface for recoil being the machined barrel surface..... Ammunition ............. 10° Length of recoil ... Length...... 2......050 in.. range (horizontal) ..... 29............ and exceptionally easy to elevate......... 14 ft.. the two outside cylinders housing the counterrecoil springs..) Weight (firing position) .................3 ins... NAVAL DUAL PURPOSE GUN... .. 17 ft............... A long......................... 360 Elevation .......... ....... /s in. De-th of grooves .. preventing the barrel from rotating........................ 7 ft..................... range (vertical) . TYPE 10 JAPANESE The Japanese Type 10 dual purpose gun has a 45-caliber barrel of monobloc construction with uniform right hand rifling.5 ....................................... Muzzle velocity ( shell) ............................ .... narrow rectangular projection on the bottom of the barrel slides in a groove in the sleeve type cradle..000 yds............... 1 Length of tube ....... H........................ Length of rifling .....500 lbs... of projectile ..... No.......... An auxiliary handwheel on the left side permits the piece to be elevated and traversed by the gunner.. ........ 750 Depression ............ ............ ............ 45 CALIBER.......800 ft......................E......... 45....... 81/2 ins..........E... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August............ 34 /4 in......... To compensate for muzzle preponderance.................... 10-12 rds... and the center cylinder the hydraulic mechanism.....120 mm.... 7 ft..........7 ins.. 17............. (fuze) Rate of fire .......... ............ Height (gun and mount) ....... of chamber ........ Width (gun and mount) ....... 120 m m (4....... Width of grooves .... shrapnel.............. The cradle is mounted on a pedestal mount which permits a traverse of 360 degrees........... 1945 114. Height (firing position) .............. 19 ft....................... Max.... The elevating handwheel is on the right side of the mount.... ...............75 lbs.... 6...... of lands ........... H..........700 f/s Max..... Length (firing position) .. A semiautomatic horizontal sliding breechblock is SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .... in..... The recoil mechanism is a hydrospring type..... 19. while the traversing handwheel is on the left............ Length (gun and mount) ......... 91/2 ins........ Traverse . used................5 ins....... The mount is of riveted construction..... 61/2 ins... a spring pusher type equilibrator is used................................ Width of lands ..

8 ins............ 140 mm (5. No fire control equipment... ..) Common ............. -7° Length of recoil ..... was recovered with the gun................................................. as the fuzes used with the gun's ammunition are not sensitive enough to function satisfactorily upon rapact with soft ground............. Strips of iron fastened to and radiating from the pedestal are buried in the ground to insure stability......... Width (overall) .. A hydropneumatic recoil mechanism is located above the barrel........... Length of tube .....598 yds... interrupted screw type.... Length of rifling ..... Muzzle velocity ( shell) 850 meters (2..................... having three threaded segments with two step threads.... This gun uses separate loading ammunition........ A naval pedestal type mount is used...................... The piece is sometimes fitted in a casemate........051 in............. A mantlet is fitted to the gun on the inside of the casemate....... Height (firing position) ....................................... ..........140 mm SEACOAST GUN TYPE 3 JAPANESE It is believed that this naval coast defense weapon was designed primarily for use against ships......... E............. Wt. 83.8 lbs................ the front and sides of which are cast in one piece............. Depth of grooves ....6 1 August.......... Traverse ............... 42 No.....................) from range disc on gun Rate of fire . Width of lands .......... 23 ft.............) per sec.................. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ......... and it is believed that the piece is fired by direct laying............... Gun and casemate are rotated manually..................... 360 30 Elevation .................... from range disc on gun 3V2 ins................. of grooves .. A m m unition ................. .....................................................) Weight (firing position) ...... .. 114.. 0................000 meters (18.... of projectile (H.... range (horizontal) 17.. Depression ..... The breechblock is the horizontal swinging......... Max. Length (overall) ... 22 ft. Width of grooves . .......... Length (firing position) ........789 ft............. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .... with the exception of a telescopic sight mount......................... 19 ft.................... as no power system is provided..........................................................5 ins...................... .......................... The top is rolled plate.. 101/2 ins........... and has a standard type mushroom head obturator....

300 mm SHORT HOWITZER, TYPE 7

JAPANESE

This howitzer was captured on Luzon. The emplacement, circular in shape and measuring 33 feet in diameter and 8 feet in depth, was camouflaged by -a house on rails which was rolled back when the guns were to be fired. A small garden of banana trees was planted around the emplacement to add to the effect. The howitzer tube is believed to be a built-up type. The liner is rifled with a uniform right hand twist, calculated to be one turn in 9.4 calibers. Two air flasks are mounted on the carriage for blowing out the tube after firing. Two equilibrators are mounted below the tube. The breech mechanism is an interrupted screw type having 8 segments of 20 threads. A percussion hammer firing mechanism is operated by a lanyard. A short cartridge case is used for obturation. The upper carriage is a rectangular steel frame approximately 18 feet, 9 inches long, and 4 feet, 8 inches wide, fixed to a base plate. The lower carriage is a truncated steel cone embedded in concrete approximately 6 to 8 feet under the ground. The upper carriage baseplate rests on a rail above a worm wheel, fixed to the lower carriage which engages a spur rack fitted to the base of the upper carriage. The traversing handwheel is mounted in a horizontal position engaging a vertical shaft which terminates in the worm gear. The elevating handwheels, one on either side of the tube, are mounted on the carriage in a vertical position. A direct shaft from the elevating handwheel terminates in a spur gear which engages the elevating arc. A panoramic sight is mounted on the right side of the gun.

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber ............................ 305 mm (12 ins. approx.) Weight (firing position) ............................... Length of tube and breech ........... 16 ft., 6 ins. Length of carriage base .................... Width of carriage base .................... 18 ft., 9 ins. 4 ft., 8 ins.

Length (firing position) ................................... Height (firing position) ................................. W idth (overall) ................................. ............

Length of bore ................................. ............ No. of lands ........................ ........... ............ . 72

Width of grooves ........................................... Depth of grooves ........................................... Width of lands ............................................ Muzzle velocity ( shell) ...........................
Max. range (horizontal)-Trans. document ..................... ....................... 13,000 yds. Max. range (vertical) ...................................... Rate of fire ................................. Traverse .............................. .............. 360 70° 3 420 mm ...................

Elevation, scale reading.................................. Depression, scale reading................................ Length of recoil; scale reading................. A m m unition ................. ...................................

Wt. of projectile-Trans. document............ 970 lbs.

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

OF ORDNANCE

1 August, 1945

116e3

81 mm MORTAR MODEL 3

JAPANESE

The Japanese 81 mm Mortar, Model 3, is a forerunner of the Model 97 (1937). Arsenal in 1943. The tube is a smooth-bore type and has two collars machined on the forward part for securing the bipod clamp. The bipod, constructed of light weight tubing, is very unstable. There is no cross leveling device, and rough cross leveling adjustments could be made by breaking the bipod support and moving the leg on the low side inward. The base plate is relatively heavy, and is believed to be identical with that now used with the 90 mm Mortar, Model 94. It is interchangeable with the base plate for the Model 97. Both traversing and elevating mechanisms employ the square type threads rather than the usual and more efficient buttress type as used on Model 97. No sight was recovered with the mortar. It was manufactured at the Yokosuka Navy

SPECIFICATIONS
W eight of tube ............................................ 47 Ibs. Weight of bipod .......................................... 25 lbs.

Weight of base plate .................................... 95 lbs.

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

6

OF ORDNANCE

122.1

150 MM MORTAR, MODEL 97 (1937)

JAPANESE

This mortar, of conventional design, is a smooth bore, muzzleloading weapon referred to by the Japanese as a medium mortar. Although its tactical use is not fully defined, it is known to have been used in fixed concrete emplacements as a part of the island defense system. The Model 97 is very heavy and sturdily constructed, weighing 770 pounds complete with sight. The breech cap and stud, with assembled firing mechanism, are screwed on in the normal manner. The firing pin may be adjusted to three different positions by means of a cam lock. When the lock is in the rear center position the firing pin is in a safe position; when the lock is turned to the right, the pin is "Floating," or, in other words, may be actuated by a sharp blow on the end of the cam shaft. When the firing pin is locked forward, the operation is the same as that of a mortar with a fixed firing pin. The bipod is of normal construction with but one exception. The elevating screw is actually two concentric screws, comparing very favorably with a single screw in stability and overall length. The traversing screw, buffer mechanism, and collar assembly are of the same design as other Model 97 Japanese mortars. The bipod and cradle may be separated for handling. The base plate is a heavy ribbed stamping of 0.25 inch metal built up by reinforcing ribs welded to the original stamping. It has the usual ball and socket locking arrangement. The sight is a panoramic elbow telescope of three power and thirteen degree field.

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber .................................... 150 mm (5.906 ins.) Weight (complete) ...................................... 770 lbs. W eight of tube .......................................... 257 lbs. Weight of bipod & traversing assembly, (total) ....................... ... ................... 174.5 lbs.

Weight of sight & extension ...................... 1.5 lb. Weight of baseplate .................................. 337 lbs. Length of tube ........................................ 75.37 ins. Length of tube (internal) ............................ Length of baseplate ................................ 66 ins.

47.75 ins.

Width of baseplate .................................... 35.5 ins.

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

OF ORDNANCE

1 March,

1945

127

ANTIAIRCRAFT DIRECTOR

JAPANESE

This director (possibly referred to by the Japanese as Model 97) is a plan prediction type of computer. It is probably used with the Japanese Model 88 (1928) 75 mm antiaircraft gun. Standard ballistics are obtained from cams; approximations and spot corrections take care of wind effects, muzzle velocity, and air density variations. The director is provided with telescopes, and with electric data receivers for azimuth and angular height, and for altitude or horizontal range. The director imposes significant limits on altitude and horizontal component rates. The maximum altitude rate is ±179 miles per hour. The maximum horizontal component rates are 335 miles per hour. It is not known whether it is Japanese practice to orientate their directors with respect to true North; but if that is the case, targets flying in the cardinal directions with ground speeds in excess of 335 miles per hour would be beyond the capability of this director. Such ground speeds, when aided by wind, may be feasible. It should be noted that the director is capable of handling greater speeds if the target does not fly parallel to one of the principal coordinate axes. Optical tracking is provided on the director proper. An electrical data transmission system provides for the use of an external tracker such as a radar unit.

SPECIFICATIONS
Time of flight .................................... 30 secs. max. Present altitude .......................... 0 to 7,655 yds. Future altitude ........................ -820 to 8,475 yds.

Present horizontal range .............. 0 to 10,936 yds. Future horizontal range .......... 0 to 10,936 yds. N-S and E-W rates ..................... Altitude rate .................................. Lateral deection ................................

±164

yds./sec.

87 yds./sec. 800 mils.

Horizontal range prediction .............. ±4,101 yds.
Altitude prediction .............................

±820 yds.

RESTRICTED

(Replacement Page)

OFFICE CHIEF

6

OF ORDNANCE

1 March, 1945

175

ANTIAIRCRAFT DIRECTOR, MODEL 2

JAPANESE

This appears to be the latest model of mechanical antiaircraft director made by the Japanese. It has data receivers (selsyns) for azimuth, angle of site, and slant range, probably provided for use with radar equipment. Primary input data may also be obtained by optical tracking by means of telescopes attached to the director and a height finder. Computation is based on angular rates. The transmitted data is future azimuth, future quadrant elevation, and future fuze. Data is transmitted to each weapon by means of selsyn motors and applied to the weapon by means of a match pointer system resembling that used with the American 90 mm, Ml antiaircraft fire control equipment. It is believed that this instrument is capable of furnishing data for three weapons. It is assumed the azimuth receiver will work with both the 8 cm and the 12 cm Japanese antiaircraft guns. As compared with th her modern directors, it is felt that this instrument is deficient in both design and construction. An angular rate computer is considered too inaccurate for anything other than small or medium caliber automatic tracer controlled anticurve-followthe aircraft fire. Human error is permitted through ing method of introducing time of flight, superelevation, and converting slant range into altitude. A great deal of backlash exists in various gear trains and. in the mechanical linkage of the multipliers.

SPECIFICATIONS
Limits as indicated by drums and dials Slant range (dial calibration) ........ 40,000 meters Slant range (limit of movement w/alt. converter) ........................ 19,000 meters 12,500 meters Horizontal range ......................... Altitude ..................... ................. 9,000 meters Quadrant elevation ............. - 10° to + 90° ........................ 35 seconds Fuze ..................... Dead fuze time ................................. 10 seconds Wind velocity ........................... 20 meters/sec. A zimuth ....................... ......... .................. No lim it Angular rate ............................... Undetermined Electrical data Cycles ............................ .................. 50 or 60 V olts ................................................... 50 or 60 Weapon with which used......120 mm, 45 cals. A.A. gun and 80 mm. 40 cals. A.A. gun. Characteristics 44 /4 ins. Height .......... ...................................... Length ........... .................................... 34V2 ins. Date of manufacture .................... Showa 18 (1943) Weapon data obtained from drums Fuze types (120 mm gun)........M88 (1928), M89 (1929), M91 (1931) Muzzle velocity ....................... 825 meters/sec. Fuze types (80 mm gun)....M89 (1929), 5th year type (1930) Muzzle velocity ....................... 670 meters/sec.

176

1 March, 1945

OFFICE CHIEF

8

OF ORDNANCE

RESTRICTED

MULTIPLE POWER OBSERVATION TELESCOPE

JAPANESE

The Japanese multiple power observation telescope has three powers: 33X, 24X, and a third degree of magnification which has not been determined because of the absence of a third eyepiece in the instrument examined. Selection is made by rotating a dome-shaped holder in which the three eyepieces are mounted. This is somewhat similar to the turret head employed in motion picture cameras and to the selective eyepiece head of compound microscopes. The objective is a compound lens with an air space between the crown and flint components. A modified porro prism is used for the erecting system. The reticle design used with the 24 power eyepiece is a simple cross. The 33 power eyepiece is not equipped with a reticle. No provision is made for an instrument light. An open line sight is provided for quick location of an object in the field of view. The support which is made largely of machined brass castings has an upper and lower movement. The azimuth scale is graduated from 0 to 360 degrees in 1/2 degree steps; a vernier indicator allows readings of one minute to be made. Leveling is accomplished by adjusting the length of the tripod legs. The elevation arc is graduated in increments of 1/2 degrees to + and -30 degrees from 0. The tripod is of wood with brass

fittings.

SPECIFICATIONS
Length of telescopes ................................... ..... 24 ins. 12 lbs., ............ W eight of telescopes ............................. 8 ozs. Height of support ........................... Distance between trunnions ..................... ....................... 111/2 ins. ....... 51 ins.

W eight of support ........................................... 13 lbs., 4 ozs. Length of tripod ....................................................... 38/4 ins.

551/2 ins. Length of tripod (legs extended) ..................................... Weight of telescope .......................... ...... ....... 8 lbs., 8 ozs.

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

OF ORDNANCE

1 March, 1945

177

..BATTERY COMMANDERS TELESCOPES Model 93... ...... 2 ozs. ....... Model 93 Battery Commanders Telescope Telescope with Integral Tripod The general purpose of this instrument is believed to be the observation and correction of fire....... Tripod 8 diameters 6° Field of view .... Tel...... and three tubular................................. a tripod head....... 10 ins.... SPECIFICATIONS Model 93 Power . . Diam eter of Exit Pupil ...... with Int......... 178 1 March.... .... . the interobjective distance is 5 ins.................. 58 to 70 mm Deviation of light in vertical plane ............... 2 in................. Length of tripod .... .............. Weight of tripod .... 8 x 6° 15' JAPANESE This telescope is so constructed that the tubes can be used only in the vertical position...3...... 2 lbs...... Minimum and maximum interpupillary distances are 60 mm and 70 mm.. Overall length ........... .......... The interpupillary mechanism is locked near the base and between the two tubes..2 to ...... .... therefore.......... The tripod is simply constructed.......... and the interpupillary scale set at 64 mm is 21 ins......... Overall width ........ with the tubes vertical......... The reticle design consists of a vertical and horizontal mil scale graduated in increments of one mil from 0 to 30 on each side of 0... . Its primary use is believed to be for observation and correction of artillery fire............... 11 13/16 ins. ....... The reticle is the only angle measuring device provided......... The limit for horizontal angles is 30 mils to the right and 10 mils to the left of zero.. ...15 ins........... light in weight......................... 8 diameters 6 15' 33/4 ins...... The 90° prisms are cemented........................... and the diopter scale is graduated from ........... and sturdy.... 54 to 70 mm 9 ins.............. The telescope is fitted with an angle of site mechanism.... Vertical angles of plus and minus 20 mils can be measured. 12/4 ins........ 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ........ ........................... fixed length legs with small metal shoes. it employs a scissor movement and may.... The eyepieces are of the multiple thread focusing type............ 6 lbs...................... ... . A light receptacle for artificial illumination of the reticle is provided. used with either machine guns or artillery............... and the interpupillary scale set at 64 mm..... 12 ins. ...... Battery Commanders Telescope with Integral Tripod * The interobjective distance with the tubes horizontal. It comprises an adapter or bracket for the telescope. ....... Unlike the instrument above.......... be used in either a vertical or horizontal position....... 61/4 ins... The hinge mechanism of the assembly consists of a simple hinge pin and a fitted yoke. ................. W eight . Interobjective distance .................. 11 ozs.. 5 ozs.................. Interpupillary setting ......

....... Base length ........... The instrument is used in conjunction with a mount and tripod... 110 4 ((lower field) ...... and the objective lens.... The elbow housing is of seamless aluminum......... a penta prism...... and the cast aluminum head which houses a penta prism and a weak correction wedge. the extension tube made of seamless aluminum which maintains the base length of the instrument..40 CM BASE RANGE FINDER JAPANESE Z This range finder is a superimposed image vertical base instrument designed for use with machine gun and mortar fire.......... a reticle...... 1945 179 .... 40 cm 30 to 1.. and the diaspirometer unit and head....... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 March.......... an amici prism......500 meters .... Because of the short base length. 4% inches in length...... Measuring limits .......... It contains the eye and field lens.. 4 diameters Field of view (upper field) .. this range finder is not accurate at distant ranges..... ............................. It consists of two major assemblies: the elbow..... The brass diaspirometer unit contains two wedges with connecting gears that govern the aluminum range drum......................... SPECIFICATIONS Power ...

It is a coincidence type range finder with a split field of view...... and reflected by a mirror............................. It is. 100 to 10... M1914M1 Range Finder...... The latter is illuminated by the light rays entering through the range scale illuminating window.... and'is used by light field artillery units......... An effort has been made........ 75 cm ... It also resembles the design of the Barr and Stroud instrument... Weight of carrying case ........... 9 lbs..... therefore.....000 yds........... It is not believed that the eyepiece assemblies can be sufficiently sealed to make this effective.. The halving plate is a thick piece of optical glass with plano parallel surfaces.... There is also a leveling device. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ...... but no level vial....... assumed that it is used much the same as the American 80 cm base.... lbs. to desiccate the instrument. The tripod is lightly constructed and has no locking device for the legs. M1916.. The tripod mount permits the range finder to be locked or rotated in azimuth.... Vertical 2°-horizontal 3° Weight of range finder ... The objectives.... installed as matched pairs are burnished in their cells....... through a bushing in the center of the buffer assemblies........ Field of view ...... SPECIFICATIONS Base length ........ 12 power Range ............. The eyepiece assembly is of the symmetrical type.... Magnification ........ The measuring wedge and range scale are a single assembly..... 180 1 March................. Keuffel and Esser Model 1918..75 CM BASE RANGE FINDER JAPANESE This instrument is very similar to the 80 cm base range finder....... The penta prisms and wedge windows resemble those used in American range finders.... The ocular prism consists of three optical components cemented together resembling the arrangement in the American 1 meter base range finder...

....................000 yds.......... The penta prism assemblies are held to circular plates which may be rotated to eliminate tilt of image and place both images at the same height in the field of view.. 6 lbs. the range correction knob is on the left side........ Base length ... 50 .. 1945 181 ......... 8 diameters Field of view ........... 1 meter and 4 diopters Diopter movement .... Uniform adjustment of interpupillary distande is obtained by connecting the two eyepieces with steel tape forming a figure 8...................... + Interpupillary setting .....1 METER BASE RANGE FINDER. ....... SPECIFICATIONS Power . MODEL 94 JAPANESE I This instrument is a one-meter base..... 43%/ ins..................................... Serial number ... The outer tube is made of cast aluminum........ Measuring limits .. made of seamless steel tubing..... ........ 55 to 75 mm Overall length .............. Ranges are read directly from the reticles........ RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 March.......... is supported in the outer tube by means of a gimbal joint......................... W eight .. Rhomboid prisms keep the optical axes of the eyepieces in alignment with the reticles....... An auxiliary open sight is located above the right eyepiece. The height of image knob is located on the right end of the instrument......... stereoscopic........ 250 to 8................... The lighting window of the reticle is above the eyepiece plate............. 13 ozs........................ horizontal base rangefinder.. The inner tube........................... 1218 .............

... and two tubular diaphragms....... The outer tube is covered with asbestos treated canvas.. optical tube...... night lighting of scales........... Another accessory........ The instrument is constructed with an outer tube......... ........ + Measuring limits 2 to 4 diopters ..... Similarities are noted in the penta prism mounting.... The body is made of cast aluminum.... 148 lbs... 182 1 March.............000 meters..STEREOSCOPIC 2 METER BASE RANGE FINDER MODEL 97 TYPE 2 JAPANESE This range finder is believed to be designed for use with seacoast defenses................ reticle and eyepiece assemblies.... ... 500 to 20... all of steel........................ The tracking telescope is attached to the main instrument by means of a dovetail bracket and is locked in place by a spring latch..08 ins...... 2 meters Diopter movement .....9 ins......................................... The tracking telescope provided with this instrument has a power of 10 diameters and a 5 degree field of view............. Base length ..... the graphical altitude computor... 1......... Overall length ..... Undetermined Diameter of entrance pupil .....000 meters Inter-trunnion distance . It is provided with an elbow telescope for tracking purposes and a graphical computer for converting slant range to altitude......... and the filter assembly.. A number of its design features are quite similar to those in the Japanese 2 meter base Height Finder..... SPECIFICATIONS Power ......... The pendulum is graduated with a vertical scale in increments of 50 meters from 100 to 1. Diameter of exit pupil .................. The cradle has the trunnion bearing arms cast as an integral part of the body...... 24 Field of view ......... W eight . Angle of site is indicated by a graduated scale on the face of the holder....................... 86 ins....... 351/2 ins.... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .. consists of a pendulum arm inclosed in a circular holder........... which represents slant range............. central prism assembly....... The eyeguard assembly is a copy of the Carl Zeiss design...

.. + 2 to 4 Limits of range measuring........... range drum window..... W eight .. Interpupillary setting ... 162 lbs......STEREOSCOPIC 2 METER BASE HEIGHT FINDER..... 20 diam eters 2° 15' Field of view ...... 23 ins..... 201 lbs.. Tripod Overall height ... 55/ ins.... wedge windows.. MODEL 93 JAPANESE While primarily designed for use by antiaircraft batteries..... infinity correction lens assemblies................. assembly.......... height of image knob............ Interpupillary distances may be set to suit the individual observer by means of a lever located on the right eyepiece............ W eight 32 ins........ range knob................................. the Cradle..................... ..........000 yds...... SPECIFICATIONS Pow er ............ In addition.... a mining horizontal as well as vertical range.... Distance between trunnions ...... Base length ..... ................. there are other openings for the eyepiece assembly...... 56 mm to 74 mm Diopter adjustment ................... The optical bar is made of seamless machined steel and represents better machine work than most Japanese fire control instruments........... 7 ft.... The eyepiece assembly also contains two ray filters. 34 11/16 ins......................... 400 to 20................ Height ............. 2 meters The instrument consists of three major assemblies which are: the Range Finder Table............ 36 ins. Cradle Overall length .. and the Tripod assembly...................) W eight ..... correction wedge Overall length ........ The eyepieces are of range finder of this type may be used by artillery units for deterthe focusing type..... 1945 183 .... and reticle light windows. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF .......... (approx............................ ......................................................... The outer tube is made of seamless steel tubing and has seven openings for adjustments........OF ORDNANCE 1 March........................ 100 lbs....

.) ......... Co... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ........... Drying vents are also provided.......... A feature of this instrument is the dehydrating unit consisting of a silk bag of silica gel placed in a perforated metal holder fitted between the two telescope assemblies.. 58 to 72 mm 24 ins... Weight ... Interocular settings are obtained by rotating the eyepiece housings..... Interobjective distance (approx... 4 7/16 ins......... 120 mm It is believed that this improved model is replacing the 100 mm binoculars described above... ozs.. The erecting system consists of one porro prism and two 900 prisms cemented to the porro system.....4 Interpupillary Movement . Stock Joint Co.. Diopter movement .. 18 ins. 12 Jap. Aircraft Spotting Binoculars......BINOCULARS Observation... An elevation scale is etched on the reticle and the 90° prisms are cemented.......... The objective is housed in an eccentric adapter.... The erecting system consists of a roof angle prism held in position by four screws.. 60 to 72 mm Length ...... the fittings are of brass. Aircraft Spotting.... 85 mm JAPANESE These binoculars are used for general observation upon a tripod for which an adapter is provided on the instrument.... 50 Ibs... Two steel bands connect the eyepieces mechanically... Co. Width .. The eyepiece assemblies include a rhomboid prism........... Manufacturer.. Toyko Optical Mach. 120 mm Serial number ... Op.. Inter-ocular distances are varied by rotating the left eyepiece assembly..Jap........ 85 mm The telescope bodies of this instrument are of cast aluminum...... 21 /2 lbs.... The eyepieces are offset from the main tube. + 2 to - 3 mm ins...... 181/2 ins... Op. 2254 184 1 March.. There are two drying plugs in the body of each telescope... Aircraft Spotting Binoculars............ 100 mm Observation Binoculars. 18 ins.... 100 mm SPECIF ICATIONS 85 mm Pow er . + 2 to - 4 60 to 72 21/V2 16 32 lbs...... ins.... Drying bents are contained in each telescope.. 15X 4 Field of view ... + 2 to .. 8 ozs. 7 ins.. 915 100 mm 120 mm 20X 30 5 9/16 ins........ Aircraft Spotting..

c. The on-carriage components consist of the following: a. b. c. The following instruments and computing mechanisms are employed in the system as off-carriage components: a. The data computed with the off-carriage components are transmitted orally to the gun where they are manually registered in the on-carriage fire control instruments. Speed and course angle calculator. Auxiliary elevation and lead corrector disc.FIRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT for 75 mm Model 88 (1928) A. Two-meter-base height and range finder. The accompanying illustrations show five of the significant components. d. A. Gun JAPANESE Above: Elevation Computing Apparatus Below: Azimuth Computing Apparatus Speed and Course Angle Calculator These instruments are used with the Mobile Field Antiaircraft Gun described on page 110. The method used to predict the future position of a moving target in space differs from both the angular rate of travel and the linear speed methods. b. Spotting binoculars. Azimuth computing apparatus. Elevation computing apparatus. Antiaircraft installations captured before the middle of 1944 showed very little use of computing directors and remote control systems. d. The system described herein is apparently all that was available. 1945 185 . although based on the latter. Charge (propelling) temperature and wind corrector scale. Propelling Charge Temperature and Wind Correction Scale Fuze Setter RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 April. Fuze setter.

but not on actual tests. In all cases where mechanical time fuzes are available. It is. These were prepared by an Ordnance Technical Intelligence team in the field. Its contour differs from that of the Type 89. but it is believed that the performance would be slightly poorer since the Type 2 fuze gives a height of ogive somewhat lower than does the Type 89. therefore. the limit of time fire is based on the maximum setting of the fuze. 1945 187 . and that charts for other artillery pieces will be prepared from time to time. resulting from the inherent variation in burning time of the powder trains along different trajectories. so that the trajectories of the shell would be somewhat different from those here reported.ARTILLERY TRAJECTORY CHARTS JAPANESE On the following three pages are reproduced trajectory charts for six Japanese antiaircraft and dual purpose guns. no data are available on the ballistic performance of the gun firing shell equipped with the Type 2 fuze. However. powder-train fuze. with the 8 cm (3") dual purpose gun. For the 7 cm Type 88 antiaircraft gun. as for example. If subsequent intelligence indicates use of a mechanical time fuze for this gun. On the charts the limit of time fire is indicated. preliminary intelligence indicates that with the Type 2 fuze actual times of flight correspond much more closely to fuze settings than in the case of the Type 89. the limit of time fire would approximate the locus of points reached in the time of flight corresponding to the maximum setting of the fuze. since the fuze setting of a mechanical time fuze nearly coincides with actual time of flight at all points. the limit of time fire has been taken from documents. expected that revised charts will be made available as more accurate or detailed information is obtained. The fuze in this case is the Type 89 30-second. 44-seconds) has been reported for the 7 cm gun. A later model powder-train fuze (Type 2. and were constructed on the basis of the best available current information. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 June. Here it should be noted that the actual time of flight obtained with the maximum fuze setting varies grealy over the range of elevations.

ANTIAIRCRAFT. CHIEF 6OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED RSRCE .A. Type 89 Fuze Muzzle Velocity-2362 f/s Maximum Elevation-85° 8 cm (3 inch) DUAL PURPOSE GUN MODEL 3 HE Shell. 1945 188 1945OFFICE 1June.TRAJECTORY CHARTS FOR A. MODEL 88 Type 90 AA Shell. GUNS JAPANESE 7 cm (75 mm) MOBILE GUN. Normal Charge Muzzle Velocity-2230 f/s Maximum Elevation-75° 188 1 Julie.

Normal Charge Muzzle Velocity-2854 f/s -0Is__ - MIT OF TIME F S 45-SEC. GUNS .A.14 1 June. 1945 189 .TRAJECTORY CHARTS FOR A.TI E FUZE) 30NOlCATE IME OF FLlGHIT (SECONDS) ¢ zK _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ }_ _ _ __ __ I _ RANGE (YARDS) RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6OF ORDNANCE 1ln. MECH.JAPANESE 100 mm DUAL PURPOSE GUN ___ _ __ __ _ _ IK __ ___ _3__ _ __ __ _ _ __ ___ _ __ __ __ __ HE Shell.

CHIEF 6OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED RSRCE . MODEL 89 HE Shell. DUAL PURPOSE GUN. 1945 190 1945OFFICE 1June. Normal Charge rime Fuze for Automatic Fuze Setter Muzzle Velocty-2362 f/s Maximum Elevation-90l 190 1 June.TRAJECTORY CHARTS FOR A. GUNS JAPANESE 127 mm/40 Cal.A.

......................... staggered feed type..........p.. 11 ozs................ Length (stock extended.... 49 ins.... that is....... Length of rifling ............ & sightleaf) ......... A bipod is frequently used with this gun as illustrated in the photograph at lower right.. the stock swings to the right and forward 180 degrees at the hinge and parallel with the barrel... 1945 204*1 ........... Muzzle velocity ........... blowback operated................ Sight radius ................ Capacity of feeding device ............. Length (stock extended......... The barrel and barrel jacket are held in place by a single screwpin threaded at the base and with a folding wingnut head.......... automatic weapon which fires the regular issue bottle-necked 8 mm pistol cartridge...... 8 mm Length (stock folded..8 mm PARATROOPER'S SUBMACHINE JAPANESE GUN. RESTRICTED Replacement Page OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August.. 34 ins... 1 in 12 No.............. 22........... .............. .. 8 mm bottle-necked pistol cartridges Rate of fire ........... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ............. enabling changes without tools....... Air Ammunition types.Blowback...... with bayonet)................................ with the units shrunk fit in final assembly......... ............... magazine. Type of sight . .....Curved box magazine... Length of barrel .. also has a folding stock....... without bayonet)... bolt action Feeding device... 400-450 r....... without bayonet)...... Uniform R.... and the feeding and chambering bar which insures that the cartridge is very nearly chambered before the firing pin can touch the primer..... Principle of operation... The gun...... In the illustrations above................ the top picture shows the weapon as fired........ 7 lbs. approx....m. Weight (without bayonet........... and the photograph at lower left shows the method of folding......... Rifling Twist ......................... of grooves ......... 20 ins.... 6 1... which is provided with a bayonet.......080 f/s Leaf 9 ins................... 8...................... 30 rounds Cooling system . H.......125 ins..... the stock is cut through just behind the receiver and hinged so that by releasing two locking hooks on the left side............ TYPE 100 (1940) This Japanese paratrooper's submachine gun is a light.....25 ins. Two features of the firing mechanism which are of unusual interest are the fixed firing pin which screws into the face of the bolt.. The receiver assembly is machined in two units. .....

........... is an automatic... 8 mm (...2 1 August... a barrel assembly. H ...... 9 lbs. The weapon may be broken down into three main groups: a receiver which contains the bolt and driving spring........................... and a wooden stock assembly containing the trigger and trigger guard... firing from an open bolt..... 9-3/16 ins.. Weight with sling and magazine... Length of rifling ........ ....) Type of sight-Front: Inverted "V" Rear: "V" with small peep additional...........000 rds.. Curved box magazine Capacity of feeding device . SPECIFICATIONS Caliber ..050 f/s No... in the following respects: it does not have a folding stock..... .......... Air Ammunition types ..3 ins............................ barrel lock... 36 ins... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ....R .................. straight blowback-operated type................. Cooling system ....... W eight of barrel .......... and the rear sight is fixed rather than of the sliding ramp type. It differs from the Type 100 (1940) described on page 204............. Rifling: Tw ist ..... The weapon has a high cyclic rate of fire.... Length (overall) ............................... A considerable amount of rough welding is used on the weapon..000 rounds per minute................................ of grooves ... 6 1.......................................... ........ 8 mm pistol Rate of fire (cyclic) ............. Its basic design strongly resembles that of the German submachine guns.............. Form ........................... Paratrooper's rifle.. TYPE 100 (1940) JAPANESE The Japanese 8 mm submachine Gun........ magazine well.. Maximum range . ......... 30 rounds . (est....... bayonet lug..........1.........) 9 oz............ and trigger guard have all been attached to the rifle by this method.. air-cooled. per min.. Sight radius: Principle of operation............................. Length of barrel .......... Effective range .. Straight blowback Feeding device ..........315 in........... a standard bayonet can be mounted directly on barrel and barrel jacket.................... estimated between 800 and 1....... ..................8 mm SUBMACHINE GUN. 204....... driving spring guide..................... W eight of m agazine .... magazine-fed................ M uzzle velocity . 8.... An unusual feature of the gun is a replaceable firing pin which screws into the face of the bolt.......... 800-1....... Type 100..... 2 oz.. the front sight....................

..8 mm Bore diameter at breech .. 28........ The weapon is carried in a leather holster. The pistol is opened for loading by pulling forward on the spring-loaded barrel release lever and forcing downward on both ends of the pistol........... of naval design.. Bore diameter at muzzle . The left barrel is marked with a red stripe. Movement of the safety lever upward places the gun in the firing position....... The three stops on the barrel selector lever are as follows: the left hand stop for the left hand barrel.... and the right barrel with a green stripe......... and the receiver... can be fired only singly. the central stop for the top barrel. which are slightly tapered and of the smooth bore type........ The barrel assembly and firing mechanism recoil on the receiver during firing against the action of a recoil spring located in the receiver........ 11 ozs........... the firing mechanism housing.. The various kinds of ammunition used with the weapon (red. 26.) ..... The barrels. white..... and green flares) must correspond with the color markings on the barrel.4 mm Types of ammunition used Red.... and the right hand stop for the right hand barrel.... the top barrel with a white stripe. 1945 204 3 ..... Each firing pin has its own sear. A double barrel version of this pistol is shown at the right.. & green flares i RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 August. is made of steel with black baked enamel finish and is equipped with plastic grips... 3 lbs. Length of barrel (approx. 4 ins. A counter-clockwise movement of the cocking lever cocks all three spring-loaded firing pins... It consists of three main parts: the barrel assembly.. white... downward movement of the lever places the gun in the safe position.... SPECIFICATIONS W eight of pistol ..TRIPLE BARREL SIGNAL PISTOL JAPANESE MO The triple barrel signal pistol.. releasing the proper firing pin and firing the round in the selected barrel. and movement of the barrel selector lever to the desired stop directs the movement of the trigger to the proper sear.......

........................................ 600 yds.... 29. 26... Uniform R........... The telescopic sight is approximately seven inches long and is equipped with an eyepiece of soft rubber. Air Ammunition types... bolt-action Feeding device ... Effective range (approx............... ...... Depth of grooves .............. 2.. Sight radius .9 ins........... is a manually operated.. .. the markings being at 5 mil intervals......... 2.......... Type of mount .......5 mm rifle except for its monopod... 38.. 5 rounds Cooling system ...... 8 oz........... Box magazine Capacity of feeding device ......Mod.......88 ins....... Maximum range ..............5 mm Sniper's Rifle. The reticle is marked in the following graduations: vertical from 0 to 15...... Muzzle velocity .......... per sec..... 2................ horizontal 20 mils each side of the center.................... Folding monopod RESTRICTED Replacement Page OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 August..... 10 lbs.....25 ins.5x telescopic sight W eight of barrel ... The horizontal line intersects the vertical scale at the 3 mark........... Model 97......................... Manual..... Principle of operation ................. Rifling Twist ........................H........5 mm ball and reduced charge ball Rate of fire........ The telescopic sight is attached to the left hand side of the receiver by means of a dovetailed base..........4 ins.. one turn in 7...5 power and has a 10° field of vision........... 31. 6.... Length of rifling ............ The rifle is also provided with a folding monopod which is pivoted on the lower band................... 1945 208.......... Width of grooves .....5 mm SNIPER'S RIFLE MODEL 97 (1937) JAPANESE The Japanese 6....400 ft....................................... SPECIFICATIONS Weight (w/telescopic sight).......................... Chamber pressure ..........1 ins............... A small pocket to hold the sight cleaning brush is also constructed inside the case.... ............... turneddown bolt handle.................................) .. The case is fitted on the inside with a wooden spacer to secure the sight when it is inside...6... Length of barrel .. Length (overall w/o bayonet)..... air-cooled.....According to dexterity of user Type of sight ................. Muzzle energy ........ and telescopic sight...................... Metford segmental Form .................................. ......... bolt-action...1 .. 4 No....... of grooves ........... 50................600 yds............................... shoulder weapon similar to the Model 38 (1905) 6............... It is a fixed focus type of 2.. The telescopic sight is removable and when not in use is carried in a well constructed canvas case which has a heavy coating of lacquer on the outside for waterproofing..................

...RIFLE GRENADE LAUNCHERS There are three distinct types of grenade launchers in use by the Japanese.... Total weight .. Ordinary ball ammunition is used to launch the grenade from the rifle e fm to exe te g gas from the fired cartridge is utilized (the expanding to expel the grenade from the launcher)..... 9 ozs...... and contains 3. Ranges up to 100 yards may be obtained... They are known as the Type 2 or cup type..... When a bayonet is fixed to the rifle.... It will penetrate 37/ inches of mild steel plate... adapter. TYPE 100 LAUNCHER The spigot type launcher.....82" mm-4.... The launcher is attached to the rifle at the rear of the front sight mount by two locking arms on the...... The grenade.... .......6« The Type 100 may be used with either the 6.. and several types of smoke and incendiary grenades....... The Type 2...... Outside diameter of barrel ...... the Type 100 or Kiska type.. The Type 99 smooth bodied grenade known as the Kiska grenade is the only type used with the launcher.... which is armed during flight by a base detonating. 4/2 ins.. 150 27 21 107 mm-5....... It consists of a rifled barrel threaded to an adapter.. Length of grenade tube .. fires the Type 91. and the spigot type..7 mm Type 99 rifle.......... It fires both the 30 mm and 40 mm hollow charge rifle grenades... This grenade weighs 122 ounces... 1 lb. Type 3 H. a feature which enables the rifle to be carried with the launcher attached and ready for use as either a rifle or as a grenade launcher... Length of barrel ..5 mm Type 38 or the 7............ which is patterned after the German grenade launcher of the same type. which may be used with either the Type 38 or Type 99 rifle... additional stability is obtained by the use of a two-pronged lug on the adapter which fits on the bayonet guard.... 8% ins..... fits over the front sight of the rifle and has a short rifled barrel..... Overall length .. Diameter of grenade tube (interior) . W eight (complete) . Inside diameter of barrel ... Overall length . detonates upon impact with the target.8 ounces of TNT........9" mm-1" mm-..... JAPANESE TYPE 2 CUP TYPE LAUNCHER ™ i™ ........5 ozs...2 1 August. is 8 inches long..... set-back actuated fuze..2" 15..... 1%3ins.. 7 SPIGOT TYPE LAUNCHER 208.E.. has a maximum external diameter of 11/2 inches... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .... ....

............... There is no safety device....7 lbs....... Sight radius ...... of grooves .......... Form ................. and the barrel and barrel sleeve may be interchanged in the two weapons.800 lbs... per sec........... 4 Depth of grooves ..... is offset to the right......... 58....... 4.... radius arm type.... However....... Tripod Elevation .......4 ins.......5 mm Model 3 Heavy Machine Gun....7 mm Model 92.....................7 mm ammunition as the strip feed port in the Model 3 is one-eighth of an inch narrower than that in the Model 92....... .........434 ft........200 meters (328 yards to 2.. The part of the trunnion which contacts the trunnion bearing in the mount is of smaller diameter than that portion which extends beyond the mount.............. ..... it is impossible to convert the Model 3 for use with the 7.. R........Cyclic-450-500 r....Mod...... Gas Feeding device ..... as an adaptor for such a sight is riveted to the front of the cooling jacket.............. 3282........ The trunnions are of two diameters..................6..................5 mm cartridge......Two rear sights: folding ring.........406 yards)........ Type of mount .. air-cooled. 33..................... ... Air Ammunition types.. 29............ 61............. Metal strips Capacity of feeding device . antiaircraft type..... The gas piston and bolt assemblies............ Length of rifling . the other.. in. 26....406 yds..... but is chambered for the 6........ full-automatic weapon with a comparatively low cyclic rate.... Width of grooves .. It is believed that a cartwheel type front sight is used.........................H................ Rifling Twist ................500 yds........... 6............................p......... ................376 yds............................. Uniform. Practical-200 r.. to provide for ease of production. 2........ Principle of operation ................m..... Chamber pressure ........... per sq.....6 ins..... although obsolescent..... tangent curve. 1.......... a folding ring type antiaircraft sight................ The weapon has conventional spade grips provided with two finger triggers fixed integrally with the trigger lever so that either or both will fire the gun..... is being recovered in small quantities from battle areas............2 ins................. grad.... Effective range ..................88 ins... radius arm type.......... -15° to +90 Traverse ......................... Various machining cuts found in the internal parts of the Model 3 were eliminated in the later model.............................. a gasoperated.5 RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE 210*1 ...5 mm HEAVY MACHINE GUN MODEL 3 (1914) JAPANESE The Japanese 6... Length .p........m........ (w/o tripod) ...... Two rear sights are provided: one... one turn in 7... It is similar to the 7......... . Muzzle velocity ............................... 47. Muzzle energy ....... Type of sight...... The head thus formed tends to reduce transverse motion................ is attached permanently to the rear top of the receiver.. The latter sight is graduated from 300 meters to 2................................................................................... The oil reservoir is of slightly different shape and probably has a lower capacity than that of the Model 92.. 38.............. Metford segmental No.... SPECIFICATIONS Weight (w/tripod) . Weight of barrel .2 ins........ Length of barrel ........ Maximum range ................... a tangent curve...5 mm ball ammunition Rate of fire....... ... 122 lbs.............. 23. 30 rounds Cooling system ..........

........... Weight of barrel ........... 10 ins.....Uniform.......... Muzzle velocity ................................... fire.... A tapered locking key passes through the receiver (from right to left) and engages in front of the barrel lug............... Principle of operation .... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May......... called "Teraju" by the Japanese....9 lbs.... .. It is locked in place by screwing a nut on the right side into the receiver wall... 44" Clip 5 rounds Length .1 .......................... 8.....7 mm standard infantry rifle...................... Metford segmental Form .............. A spring actuated plunger located in the front end of the buttstock locks the barrel and forestock in position........ 4 No..... to incorporate a takedown feature which enables them to be used by paratroop units..... The Model 2.................... 600 yds. Depth of grooves ...... the barrel section is 25 V2 inches long. the stock 201/4 inches...... 257/8" Length of rifling ........................ unthreaded shank with a lug on the bottom. The shank fits into a socket in front of the receiver................ clip-loaded rifles........ weapon in the secured to the by interrupted the stock is in SPECIFICATIONS W eight .. Model 99............. The barrel and front end are detached from the stock at the receiver ring........... they are manually-operated. The key cannot be taken out completely.. bolt-action.. When taken down. Width of grooves ..A........ Feeding device .. and two parts............ is of much better workmanship than the Modified Model 99....... Chamber pressure . Model 99 rimless Type of sight...Front: inverted "V" blade on "T" base.. the bolt handle is detachable... Rear: leaf graduated from 328 to 1............... but may be withdrawn far enough to allow removal of the barrel................................... .... Manufactured at Nagoya Arsenal.......... 2360 f/s 3............................ The takedown system is simple and sturdy..... 1945 212.................7 mm PARATROOPER RIFLES Model 99 (1939) JAPANESE zwba Model 2 (1942) Both of the weapons shown above are basically the same as the Japanese 7... Length of barrel ......... bolt-operated Ammunition types ........ Total weight of the loaded weapon is 8......................7............. with aperature sight and aperture battle sight side arms for A............................................ of grooves . The modified Model 99 differs from the basic following respects: the barrel locking adaptor is receiver........ This plunger must be retracted before the barrel can be rotated for takedown...............640 yds.......9 pounds........ magazine-fed......................... Capacity of feeding device ............. The barrel has a straight... They have been designed.... Effective range .................. Rifling: Twist. however.........000 yds..... the barrel is secured into the adaptor screw threads................................. .... one turn in approx.Manual............. right hand........ Maximum range ....

...... Tripod Elevation ..7 mm LEWIS MACHINE GUN MODEL 92 (1932) JAPANESE The Lewis type machine gun is used widely by the Japanese. No allowance is made for windage or drift..15 ° +85° Antiaircraft mount ....... Drum magazine Capacity of feeding device ...... of grooves ............. 2411 ft......................................................Lewis gas-operated system Feeding device ............................ ......... Type of mount ...............................7 mm rimmed Navy ammunition fed from a 47-round drum is used............ per sec......... the main portion of the tripod head can be moved from a horizontal to a vertical position. 360° Traverse ...... Air Ammunition types...... Length of barrel .............................. Muzzle energy .............................. 7................H... ................................ ........... Effective range ... Azimuth is calibrated in 2 mil intervals from 0 to 6......... 39 ins.......m....... Concentric Form ................................7. equipped with a blade front sight and a rear peep-sight calibrated in hundreds of meters from 0 to 17... Depth of grooves .................................... 49 lbs..........p............................................................... R.. Chamber pressure .. The gun is mounted on a tripod having tubular steel legs which may be locked at various angles from the vertical....... Without removing the gun from the mount............... Rifling Twist ..................... Cyclic-600 r....7 mm full-rimmed ammunition Rate of fire ........ In this position............ 4000 yds.......... -80° ......Blade front sight: rear peepsight calibrated from 0 to 1700 meters .................... and the gun attached to the top of the head for antiaircraft use....................... 47 rounds Cooling system .....1 .... SPECIFICATIONS Weight gun and tripod ............................ 1945 214............. ................400 mils.......... Length ................ RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 June................................ drum-fed design.. Although no antiaircraft sight was discovered with the gun........................ 4 No........ Muzzle velocity ............. a mount for such a sight is attached to the weapon....................... Ammunition chests recovered were found to hold 21 loaded drums... It is also believed that the gun is used extensively for ship or air base protection as the tripod mount is adaptable for antiaircraft fire.. The Model 92 is of standard Lewis gas-operated............ Length of rifling .................. Maximum range ... The head of the tripod has a 3600 traverse.. The tripod legs are attached to flat square plates which have holes in the center to accommodate bolts which are used to secure the tripod to the deck of a ship.................... +60° Ground mount ..................... the limits of elevation are approximately -80° to +85°.... Uniform. Principle of operation.................... air-cooled. Markings on a number of these guns found in the New Georgia area indicate that the weapon as used by the Japanese is of naval origin......... 122 lbs............................................. ............. 500 yds.............. 24 ins.......................... Type of sight.. Width of grooves ....... 7..... Weight of gun ..

7.7 mm HEAVY MACHINE GUN MODEL 01 (1941)

JAPANESE

This gun incorporates most of the features of the Model 92 Heavy Machine Gun, but is smaller and lighter. A total weight saving of 41 pounds in the gun and tripod mount is achieved. The barrel of the new gun is considerably shorter than that of the Model 92; therefore, the muzzle velocity is probably lower. Both guns feed from 30-round strips, but the 01 (1941) uses rimless ammunition. The new gun incorporates the following modifications: The barrel of the Model 01 may be quickly removed. The flash hider is screwed onto the muzzle, eliminating the knurled locking collar used on the older gun. The gas regulating system is similar to that of the 7.7 mm Model 99 (1939) Light Machine Gun. A smaller oil reservoir is used. A new method of attaching the ejection port cover allows easier access to the receiver which should aid in clearing stoppages. Minor changes in the metal sights have been made. A crank-shaped safety is fitted through the top of the sear housing with its handle at the left rear of the receiver. The new tripod is lighter and has different type spades. It also has a different mechanism for elevating the pintle support above the tripod base. The receiver of the Model 01 is lighter.

SPECIFICATIONS
Weight (total) ............................................ 69.9 lbs. Weight (without mount) ................ 34 lbs., 2 ozs. Weight of mount .......................................... 37 lbs. Weight of tripod ...................................... 36.3 lbs. Length (overall w/flash hider) ............. 42%/s ins. Length (overall w/o flash hider) .............. 38 ins. .............. Sight radius ................................. Principle of operation ................ Gas, full-automatic Feeding device ........................................ Metal strips Capacity of feeding device ............... 30 rounds Cooling system ................................. .......... Ammunition types....Model 92 ball. A.P. and tracer (rimless) Rate of fire (estimated)..........450-500 r.p.m. cyclic 200-250 r.p.m. effective Type of sight..................Rear, calibrated from 100 to 2.200 meters. Weight of barrel .............................. 11 Ibs., 6 ozs. Length of barrel .................................. 23-3/16 ins. Length of rifling............................................ 22 ins. Rifling R.H. Twist ......................................................... Form ..................... ....................................... No. of lands ........................................ ............ 8 No. of grooves ........................................... Depth of grooves ......................................... Width of grooves ......................................... Muzzle velocity ............................................. Maximum range ............................................ Effective range ............... ................................. Type of mount ................................................ Tripod Elevation ..................... ..................................... Traverse (total-on arc) .................................. 450

214.2

1 une,

1945

OFFICE CHIEF

6

OF ORDNANCE

RESTRICTED

DOUBLE BARREL FLEXIBLE AIRCRAFT MACHINE GUNS MODEL 100 and MODEL 1

JAPANESE

These two weapons which are very similar offer the advantage of two guns being mounted in the space occupied by one gun of normal size, thus saving weight in the gun and mount, and space in the plane. A small ammunition supply making frequent magazine changes necessary is a disadvantage partially for the advantages of the double barrel principle. The operating mechanism for both barrels is housed in a single receiver. This is a single forging, milled to house the two separate actions. The magazine opening is cut out of the top of the receiver, the ejection slot out of the bottom. Each action has its own back plate. The gas piston group resembles the Bren light machine gun in design. The bolt is a steel forging well machined. The gas cylinder tube is constructed of seamless steel tubing and is threaded to the receiver at the rear. The trigger assembly is made up of two separate sear assemblies riveted to the pistol grip framework. Two pistol grips are located about 6 inches apart; the sears are connected to a horizontal trigger bar mounting a trigger on either end. Both guns may be fired by depressing either trigger. The magazine is the saddle-drum type. Each side holds 50 rounds and feeds one gun. Each side has its own spring so that, in the event of a jam affecting one barrel, the other gun may continue to fire. The Model 1 (1941) gun appears to be basically the same weapon as the earlier model, Model 100 (1940) which is shown at the bottom of the illustration. The Type 1 gun shown at the top of the picture has a head or shoulder rest attached to the gun. This rest is made of wood and canvas and is attached to the gun with steel frames. The specifications were secured from the earlier weapon.

SPECIFICATIONS
C aliber ...................... .............................. 7.92 m m 36 lbs. Weight of gun ................................................ Length (overall) .......................................... 37.5 ins. Length of receiver .................................. 16.25 ins. Length of barrel ........................................ Length of rifling ...................................... 24.5 ins. 22.37 ins.

Diameter of boreacross lands ............................................ 0.310 in. across grooves ...................................... 0.313 in. Number of lands ............................. ........... 4

Width of lands ......................................... 0.0781 in. Width of grooves .................................... 0.1718 in.

Depth of grooves ...................................... 0.003 in. Twist of rifling .................................... Uniform R. H. Pitch of rifling ......................... ........ 7° (approx.) Gas

Type of operation ................................................

Type of fire ........................................ Automatic only Type of feed................Magazine, saddle-drum type Capacity of magazine .......................... 100 rounds Weight of magazine empty .................... 73/ lbs. lbs.

Weight of magazine filled ...................... 133/

Ammunition .................................... A. P.-Incendiary Rate of fire (estimated) .................. Range ........................................ 400-600 r.p.m.

250 to 350 meters

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

OF ORDNANCE

1 March, 1945

216*1

7.7

om

EXPLOSIVE CARTRIDGE

JAPANESl E

PROJECTILE JACKET' HAMMERPROPELLING CHARGE L.ANVIL FELT WASHER PERCUSSION CAP INNER COMPARTMENT H. E. FILLING

This fixed round of ammunition consists of a brass cartridge
case and a high explosive projectile. The semi-rimless case is The top of

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber.....................
7.7 mm (.303 in.)

tapered, forming a neck which fits over the projectile.

the neck is coned into the cannelure of the bullet. 'The base of the case is recessed to take a simple percussion type primer, and the rest of the case is filled with a propelling charge of graphited nitrocellulose grains, about half of which, in the specimens examined, had a very fine axial perforation. The brass projectile is cylindrical in shape with a truncated

Weight of complete round.... 26.15 grms.-.915 oz.
Length of complete round ............ Length of cartridge case ........................ Weight of cartridge case (without percussion cap) ................ 14.93 grms.-.523 oz. ............ 10.69 grms.-.374 oz. 3 3/32 ins. 2 9/32 ins.

ogival nose. It contains a brass inner compartment, ogival in shape and open at the base, and a hammer consisting of a lead antimony plug encased in a brass sheath. open, the walls being turned in The rear of the projectile is to retain the hammer. also

Weight of projectile

Length of projectile ............................. Maximum diameter

1 15/32 ins. 0.310 in. 0.021 in.

....................................

Both .the

Thickness of main compartment walls...... Weight of main compartment Thickness ....................................

main projectile and the inner compartment. are filled with the explosive charge, a mixture of PETN and RDX. A white felt

2.95 grms.-.103 oz.

washer pressed into the base of the inner compartment protects the explosive charge from the effect of setback when the round is fired.

of inner compartment walls.... 0.008 in.

Weight of inner compartment..0.20 grms.-.007 oz. Height of inner compartment ................... 0.390 in.

When. the projectile strikes a target, the hammer in

the rear
Length of hammer ...................................... 0.700 in.

end sets forward crushing the explosive against the walls of both the inner
explode.

and

main

compartments,

causing

the

projectile

to

Weight of hammer ............... 6.65 grms,-.233 oz. Diameter of hammer ........................... :........ 0.258 in.

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

OF ORDNANCE

1 April, 1945

221

20 mm AIRCRAFT AUTOMATIC CANNON, MODEL 99 Mk 1 FLEXIBLE

JAPANESE

This weapon is an air-cooled, blowback-operated, Oerlikon type machine cannon. It operates on the same basic principle as all Oerlikon cannons of this type. The Japanese gun is a close copy of the Swiss gun, in that it is designed for full automatic fire only. The gun is manufactured in Japan on Swiss machinery. The above illustration shows the flexible version. A significant feature is that the parts which are subjected to little wear, such as the grips, mounts, gunners' shoulder rest, and other exterior parts are generally made of light weight metal. This weapon is almost identical with other Model 99 (1939), 20 mm aircraft cannon reported to be used in the majority of Japanese planes, both as fixed guns in fighter craft, and as flexible guns in bombing planes. The weapon is fed from a drum type magazine. It is cocked or charged by manual means, and has no semiautomatic charger or rounds counter. The cocking handle is rotated to draw the recoiling parts to the rear and cock the gun for the first shot, the gun firing from an open bolt. Cocking operations for succeeding shots are performed by the blowback operation of the gun itself.

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber .......................................... 20 mm-0.87 ins. Weight (without magazine) ........................ 62 lbs. Weight of 60 rd. magaine (empty).............. 20 lbs. Length (overall) ............................................. 55 ins.

Length of barrel ............................................ 30 ins. No. of grooves ............ 9; Uniform right hand twist Width of grooves ........................................... Depth of grooves ...................................... 0.022 in.

Width of lands ............................................ Muzzle velocity (shell) ............................ Cyclic rate ............................................. 1,930 f/s. 510 r.p.m.

Traverse ......................................... Flexible aircraft Length of recoil ............................................ Turns of cocking handle required to cock piece ........................................... 11 ins.

Ammunition........HE; HE with tracer; HE with selfdestroying tracer; HE-I; AP; AP tracer; AP-HEI; Long burning tracer; Practice Wt. of HE projectile ................................ 4.50 ozs.

Type of feed ......................................... 60 rd. drum

RESTRICTED

(Replacement Page)

OFFICE CHIEF

OF ORDNANCE

1 June, 1945

251

20 mm AIRCRAFT CANNON Ho 5 (BROWNING PRINCIPLE)

JAPANESE

This weapon, an improvement on the 12.7 mm Japanese copy of the U. S. Cal. .50 aircraft machine gun, is a recoil-operated, disintegrating metallic link belt-fed, air-cooled, aircraft machine cannon. It is mounted as a fixed weapon and as such it is fired electrically by remote control. The recoil mechanism consists of a metal cylinder into which is fitted a coil spring. Through the center of this extends a 5/16-inch rod which screws into a brass bushing. The rod extends through the spring follower which rests on the coil spring and is secured by two lock nuts. Buffering action takes place in the recoil direction only. There is no quick change barrel. Because of the weight of the bolt and the heavy recoil spring, a booster is used, th;s being found in the flash hider. The gun has a high cyclic rate of fire, muzzle velocities of 2,304 f/s (A.P.), 2,430 f/s (H.E.), and a penetration performance /-inch homogenous plate at 200 at 200 yards; /2-inch at 200 at of 7 580 yards. The maximum weight lifting capacity of the belt is 62 pounds. The disassembly of the weapon is the same as the Browning Cal. .30 and Cal. .50 machine guns with a few minor exceptions. The Japanese weapon has no back plate latch. The back plate is held in place by two pins, one at the top, and one at the bottom.

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber ............................................ 20 mm (0.79 in.) Weight w/accessories .................. 104-11/16 lbs. Weight w/o accessories .......................... 86 Length (overall) ........................................
Sight radius ................. ...................................

lbs.

63% ins.

Principle of operation..........Recoil with muzzle cup Feeding device .......................... Metal link belt type Capacity of feeding device ............... 100 rounds Cooling system ................................................. ..... Air

Ammunition types .................. A.P., H.E., Incendiary Cyclic rate ................................................ 950 r.p.m. Type of sight ............................................... Weight of barrel .................................... Length of barrel .......................................... Reflector 1/2Va lbs. 35.4 ins.

Length of rifling ........................................ 31.5 ins. Rifling

Tw ist ................................

.............................. R.H .

................... Form ................................ ........... . 8 No. of grooves ........................................ Depth of grooves ........................................ Width of grooves ....................................... Chamber pressure ......................................... Muzzle velocity (A.P. Shot) ...................... 2304 f/s

(H.E. Shell)....................
Effective

2,430 f/s

range .......................................... 600 yds.

1 June, 1945

OFFICE CHIEF

8

OF ORDNANCE

RESTRICTED

20 mm AIRCRAFT MACHINE GUN (MODIFIED MODEL 97 ANTITANK GUN)

JAPANESE

This Japanese 20 mm aircraft gun is a modified version of the Model 97 antitank gun described on page 101. It is a gasoperated, full-automatic, magazine-fed, air-cooled weapon. The barrel, of monobloc construction, is fitted with a muzzle brake and attached to the receiver by means of a bushing of the interrupted screw type. The magazine fits into a rectangular opening in the top of the receiver, and the empty cartridge cases are ejected from a similar opening in the bottom. The ejector is secured to the underside of the receiver top just behind the magazine opening. The operation of the aircraft version of this gun is similar to that of the antitank rifle. The six phases are: loading, locking, firing, unlocking, extraction, and ejection. The first three occur on the counterrecoil, and the last three on the recoil. The gun is cocked the first time by pulling the retracting handle to the rear. This retracts the operating group to the position where the sear will engage the gas piston and hold it to the rear. After the magazine is inserted and locked in place, the gun is ready to fire. The gun was mounted in the dorsal turret of the Bomber "Helen" on a semicircular-shaped rack, and is fixed to the rack by the lower left hand edge of the receiver. The rack is used for elevating the gun. The gun and mount are in turn mounted on the turret ring. The sight used on this gun is a reflector type sight and it is believed that there is provision made for deflection shooting. A fixed version has also been reported. Documentary evidence discloses that the ammunition for the turret gun is referred to as HO1 and the fixed as H93.

SPECIFICATIONS
Caliber ............................................ 20 mm (.79 in.)
Weight (without mount) .............................. 74 lbs.

Length (with muzzle brake) .................. 68/ ins. (without muzzle brake) .............. 671/4 ins.
Sight radius ................................ Capacity of feeding device .............. Gas Principle of operation ........................................

Magazine, 15 rds. Inverted saddle type, 50 rds.
Cooling system ................................................. Air Ammunition types ............ AP/T: HE/T: HE/I; Ball Rate of fire (estimated).................. 300 rds. per min. Type of sight ............................................ Reflector Weight of barrel .......................................... Length of barrel ............................................ 47 ins. Length of rifling (approx.) ............................ Rifling Tw ist Form 42 ins.

...................... ...................................... ..................... .......................................

No. of lands & grooves ......................................
Depth of grooves ...................................... Width of grooves ...................................... Chamber pressure ..........................................

8

Muzzle velocity (estimated)..2,500-2,900 ft. per sec. Muzzle energy ............................................. Effective range ...................................... 1,000 yds. Type of mount ...................... Dorsal turret and fixed

RESTRICTED

OFFICE CHIEF

OF ORDNANCE

1 August, 1945

253

.. 20 mm cannon........ The projectiles used are identical to the Mark I.........m...................... A.....P................... 0...787 in...... Right hand Principle of operation .....................) ..................../I...................... T...... it operates on the Oerlikon principle and is found both with drum type magazine feed (Mod......... 254 1 August... 9 Number of grooves ........... Reflector type Charging mechanism ..... Air Sights ... It is probably fitted in RUFEs and as a flexible gun in the tail turret of BETTY.. III-top photo) and with belt feed (Mod.. Depth of grooves .... II JAPANESE This is a gun of higher power than the Type 99 Mk.............. Flexible cable Effective range (est............ Pneumatic Firing system ....................E..... but the cartridge employed contains approximately 40% more propellant than the older type....... 67 lbs.. H.........../T...... Like the earlier gun.5 ins...................... Length of barrel ...............500 to 2. 400-500 r.. II 500 to 700 foot seconds........ 47 ins............. thereby increasing the velocity of the Mk...................E..................................... 73 ins........ Rate of fire (est............... I....... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .............................026 in....) Weight of gun ........... 600-700 yds....................... Length of gun (overall) .... 100 rds.... Ammunition..... A. I consist of a longer barrel and a longer chamber.... The gun has been found in ZEKEs and HAMPs.... 41.....P...... The principal differences between this model and the Mk..... The barrel protrudes 18 inches beyond the leading edge when mounted in the wings of fighter aircraft.. H. SPECIFICATIONS Caliber .. The muzzle velocity of the weapon varies from 2..p.................................. Length of rifling .............20 mm AIRCRAFT CANNON TYPE 99 Mk.) .................................. Blow back Feeding device .............E.................................700 foot seconds depending upon the type of projectile used... Twist of rifling ......../I. H................. 20 mm (................. Cooling system .Ball......... IV-lower photo)... French drum or belt Capacity of drum ................

7 ins. It will not function unless the mine has attained a velocity of approximately forty feet per second... The grenade is encased in a silk bag.. .25 kg.. 1/ 2% ins. and closed by a draw-string at the bottom....76 kg...CONICAL ANTITANK HOLLOW CHARGE HAND GRENADE JAPANESE ADAPTER EXPLOSIVE CHARGE This Japanese antitank grenade consists of a Pentalite (50/50 TNT & PETN) explosive charge cast around a thin aluminum cone. The wooden base provides proper stand-off distance and has a central hole of slightly smaller diameter than that of the cone.. 6/4 ins... Weight of booster ... The explosive charge...14 kg.7 grams Weight of base ......84 kg. and strikes a hard surface. A cast ring pellet surrounds the cyclonite booster... SPECIFICATIONS Large Grenade Small Grenade Length of grenade.... 42.. apex.. ins....... Weight of cone .5 grams 50.... 2/8 ins.. there is also a larger grenade of the same type which has a Type 94 explosive charge... A modified version of this grenade....... .. 14 ins.. 1.. 1945 304..... the fuze is screwed into a metal seat on top of the mine.3 grams .. has been recovered..1 grams ...1 grams RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE 1 April.. A tail made of hemp is tied around the top of the grenade to provide stability in flight................. The fuze... Cone angle. 42.. It differs from the grenade previously encountered in the Philippines in the following respects: it is smaller......... referred to as the Type B... which is shaped in the form of a hollow truncated cone... which will penetrate about 2 inches of armor plate.. is constructed in two parts which are threaded together. 30 2 ins... and the detonator tube is larger........ an all-ways impact type.. has a covering of thin waxed paper and a well in the upper end to receive the booster of the fuze...87 kg... 56..... Weight complete ... 141.. According to reports... The device..0 grams 5....3 grams Weight of explosive .......... ....60 kg..... 4/ 1/ 3 7 5 /s ins. 1. either white or olive drab in color... the fuze body is metal with a single-pronged safety pin.. and a tail attachment... should be thrown from a distance of approximately ten meters. a wooden stand-off head.... Diameter of cone.....1 .... Diameter at base... ins. Weight of grenade Weight of fuze ..... 42. 7 4 ins... the cover is yellow silk instead of canvas.. a fuze.... ins..... Length of fuze. Length of cone... Length of tail.........7 grams 5.

..... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .............. filled with Type 88 explosive.... it is also fitted with an instantaneous fuze and a tail assembly with four fins spot welded to the rear part of the tube.... designed to be fired from Models 38 and 99 rifles by means of a spigot launcher and wooden bullet.. a tetryl booster..... light brown.....1 ins... However.. Weight of explosive ..................................... 1 lb... 1........... HIGH EXPLOSIVE RIFLE GRENADE MODEL 3 This grenade......... In order to operate the grenade..... waterproof RUBBER COVERINGS WOODEN COLLAR RUBBER TUBEou........... in....... consisting of two halves baked together...............88 ins.......... the small rubber covering is removed from the top and the scratch block is struck on the protruding match composition............ 99 mm-3................................. The grenade is armed by the removal of a safety fork................................... Weight of explosive body without explosive ..................... Outside diameter of tube Inside diameter of tube ...... 3 qr...... Weight of booster.............. ........... an inertia block is forced into the fuze body shearing a brass shear wire and driving the firing pin into the detonator....... It is out.... 1 1/16 ins.............................................................. 10 ozs..9 ins.. Wall thickness... and a tetryl booster................... in The grenade is color................... Length of grenade body ................ 2...... SPECIFICATIONS Height (base to top of neck) ................ Weight of grenade without explosive ....... is similar in use and operation to the Model 91 rifle grenade... and lightly glazed both inside and encased in a straw-colored............. Length of fin assembly ... ....... The ignition system consists of a match composition and scratch block............. Total weight....... SPECIFICATIONS Diameter of grenade body .... All are encased in a rubber BOOSTER BODY POTTERY tube except the match composition which is lacquered into the neck of the grenade......... 4 15/16 Ins................. Material of construction ............Teiinwtrof '^ DELAY ELEMENT INITIATOR rubber sack.............. it is spherical........ Weight of primer..5 ozs... 100 grams-3............ a 4-5-second delay element........................ 304. Steel Weight of main charge .. 14 ez....... 1/s in.POTTERY HAND GRENADE JAPANESE This hand grenade............................................. 7......... 3 ozs....... like the Model 3 Flower Pot Land Mine........... and a three-ounce bursting charge of cast TNT. 1 13/16 ins......... . Overall length of grenade ........... On impact..63 ins...... and.......... SCRATCH BLOCK MATCH COMPOSITION CARRYING BAND is assumed to be a Navy weapon......................2 1 April............. Diameter..... Width of tail fin .................... Width of tail assembly .. a lead azide initiator.............. 7/16 inch Pottery thickness ....... Length of tail fin......................... 21/ ins....43 Ins.... 79 mn-3................. Except for the neck at the top......................... made of terra cotta... 23/ ins..... it is smaller and has a smooth-wall body rather than the serrated type....... igniting the delay element. It contains a cyclonite primer enclosed in a brass container..........................1 r.

........ Weight of each explosive block . A thick tarry substance is applied to-the seams around the end caps probably for the same purpose.... is positioned in the fuze body by a copper shear wire... A spring clip on the cap holds the wire in place.... Picric acid Weight of complete fuze .......... 36 ins... SPECIFICATIONS Length (overall) ............................. The space between the flat side of the blocks and the wall of the case accommodates the protruding heads of the fuzes which are inserted between blocks. Color...... /4 lb..... ............. of Naval origin................. and extends the entire length of the mine......... but its use as an anti-personnel device is limited since a pressure of approximately 336 pounds is necessary to set it off... and a striker housing...... 1945 308*1 ... an explosive charge comprising eight blocks of picric acid.. Filling . 3........ 4.... When the mine is to be put into operation.. ......... The two latter parts are identical in external appearance and screw into the sides of the main body diametrically opposite each other........95 lbs... 5.... The mine is held in an unarmed position by the safety wire which is inserted through a hole in one of the end caps.................... a booster housing... Total weight ... 10..Brown outside. The mine consists of an oval shaped tube of sheet metal with a cap on both ends...............................29 lb. black lacquer inside RESTRICTED (Replacement Page) OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 March.... The lower end of the plunger is split by a slot.. The picric acid blocks which are flattened on one side do not fill the mine completely......... The percussion type fuze consists of a cylindrical body which houses the striker release plunger....... and four percussion type fuzes. the safety wire is removed and a burying plug is screwed into the hole in the cap to make the assembly waterproof. Weight of mine ...63 lbs.35 x 1. A second hole 90 degrees from the shear wire hole accommodates a safety wire.......... Diameter (oval) ............. The striker release plunger.............. Almost any vehicle will activate the mine... each cast in a paper container and coated with paraffin... is usually found buried in landing strips.ANTI-VEHICULAR YARDSTICK MINE JAPANESE z This Japanese land mine. a split pin with an enlarged flat head...58 lbs.. W eight of filling ..8 ins............ the width of which is increased on the inner end............. .......................

... the fork releases the hammer which is forced downward by the hammer spring. percussion hammer.......... the hammer head cams out the fork........ cover....... plunger....... it probably would be difficult to locate the mine with a magnetic type detector... but has the same height as the smaller mine....... 65 mm Weight of fuze (without booster) . 56 grams * According to reports. striker. SPECIFICATIONS Weight of mine (fuzed) .NAVY TYPE 3 (FLOWER POT) LAND MINE-SMALL JAPANESE SAFETY PIN _- MINE WALL COVER vH ^ e............ is held in place by a release fork to which a trip wire may be attached. 6 ozs. When the wire is pulled.. The hammer comes in contact with the striker forcing it through its bakelite holder into the percussion cap..... The percussion hammer.... When pressure is applied directly on the head of the fuze. 308 2 1 March........... Length of fuze .......... Type 88 Weight of explosive ... located within the fuze...... It is said to contain 61/2 pounds of explosive... 220 mm* Height (without fuze) .... or 90% ammonium nitrate and 10% dinitronapthalene../' EXPLOSIVE CONTAINER The mine case.......... made of earth-colored terra-cotta... Fuze body....... Because so few of the components are made of ferrous materials............ When rigged.... 105 mm Height (fuzed) ......... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .... the plunger spring is compressed causing the hammer release fork to bear on the cover... there is a larger mine of this same type. and striker holder are made of bakelite............... has a thin dull glaze on its outer surface and a highly glazed inner surface.. 8 ozs......... It is believed that the bursting charge may be a mixture of 50% ammonium nitrate and 50% TNT.. It is 270 mm in diameter... 11 lbs......... It then fires as above.. 4 lbs.. 157... the fuze is fired either by pressure or by pull... A light rubber bag inside the body contains a Type 88 explosive filler........ As the plunger spring is further compressed.... Diameter (maximum) ........ The fuze which is interchangeable with the standard Type 88 and Type 100 artillery fuzes (thereby permitting the use of artillery projectiles as land mines) screws into a rubber seat sealed in place in the mine........................... and release fork are of metal construction. the springs........5 mm Explosive filling ...............

... the handle is driven forward breaking the shear pin.. ins... PLATEBOTTOM 0 r] D ins.. 12 Diameter of base of body (approx....ANTITANK "LUNGE" MINE JAPANESE M This suicide mine. lunge forward striking the mine squarely against the tank........3 ' .......... with contact at a 600 angle..............di f *% .... The firing mechanism.... To operate the mine.... ins..... 62 Length of legs .....) ........... 11/4 Weight of explosive charge ..... 1945 308..... consisting of a needle type striker. which holds the mine"and the handle 2... it is attached to the body of the mine by a threaded connecting ring..... initiating explosion of the mine.. A well in the apex of the charge contains the detonator... the mine will penetrate 6 inches of steel plate..... ins..01 UllK.. and a safety pin.......... lbs. the soldier must first remove the safety pin. 8 Length of handle ....... consists of a conical-shaped hollow charge encased in a steel container.. and then. eq ~ RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE I May....4 inches apart.... ins.... a shear pin.......... Three legs equally spaced around the base of the charge provide proper stand-off distance.... slips over the end of the handle and is held in place by the shear pin and safety pin. When the legs of the mine strike the target........... an antitank device used by Japanese Closequarter Combat Units.. K1 - :i: 14.. 51/4 Weight of mine (total) .. quite simple in construction. using bayonet tactics. ... 14.............. and a wooden handle... Reports indicate that when head-on contact is made... lbs...... This sleeve.......... steel plates of approximately 4 inches can be penetrated.......31 ........ is housed in a metal sleeve. 59 Diameter of handle . and the striker is driven into the detonator.) .. SPECIFICATIONS Length of mine body (approx..

81 mm .. The projectile is slid down the mortar tube in a manner similar to the firing of a standard mortar shell....... Diameter of cylinder ......... Length (overall) . ..... and a black powder ejecting charge........... At the same time. An 81 mm flare shell... apparently of a magnesium composition..... ........ x 4 ins..... 15-second delay train.. the 40-second delay pellet is ignited..... The explosive cylinder........... The rear portion consists of a primer. the jerk on the cord pulls the end of the cord through the primer. a 15second delay train sets off an ejecting charge of black powder which forces out the nose plug.... The shell is propelled from the mortar and continues in flight until the delay train ignites the ejecting charge which forces out the wooden nose plug...... comprises a 40-second delay pellet in a central cylinder and three H........ The end of the suspension cord is covered with match com- position and acts as a pull igniter...... Black with tan nose plug RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May...... the two parachutes....... the suspension cord.. If the pull igniter is not functioned. the burning train of the 40-second delay pellet reaches the detonator and sets off the explosive cylinder........... SPECIFICATIONS Caliber . ..... sets off the loose black powder in the base of the round.. 1945 310.... . Color ... or middle section...... ...... The explosive cylinder is suspended by a small parachute attached to the cylinder by 12-inch strands.....81 mm ANTIAIRCRAFT MORTAR PROJECTILE JAPANESE PROPELLANT DELAY ELEMENT HIGH CYLINDER NOSE PLUG PRIMER PROPELLANT CONTAINER EJECTING CHARGE PARACHUTES This antiaircraft projectile..1 .. is also used...... causing detonation of the high explosive.... and the explosive cylinder....... identical in external appearance except for color markings...... If an airplane strikes the suspension cord of the floating high explosive assembly........ parachutes.... The burning of the ejecting charge ignites the flare............... When the projectile is in flight......... in turn. The forward end section contains a wooden nose plug.E................ propelling charge.... fired from the 81 mm barrage mortar.............. . and it...... and a suspension cord.. is composed of three sections............ Size of fins ........ black powder charge.... two parachutes. Upon striking the firing pin..... in............. 1 9/16 ins.... and by a larger parachute attached to the cylinder by the 30-foot suspension cord......... the primer is ignited.. which floats earthward on the parachutes. pellets cast around the delay element.. and flare......... 213/ ins... The black powder ignites the propellant and the 15-second delay train...... It contains two parachutes and a flare..........

.. Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-1...N............4 lbs.............. 107 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 90 HE POINTED AA P.T..... 1945 319 .....85 lb..... PROJECTILE: Caliber-70 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-8. 110 P.....N..... 7 cm Model 94 Tank Gun .30 lbs......4 lbs..... Kind-T......... 7 cm Model 88 Field AA Gun (Special) ... 110 WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 92 Howitzer ........ Kind-T......T..... has been found Tracer-None FUZES: Model 89 Time (Powder Train) Nose Fuze and Auxiliary Fuze REMARKS-Captured documents indicate that the Gun Type Fuze is used when this projectile is fired from the tank gun and that the Howitzer-Mortar Type Fuze is used when this projectile is fired from the howitzer.ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 7 cm (70 mm) MODEL 92 HE P... has been found Tracer-None FUZES: Model 88 Instantaneous (Howitzer-Mortar Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Howitzer-Mortar Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Gun Type) Nose Fuze WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 88 Field AA Gun . RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May....... Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-0... PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind--Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-14...

.. has been found Tracer-None FUZES: Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Gun Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-This projectile has two rotating bands and a bourrelet band............. 108 113 111 112 110 FUZES: Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Gun Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-This projectile has one rotating band and a bourrelet band 320 1 May...... 7 cm Model 88 Field AA Gun (Special) ..... P............... 110 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 90 HE POINTED WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 38 Field Gun .19 lbs..........................N. P.... Kind-T......... has been found Tracer-None P... 7 cm Model 95 Field Gun ...... Kind-T........................0 lbs........................ PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-14...... 7 cm Model 88 Field AA Gun (Special) ... 7 cm Model 41 Cavalry Gun ............ 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ..... P.... Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-1......... P.T. 108 P.. 111 P.......19 lbs.............T... 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun ...............0 lbs... P..... 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun .......N.... Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one white and one yellow Charge: Weight-1...... 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun .ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 90 HE POINTED WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun .... PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-14...

........... P....... P......... P............... 7 cm Model 88 Field AA Gun (Special) PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-14.... 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun ............................ 1945 321 ................... 7 cm Model 88 Field AA Gun (Special) ..... 7 cm 41 Cavalry Gun ... 108 113 111 112 110 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 94 HE P..........3 lbs..... 7 cm Model 41 Mountain Gun ....0 Ibs........... has been found Tracer-None FUZES: Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Gun Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-This projectile has one rotating band and does not have a bourrelet band............ Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-1..............19 lbs....... P........ Kind-Mixture of Ammonium Nitrate.... 7 cm Model 95 Field Gun ....... P............... P.......... 7 cm Model 41 Cavalry Gun . or TNT Tracer-None FUZES: Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Gun Type) Nose Fuze Cyclon- RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May............ . 7 cm Model 95 Field Gun .......... 7 cm Model 11 Field AA Gun ... 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun ........................ 108 P.................... Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-1......... P................78 lbs.... Guanidine Nitrate. 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun ......ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 90 HE POINTED WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 38 Field Gun .... ite...... PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-13..T......... 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun ........ 108 P. P...................N........................ 108 113 111 109 112 110 WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 38 Field Gun .... Kind-T............ 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun ................... P.......... P........ 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun .........

.... Kind-T... has been found Tracer-None FUZES: Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Gun Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-The shell body for this projectile has been converted from shrapnel to HE by the addition of a heavy steel nose....... 7 cm Model 95 Field Gun ..................... 108 P...... the 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun.... and the 7 cm Model 88 Field AA Gun (Special) 322 1 May... 109 PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with fuze)-10.....86 lbs............... 108 P.. P...... the 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun........... 108 7 cm Model 41 Cavalry Gun . it is not known definitely that this projectile is used in the 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun... Color-Black with the nose painted white Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-2 lbs....................4 lbs.........N. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ............ P........... 113 P.... and the 7 cm Model 88 Field AA Gun (Special) WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 38 Field Gun .. 108 7 cm Model 95 Field Gun ............ 113 7 cm Model 41 Mountain Gun .............T.............N............ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 97 HE SEMI-STEEL P...... Although suspected... Color-Black Bands-One green or one yellow and one green Charge: Weight-0. 7 cm Model 41 Mountain Gun ............... 109 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 98 MODIFIED HE WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 38 Field Gun . 7 cm Model 41 Cavalry Gun .T.... 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun .. P.......... 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun ............ Kind-T.. P........1 lbs.................. PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-13.......... has been found Tracer-None FUZES: Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Gun Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-Although suspected it is not known definitely that this projectile is used in the 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun..

17 lbs...... 108 P................ 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun .......... it may be used against our troops 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 1 APHE P......................... P... PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-14........... PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-APHE Weight (with Fuze)-14............ Kind-Mixture of cyclonite and wax has been found Tracer-Yes FUZE: Model 1 Medium Short Delay Base Fuze RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May...... Color-Yellow Charge: Weight-1.. 7 cm Model 41 Cavalry Gun ........................................ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 75 mm HE (DUTCH) WEAPONS: 75 mm Dutch Bofors . 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun . 7 cm Model 41 Mountain Gun .. P...... 108 113 111 112 109 WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 38 Field Gun .................................. Kind-Picric Tracer-None FUZE: Selective Super Quick or Short Delay Nose Fuze REMARKS-Inasmuch as quantities of this ammunition and weapons have been captured by the Japanese....... P.......... 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun ....4 lbs.6 lbs.......... 7 cm Model 95 Field Gun ... Color-Black Bands--One white Charge: Weight-0........... 1945 323 ..........67 lbs..... P.

..... Color-Black Bands-One yellow Charge: Weight-1............ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 2 HOLLOW CHARGE WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 41 Mountain Gun .......N. P.. 7 cm Model 95 Field Gun ...... 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun .......... P..... P......................... Kind-Black powder Tracer-None FUZE: Model 5 Combination Time and Percussion Nose Fuze REMARKS-This projectile contains 268 (approximately lead balls 5...... 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun ..) 324 1 May.. it is not projectile is used in the 7 cm Model 38 Cavalry Gun.... PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-Hollow Charge Weight (with Fuze)-8.......... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ............... Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-0..22 lb...2 lbs... PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shrapnel Weight (with Fuze)-15.................. 108 P..... Kind-Mixture of Cyclonite and T............. 7 cm Model 95 and 7 cm Model 88 Field P.... .... P... 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun....... has been found Tracer-None FUZE: Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-Although suspected... P... 112 7 cm (75 mm) WEAPONS: 7 cm MODEL 90 SHRAPNEL ............ 109 P......................... 108 113 109 111 112 Model 38 Field Gun 7 cm Model 41 Cavalry Gun ..........................T..... 7 cm Model 41 Field Gun.. AA Gun (Special) known definitely that this Field Gun.......5 lbs.21 lbs...... 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun . 7 cm Model 41 Mountain Gun ..4 lbs.... 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun.

... 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun . Color-Gray Bands-None Charge: Weight-Approx......... P.............. P....... 7 cm Model 41 Cavalry Gun ............ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 7 cm (75 mm) INCENDIARY P........ 7 cm Model 41 Mountain Gun ........... PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell Type-Incendiary Weight (with Fuze)-12........................................22 lb.................. 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun .. 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun ........ P.............. 7 cm Model 95 Field Gun ... 1................6 lbs Color-White Bands-None Charge: Smoke-1...... 108 P....................................... P.......................... of white Phosphorus Bursting-0............. 108 113 111 109 112 7 cm (75 mm) MODEL 90 SMOKE (WP) WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 38 Field Gun ........... WEAPONS: 7 cm Model 38 Field Gun ................. 7 cm Model 41 Mountain Gun .... Kind-Solution of white phosphorus and rubber pellets in carbon disulphide Tracer-None FUZE: Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) REMARKS-The model number of this projectile has not been determined Type-Smoke Weight (with Fuze)-12............ 7 cm Model 94 Mountain Gun ............. P..... 1945 325 ........ 7 cm Model 90 Field Gun .......................... 7 cm Model 95 Field Gun ....... of Picric Acid and Dinitronaphthalene Tracer-None FUZE: Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May. P.1 lbs. P... 7 cm Modified Model 38 Field Gun .......... 7 cm Model 41 Cavalry Gun ........5 lbs......... P.. P......54 lbs... PROJECTILE: Caliber-75 mm Kind-Shell P......

..8 lbs... Kind-Picric has been found Tracer-None FUZE: Navy Time Nose Fuze (Powder train)* REMARKS-The model number of the projectile and that of the gun from which fired have not been determined.... * The model number of the fuze has not been determined... PROJECTILE: Caliber-3 inches Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-13................ 8 cm (3 INCH) HE [NAVAL] WEAPONS: 8 cm Low Angle Gun [Naval] ....97 lb.. the only difference being that this fuze has Navy inspection stampings...ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 8 cm (3 inch) HE AA [NAVAL] WEAPONS: 8 cm AA Gun [Naval] .. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .. Color-Maroon body with green nose Charge: Weight-0....... 326 1 May.... PROJECTILE: Caliber--3 inches Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze and booster)-13...... However the design is identical to the Army Type 89 fuze...... Kind-Picric has been found Tracer-None FUZE: Navy Model 5 Nose Fuze REMARKS-The model number of the projectile and that of the gun from which fired have not been determined..5 lbs... Color-Maroon body with green nose Charge: Weight-1...38 lbs....

...N.4 3.14 6OF 1 May.75 lbs.. 1945 327 7 ..ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 54 '13THIDS.22 IA... 300 -... "98 o...ERINCH 1. Kind-T.......84 lbs. has been found FUZE: Model 100 Mortar Fuze P. A 11 -25 IN INI.71 33-+ 1 1 5 ............. IPER INCH 114 THD05. 122 8 cm (81 mm) MODEL 98 HE MORTAR WEAPONS: 8 cm Model 97 Mortar . PROJECTILE: Caliber-8 1 mm Kind-Mortar Shell Type--HE Weight (without Fuze and propelling charge)-6.......T...09 lbs.......10 SMARKING SYSTEM . PROJECTILE: Caliber-8 1 mm Kind-Mortar Shell Type-HE Weight (without Fuze and Propellingt Charge)-6.. Color-Black Bands-One yellow Charge : Weight-1....18 lbs....... FUZE: Model 93 Mortar Fuze P..II5S [ FIPVNANC f~t G A(S 8 cm (81 mm) MODEL 100 HE MORTAR WEAPONS: 8 cm Model 97 Mortar . Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge : Weight-1..N.25 IA.... 122 RESTRICTED RESTRICTED CHIEF ~OFFICEORDNANCE1My. Kind-T.T.. (PERINCH ___1.. DIA..

. PROJECTILE: Caliber-88 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-19......ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 8 cm (81 mm) HE MORTAR [NAVAL] P..... has been found Tracer-None FUZE: Model 100 Mechanical Time Nose Fuze WEAPONS: 8 cm Model 3 Mortar [Naval] .... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 8 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ............ PROJECTILE: Caliber-81 mm Kind-Mortar Shell Type-HE Weight (without Fuze)-6.9 lbs..... Kind-Picric acid and Dinitronaphthalene (Tridite) FUZE: Naval Mortar Fuze REMARKS-The model number of this projectile and that of the fuze have not been determined...99 lbs..T. Color-Black Bands-One yellow Charge: Weight-1....1 8 cm (88 mm) MODEL 100 HE POINTED AA WEAPONS: 8 cm Model 99 AA Gun .... 122.... Color-Black with red and green nose Bands-None Charge: Weight-Approximately 1..12 lbs......98 lbs... Kind-T. 328 1 May..N.......

... 9 cm Model 97 Mortar ..... 1945 329 ........ 124 P................... PROJECTILE: Caliber-90 mm Kind-Mortar Shell Type-HE WeightColor-Black Bands--One green or one yellow and one green Charge: WeightKindFUZE: Model 93 Mortar Fuze P.6 lbs.....N... 124 P. 125 9 cm (90 mm) HE MORTAR SEMI-STEEL WEAPONS: 9 cm Model 94 Light Infantry Mortar ..... PROJECTILE: Caliber-90 mm Kind-Mortar Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze-without Propelling Charge)-11.. 9 cm Model 97 Mortar ....T..36 lbs............... has been found FUZE: Model 93 Mortar Fuze ...... 125 RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May............P..ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 9 cm (90 mm) MODEL 94 HE MORTAR WEAPONS: 9 cm Model 94 Light Infantry Mortar ...................... Kind-T.... Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-2.

... or TNT Tracer-None FUZES: Model 88 Instantaneous (Howitzer-Mortar Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Howitzer-Mortar Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Instantaneous (Gun Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Gun Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-Captured documents indicate that the howitzer type fuze is used when this projectile is fired from a howitzer and that a gun type fuze is used when this projectile is fired from a gun......T....................N. P............. Cyclonite..... Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-5.......... PROJECTILE: Caliber-105 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-34.............. Gun .. 114 P.......ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 10 cm (105 mm) MODEL 91 HE POINTED WEAPONS: P.....................3 lbs.......... has been found FUZES: Model Model Model Model 88 88 88 88 Instantaneous (Howitzer-Mortar Type) Nose Fuze Short Delay (Howitzer-Mortar Type) Nose Fuze Instantaneous (Gun Type) Nose Fuze Short Delay (Gun Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-Captured documents indicate that the howitzer type fuze is used when this projectile is fired from a howitzer and that a gun type fuze is used when this projectile is fired from a gun................. Gun .......... 10 cm (105 mm) MODEL 91 HE WEAPONS: 10 cm Model 10 cm Model 10 cm Model 10 cm Model 91 92 14 38 Howitzer .. Kind-T.....65 lbs.. Guanidine Nitrate... Gun .. Kind-Mixture of Ammonium Nitrate.... 115 PROJECTILE: Caliber-105 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-35........ 10 cm Model 14 Gun .............. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .. P............... 10 cm Model 38 Gun .......... 115 10 cm Model 92 Gun .............. 330 1 May.....55 lbs. Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-5 lbs... ........................... 114 10 cm Model 91 Howitzer ......................

'... '7Y NSN IN 1N('HFS f8P..... each varying only slightly from the others.... Color-Maroon body with green nose Bands-One yellow Charge: Weight-3. ....7 lbs.... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 May.......20 14.. giving four fuses..92 lbs.... ..... The Model number of the projectile and that of the gun from which fired have not been determined. Kind--4Picric acid has been found Tracer-None FUZES: Navy Model 88 Nose Fuse Navy Model 5 Nose Fuse REMARKS--When the Navy Model 5 Nose Fuse is used an adapter (brass) is necessary.97 80 ....... Color-Maroon Body with green nose Bands-None Charge: Weight-3. Kind-Trinitroanisole Tracer-None FUZE: Navy Model 91 Mechanical Time Nose Fuze REMARKS--The model number of the projectile has not been determined.37 1...... called Model 91.. 9 dt 16 I 641 " 10 Ali. 12 cm (120 mm) HE AA [NAVAL] WEAPONS: 12 cm Model 11 AA Gun [Naval] PROJECTILE: Caliber-120 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight-(with Fuze)-45..ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 7..37 lbs...... . There are three known modifications of the Model 91 Fuze.5 lbs. 1945 331 .. . _ 5 53.......<NANrFWEPT A ^...17 3..83 . 12 cm (120 mm) HE [NAVAL] WEAPONS: 12 cm Low Angle Gun [Naval] PROJECTILE: Caliber-120 mm Kind-Shell Type--SHE Weight (without Fuze)-45.

... Kind-Picric acid Tracer-None FUZE: Model 3rd Year Base Fuze REMARKS--The model number of the projectile and that of the gun from which fired have not been determined.. each varying only slightly from the others.12 lbs.6 lbs......... Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze).... PROJECTILE: Caliber-127 mm. Kind-Picric acid Tracer-None FUZE: Navy Model 91 Mechanical Time Nose F. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .... 12.....-50..15 lbs.uze REMARKS -The model number of the projectile and that of the gun have not been determined.. Color-Maroon body with green nose Bands-None Charge: Weight-4. There are three known modifications of the Model 91 fuze giving four fuzes called Model 91..7 cm (127 mm) HE AA [NAVAL] WEAPONS: 12...ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 12 cm (120 mm) HE [NAVAL] WEAPONS: 12 cm Low Angle Gun [Naval] ... 332 1 May...8 lbs.. PROJECTILE: Caliber-120 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE (Base Fuzed) Weight (with Fuze)-45.7 cm AA Gun [Naval] ........ Color-Maroon body with red and green nose Bands-One yellow Charge: Weight-4.

. PROJECTILE: Caliber-140 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE WeightColor-Maroon body with green nose Bands-None Charge: WeightKindTracer-None FUZE: Navy Model 88 Nose Fuze REMARKS-The model number of the projectile and that of the gun from which fired have not been determined.... that of the gun.................ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 14 cm (140 mm) HE [NAVAL] WEAPONS: 14 cm Low Angle Gun [Naval] .... 14 cm (140 mm) HE [NAVAL] WEAPONS: 14 cm Low Angle Gun [Naval] ... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 Ma.... 1945 333 ............ PROJECTILE: Caliber-140 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE (Base Fuzed) Weight (with Fuze)-84 lbs........ and that of the fuze have not been determined.. Color-Maroon body with red and green nose Bands-None Charge: WeightKind-Picric Acid Tracer-None FUZE: Navy Base Detonating Fuze REMARKS-The model number of the projectile....

.9 lbs. rPER INCH !9 THDS........... 334 1 May...T..5 lbs. and that of the fuze have not been determined. Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-16.... 14 cm (140 mm) WEAPONS: HE-CAPPED CNAVAL] ....92 kit DfMErJljl( OI1DHANC pp rS AE.... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED ...f... Kind-T... FUZE: Navy Base Detonating Fuze REMARKS-The model number of the projectile.. iPER INCH I20 242...... 116 14 cm Low Angle Gun [Naval] PROJECTILE: Caliber-140 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE (Base Fuzed) WeightColor-Maroon and green Bands-One yellow 15 cm Model 4 Howitzer .05 507 8B mDS PER INCH 15THDS..75 3... 15 cm Model 38 Howitzer...... has been found Tracer-None FUZES: Charge: WeightKind Tracer-None..............N...... PROJECTILE: Caliber-150 mm Kind-Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-79.... 15 cm WEAPONS: (150 mm) MODEL 92 HE P... that of the gun from which fired.Mortar Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Howitzer-Mortar Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-It is not known definitely but it is expected that this projectile can be fired from the 15 cm Model 96 Howitzer........ Model 88 Instantaneous (Howitzer......ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 3.....

.. The picric acid burster is in the nose........... of Picric Acid Tracer-None FUZES: Model 88 Instantaneous (Howitzer-Mortar Type) Nose Fuze Model 88 Short Delay (Howitzer-Mortar Type) Nose Fuze REMARKS-The white phosphorus is inclosed in a brass can. PROJECTILE: Caliber-150 mm Kind-Mortar Shell Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-56..9 lbs........ Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: Weight-13 lbs... P.... PROJECTILE: Caliber-150 mm Kind-Shell Type-Smoke Weight (with Fuze)-73..6 lbs.9 lbs.. Color-Black Bands-One yellow or one yellow and one white Charge: 9.........4 lbs. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 May.T.............................ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 15 cm (150 mm) MODEL 13 SMOKE (WP) WEAPONS: 15 cm Model 4 Howitzer .... It is not known definitely but it is expected that this projectile can be fired from the 15 cm Model 96 Howitzer...N.... has been found FUZE: Model 93 Mortar Fuze REMARKS-The Model 96 is called a medium mortar although it is 150 mm.. 1945 335 ....... of white phosphorus 2. 15 cm Model 38 Howitzer ... 116 15 cm (150 mm) MODEL 96 HE MORTAR WEAPONS: 15 cm Model 96 Medium Mortar . Kind-T......

..6 lbs. PROJECTILE: Caliber-203... The rocket is spin stabilized by inclined nozzles in the base.....2 mm Kind-Rocket Type-HE Weight (with Fuze)-195 lbs.. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .......... 352 336 1 May...........2 mm) ROCKET WEAPONS: Trough Type Launcher .... Color-Maroon Charge: Weight-34.4 lbs. of double base powder FUZE: Point Detonating Nose Fuze REMARKS-The model number of the rocket and that of the fuze have not been determined. Kind-Trinitroanisole Propellent-18. P.. Rockets have been found both with and without the seat.ARTILLERY AMMUNITION JAPANESE 20 cm (203. The case for the HE head is the same as the projectile body on 20 cm Naval HE Shell and may have a rotating band seat although there is no rotating band..

except that it doesn't have a centrifugal shutter. 70 mm. The arming collar moves down on setback and is held down by the stirrup spring. 105 mm. OPERATION: The striker is held off the primer by four safety blocks surrounded by a ferrule and the arming collar. A pivoted shutter. OPERATION: The striker is held away from the primer by a spring-loaded forked detent which moves out by centrifugal force. and 150 mm guns and howitzers. Superseded by Type 100 Small Instantaneous Fuze. Interchangeable with Type 88 Short Delay Nose Fuze. The howitzer type fuze has weaker stirrup springs and ferrule due to weaker setback force and centrifugal force. 75 mm. TYPE 93 INSTANTANEOUS SMALL NOSE FUZE Type 100 Small Instantaneous Nose Fuze USE: 20 mm and 37 mm guns. Supersedes Type 93 Small Instantaneous Fuze. 150 mm guns and howitzers.PROJECTILE P. 70 mm. OPERATION: Similar to the Type 88 Instantaneous Fuze. TYPE 88 SHORT DELAY NOSE FUZE GUN AND HOWITZER TYPES) (FOR RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 Augu st. which blocks the flash channel is also forced aside by centrifugal force. FUZES JAPANESE Type 93 Small Instantaneous Nose Fuze USE: 20 mm and 37 mm guns. The gun type fuze has a movable primer carrier and striker. OPERATION: Arms by centrifugal force similar to Type 93 Small Instantaneous Fuze. TYPE 100 SMALL INSTANTANEOUS NOSE FUZE Type 88 Instantaneous Nose Fuze (Gun and Howitzer Types) USE: 47 mm. 75 mm. 105 mm. Centrifugal force causes the blocks to move from under the striker against the ferrule. 1945 337 . D. Interchangeable with Type 88 Instantaneous Fuze. TYPE 88 INSTANTANEOUS NOSE FUZE (FOR GUN AND HOWITZER TYPES) Type 88 Short Delay Nose Fuze (Gun and Howitzer Types) USE: 57 mm.

which holds a fixed striker. and 150 mm mortars. Type 89 Small Time Fuze USE: 50 mm mortar and 70 mm mortar and howitzer. TYPE 100 INSTANTANEOUS-SHORT DELAY FUZE 338 1 August. OPERATION: On impact the striker hous- ing. The fuze may be set for instantaneous or short delay. 90 mm. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . The delay element is not removable. TYPE 93 INSTANTANEOUS-SHORT DELAY FUZE Type 100 Instantaneous-Short Delay Fuze USE: 81 mm and probably 70 mm. SMALL INSTANTANEOUS FUZE TYPE 88 OPERATION: Arms due to setback and centrifugal force similar to the Type 88 Instantaneous Gun Fuze. TYPE 89 SMALL TIME FUZE Type 93 Instantaneous-ShortDelay Fuze USE: 70 mm. 90 mm.MORTAR PROJECTILE FUZES JAPANESE N Type 88 Small Instantaneous Fuze USE: 50 mm and 70 mm rifled mortars. Choice of instantaneous or short delay is made by inserting or removing a delay pellet below the primer. OPERATION: Setback forces movable striker onto primer firing black powder delay train in one fixed and one movable ring. by turning the setting screw. but is mounted in a cylindrical tube. OPERATION: Functions in the same manner as the Type 93 Instantaneous-Short Delay Fuze. is forced in shearing a shear wire and at the same time the movable primer moves forward against the creep spring onto the firing pin. without disassembling the fuze. 81 mm. and 150 mm mortars. which has a flash hole running through it with the delay pellet 90° removed.

The clockwork mechanism is like that used in the D-2(a) bomb fuze.ANTIAIRCRAFT FUZES Type 93 Small Powder Time Fuze USE: Has not been determined. E. No impact feature is incorporated. Centrifugal force causes the detents to move out. OPERATION: On setback the movable primer overcomes the resistance of the arming collar and strikes the fixed firing pin thus starting the time rings.000 yards. Impact-The impact feature consists of a separate fixed firin pin and a movable primer carrier which is held in the unfired position by two centrifugal detents. OPERATION: On setback. which in turn actuates an auxiliary fuze below. The flash from the time ring sets off the black powder magazine in the base of the fuze. projectile for 75 mm antiaircraft gun and in target projectiles for 75 mm and 105 mm guns.000 yards. There are three time rings. two being movable.. Centrifugal force moves a brass safety disc from under the shoulder of the spring-loaded firing pin and at the set time 0-50 seconds the firing pin is released to fire a primer. in turn. TYPE 10TH YEAR TIME FUZE Type 89 Long-Pointed Fuze USE: 75 mm antiaircraft guns and is reported to be used in 105 mm antiaircraft guns. On impact. No impact feature is incorporated. i. JAPANESE SMALL TYPE 93 POWDER TIME FUZE Type 10th Year Time Fuze USE: Reported to be used in ole H. the primer-carrier moves against the creep spring onto the firing pin firing the primer. TYPE 100 COMBINATION IMPACTMECHANICAL TIME FUZE RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF ORDNANCEE OF ORDNANCE u1 1945 t 1 Aug ust. On setback a movable OPERATION: primer overcomes a spring and strikes the fixed firing pin igniting a delay train. The resulting flash ignites a variable powder delay train which. No impact feature is incorporated in this fuze. 0-10. sets off the detonator. The time ring is graduated from 0-10 and is thought to represent 1. Type 100 Combination Impact-Mechanical Time Fuze USE: Japanese 9 cm (88 mm) antiaircraft gun reported to be used in 105 mm antiaircraft gun. 194g33 339 . the striker moves against a spring hitting the primer. freeing the primer carrier which is held off of the firing pin by a creep spring. e. TYPE 89 LONG-POINTED FUZE OPERATION: Time-Setback causes a starting plunger to disengage a locking disc on the clock and a setback pin frees the escape wheel allowing the clock mechanism to function.

/2 /3 /4 /5 is 17 8 19 20 Type 5th year-75 mm shrapnel. which ignites a black powder magazine at the end of the set time up to 44 seconds. E. TYPE 5TH YEAR COMBINATION TIME AND IMPACT FUZE 340 1 August. OPERATION: Time-Setback causes the time striker to overcome its spring and set off the primer and powder time ring. Time-On setback a movable primer. ) na ( TYPE 2 COMBINATION POWDER TIME AND IMPACT FUZE COMBINATION TIME AND IMPACT NOSE FUZES ° Type 3rd Year Combination Time and Impact Fuze Type 5th Year Combination Time and Impact Fuze USE: Type 3rd year-75 mm shrapnel and old 75 mm H. and 150 mm shrapnel and illuminating projectiles. which is forced into the primer on impact. An anti-creep spring separates the primer and firing pin. Centrifugal force causes a spring-loaded detent to move from under the striker. After firing. projectiles. one being movable.---Impact-A separate small impact unit screws into the nose of the time fuze body. held in the unfired position by a stirrup spring. differing only in the maximum time settings which are: TYPE 3RD YEAR COMBINATION TIME AND IMPACT FUZE Type 3rd year-maximum 22 sec. S7 + SThe Sp Type 5th year has three time rings with two being movable.6 sec.ANTIAIRCRAFT FUZES JAPANESE Type 2 Combination Powder Time and Impact Fuze USE: Undetermined. The Type 3rd year has two time rings. OPERATION: These two fuzes are identical in operation. year-maximum Type 5th year-maximum 36. The flash from the primer passes down through two flash channels to ignite the black powder magazine in the base. freeing the primer carrier. consisting of a fixed firing pin and a movable primrer carrier held in the unfired position by a centrifugal detent. centrifugal force moves the detent out. Reported to be used in 75 o ///iII/iliiitil I\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ c mm incendiary. and on impact it moves forward against the creep spring onto the firing pin functioning the fuze instantaneously. 1945 OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED . 105 mm shrapnel and incendiary projectiles. / 2 334 / I \\\ © ____ < Impact-The impact feature of these fuzes is separate. strikes a fixed firing pin and ignites a powder delay train.

impinges the primer which in turn ignites a delay train and detonator. On impact. RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE 1 August. 2 BASE FUZE ' -/ primer carrier is separated by a spring from the fixed firing pin. P. projectiles for tank and antitank guns. the striker overcomes the creep spring and moves onto the primer. P. OPERATION: This fuze has no arming features. 1 BASE FUZE Type 95 Small Base Fuze USE: Reported to be used in A. the inertia collar and striker overcome a creep spring and the striker. on impact. As the projectile is fired. OPERATION: The striker is held by two spring-loaded detents o TYPE 95 SMALL BASE FUZE which are moved out by centrifugal force. MEDIUM MK. TYPE 94 SMALL DELAY BASE FUZE Type--Small Mk. the striker moves against the spring onto the primer. On impact. P.BASE FUZES Type 94 Small Delay Base Fuze USE: 37 mm A. projectile for 75 mm gun. JAPANESE OPERATION: This is a simple setback arming. projectiles for 47 mm antitank gun. Type 92 Small Short Delay Base Fuze USE: A. thus arming the fuze. 2 Base Fuze USE: A. setback causes an inertia collar to break a shear wire and move back. projectiles for 57 mm tank guns. P. These are moved out by centrifugal force and. The movable SMALL MK. 1 Base Fuze USE: A. OPERATION: The movable primer carrier is held by two spring-loaded detents. OPERATION: Centrifugal force causes two spring-loaded detents to move out from notches in the striker which is separated from the primer by a creep spring. The flash of the primer passes through two holes beside the firing pin into the delay element. P. inertia firing fuze. the primer carrier overcomes the creep spring and moves onto the striker. On impact. which is threaded into the forward part of the booster. projectiles for the 70 mm tank gun and all 75 mm and 105 mm guns. wedging itself on the striker. the pimer moves down onto the firing pin and the primer flash passes through a small hole beside the firing pin into the delay. On impact. o TYPE 92 SMALL SHORT DELAY BASE FUZE Medium Mk. 1945 341 .

5 286 38/4 or 37 41 approx. 6 250 kg. Bomb Body W/ Permanently Bomb W/Rocket Bomb W/Rocket Attch.9 Motor 124 Bomb 616 w/o Propell.314 2.TABULATION OF JAPANESE ROCKETS 6.5 50 50 212 Maximum Range (yds.094-1. * * No propellant recovered to date 23 March. Rocket Motor Motor (Large) Motor (Small) 45 cm Rocket Total Weight (Ibs) 51 200 to 205 198 Bomb only-124 91.970 Field 1.000 (7. 33-Motor 40%5/Motor 118 671/2 Filling WP Pellets TNT TNA Hexanite & TNA Hexanite & TNA TNA-HND Picric Acid Weight of Filling (lbs.) 2000-3000 Controlled by 3.* * 1.) 35. . * * * The Japanese mention three classes of these rockets under trial.500 battle observation) 2. 1945.000 estimate 11.000 Field Test Aerial Burst Time Fuze How Stabilized Not Known Spin Spin Spin Fin Fin Fin Spin Weapons From Which Fired Triple Rail Guides on Revolving Carriage Mounted on Tripod Wooden Trough with Metal Bracket Type 4 Launcher (Looks like a Mortar) Wooden Rail Type Single & Triple 2-Wheeled Carriage w/61/2' Barrel and Split Trails Metal Trough (7'-6" long) on Fixed Bipod Type 10 Launcher ("V" Shaped Trough) Wooden W/2 Rail Trough Type 3 Rocket Launcher Truck Mounted Launcher Reported but not Recovered "V" Shaped Trough 22.8 cm Possibly a Line Throwing Device 12 cm Incendiary Shrapnel Rocket (Navy) 20 cm (202 mm) Army * 20 cm (210 mm) Navy ** 60 kg Type 97 No. all differing in weight. * ** * Other field tests resulted in 2.9' Long Wooden Launcher w/ Solid Wood Wheels and Tropgh Crude & Expendable * Four modifications of motor encountered in SWPA to 1 April.514 Overall Length (ins. Field Test * * * *Test 1.) 10.800 yard ranges. 1945.600-2. 6 60 kg Type 97 No.7 38.250 yds.

.......... and between the legs.. Width inside of trough at front ....44 ins.. ...... and hinged at three points on the lower right side of the launcher..... RESTRICTED OFFICE CHIEF 6 OF ORDNANCE 1 April.. The propellant which weighs 12....75 ins................ 5............ 33 ins............. 7.. 3 ins........ Length of propellant cylinder ......625 ins.. Height at 30° range setting .. Length of cable from baseplate to leg ......... 1945 351 ...........) slightly over four feet long. Width of tail.......... Width of tail fin .............. 10 ins....... 11 ft... fin to fin .....300 yards are claimed by the Japanese for this device... Width at leg shoes .... The launcher channel is a right angle trough about twenty feet long with a motor and bomb positioner made of 1'/-inch pierced sheet metal......... Width outside of trough at base ...... Diameter of leg .75 ins. 6 ins.......... 11........ 1.... (The motor and bomb positioner is not shown in the schematic sketch above.....875 ins.... Elevation is controlled by cables run from the base plate to the legs... 12 ft. 10 ins... if any.....5 ins.... accuracy may be expected.... Ranges up to 1.. The rocket motor resembles a blunt....... Width outside of trough at front ............ Length of motor (overall) . 8 ft...... 11......5 ins.ROCKET LAUNCHER AND ROCKET MOTOR MODEL 10 JAPANESE ROCKET MOTORED BOMB LAUNCHER This is a device designed to propel the 60 kg.......... 4 ft...5 ins... SPECIFICATIONS LAUNCHER Length of launcher (overall) ....................... but it is felt that little............................... It is evidently designed to deliver fire on beachheads and other similar wide targets at fairly short ranges......... It is ignited by an igniter pad and an igniter fuze in the forward part of the motor by means of wires leading to a small hand blasting machine.. Width inside of trough at base . 7........5 ins.. 3...... This is "V" shaped........ 11....5 ins..................... 1... 3 ins.... Diameter of venturi tube (outside) .. Length of tail fin .... Diameter of propellant cylinder (outside). short-bodied bomb.......... (132 lbs................................ The rear is attached by a pin to a base plate with six wedge cut ground pins........... 19 ft.. 8..) aircraft bomb out of an inclined trough.94 pounds consists of three cylindrical sticks tied in a yellow silk bag. Length of leg ..... ROCKET MOTOR Length of motor and bomb positioner (overall) ........... When fired the motor propels'the bomb from the launcher and then drops off.... The propellant container is a cylinder with a cap welded on the front and a tail assembly and venturi tube secured on the rear. The launcher is constructed of wood and metal with legs made of iron pipe.... 20 ft.... 4 ins.............

... fuzes will also fit the fuze pocket. is closed at the rear by a base plate to which a grid is attached..23...... However. and Type 88 P.... is approximately 41 inches long and weighs 198....0 kg.... 50....... 1945 OFFICE CHIEF ) OF ORDNANCE RESTRICTED .....-88 lbs. Type 91 (trinitroanisol).. The projectile has a straight body and an ogival nose.0 mm-...0 mm-.....591 ins.0 mm-11.. Weight of propellant sticks (eachvaries slightly) .. all have only a single axial perforation. The motor base plate of hardened steel has six offset nozzles and a central threaded opening for a percussion type primer... D.. 25° Diameter of body.. 8.. The Japanese claim a range of 1.30 ins.162 kg.........) at 50° elevation. Weight of high explosive filling .... a straight cylinder.....3 pounds.. 290...... The complete round...) Wall thickness . Weight with propellant . 12. 49......460 mm-18...... 38..... is cast directly into the lacquered interior of the case..28 ins..... The base plate which screws into the projectile body is also threaded to take the motor...... MOTOR Overall length of motor body.-2... Minimum diameter of orifices.....3 lbs...... ...... 58..1 ins.. Seven sticks of propellant (nitroglycerine...0 mm-....0 mm......... It is fitted with a centrifugally armed point detonating fuze...-110 lbs....77 ozs....6 lbs..43 in......... NaC1. 588. Ignition is mechanical and from the forward end... 10.. 8... A black silk powder bag lashed to the perforated cup forms the ignition charge. Type 100 Combination. The motor body..6 grams-1.... rotating in a clockwise direction... 1...: MOTOR ASE PLATE This ground-launched rocket is fired from a trough shaped launcher approximately 7 feet long...... Six sticks form a circle around an identical central stick.........970 yds..472 in.. and centralite) fit securely into the combustion chamber between the perforated cup and the grid..... 17..56 lbs..39 in... The rocket is spin-stabilized...... A perforated cup fits against the motor closing plate at the forward end.. it is not known whether the rocket will produce sufficient setback to arm these fuzes.0 mm-2..4 . Length of propellant sticks.. the Type 91 Time. 11.. Weight of propellant .. 352 1 April......- Overall length of projectile without 4 fuze ........... without fuze..... 210...5 kg....800 meters (1..............20 cm ROCKET PROJECTILE AND LAUNCHER JAPANESE W 4 A. In addition to this standard fuze...11 ins......41 ins.15... nitrocellulose.... Wall thickness ...... Angular cant of nozzles .........3 kg..-18.. Weight of black powder ignition charge ..5 mm (approx. SPECIFICATIONS PROJECTILE Weight of projectile without fuze ...... The explosive charge...9 kg........0 mm-........... which weighs approximately 175 pounds.... Diameter of perforation . 40..... Diameter of propellant sticks..

IAPANLS )RDNAN( MARKING .

#2) Baku 9 9 (Organization (o) Unit or 19 Sho Factory He) Gun 10 Torpedo (Aerial) Mines 20 n Arsenal Rai Sho . #18) Rocket Dan MG 11 Rifle Pistol Carbine J _ _ 2 12 Artillery Shell (W. Ki 6 Year Month Nen Getsu 16 Metals Tetsu 7 ~Fuel Yu Gasoline Oils Lubricating Oils 17 Fuze Cap Train Kan 8 Primer Shell Case Bangalore Torpedo Grenade Launcher Complete Round To' 18 Airplane Bomb (w.KEY CHARACTERS for Essential Japanese Ordnance Materiel TABLE CHARACTER ORDNANCE TABLE CHARACTER ORDNANCE 1* Tanks Trucks Cars Vehicles Sha Bullet Grenade Shell (w. #2) Ryi Cannon Howitzer Mortar 13~ !i~iI~Mark Go' Data on Bombs Number and H5 Explosives Ammunition Yaku 14 1 Metric Terms (Weight & Dimension) Sanchi Miri 5 Type 15 Aircraft Shiki . #12) Bomb (w.

OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF ORDNANCE WASHINGTON. D. S. F. C. 1945 A.RESTRICTED Translation of JAPANESE ORDNANCE MARKINGS AUGUST. RESTRICTED .

............................ .. 72 73 74 75 .................................................................................. Key Characters for Essential Japanese Ordnance Materiel............. Japanese Markings Used to Indicate Arsenals. Japanese Ballistic Terms ............................... Explanation of the Key Characters and Their Use............... Japanese Markings on an Airplane Bomb........................................ 5 SECTION TWO-Instructions for Translating Japanese Markings Different Japanese Calendar Systems.. 1 Unusual Methods of Japanese Markings......................................... 76 RESTRICTED ........................................................................... 17 SECTION THREE-Practical Reading and Translation of Japanese Characters Japanese Markings Copied from a Tag Within an Ammunition Box..................................................... Japanese Markings on a Heavy Gun...... Japanese Characters for Type and Modification.............................. 8 9 10 11 12 Tables of Basic Key Characters for Japanese Ordnance................................... Method of Using the Key Character Tables in Translation.....RESTRICTED Table of Contents PAGE SECTION ONE-Introduction General Discussion of Japanese Characters........................................................................... .....

materiel often necessitates translation into English of the ideographs and phonetic alphabet characters stamped on equipment or printed on accompanying tags. boxes or pamphlets. will enable the reader to translate markings that describe Japanese ordnance. in conjunction with tables in the text. Complete identification of Japanese . many persons responsible for inspection of captured ordnance items are unable quickly and accurately to identify unfamiliar materiel. Because of their inability to read Japanese. This book has been prepared as a practical guide to the translation of Japanese ordnance nomenclature. It explains how the recognition of twenty key ideographs. Its successful use does not require a prior knowledge of Japanese but depends only upon the application of simple principles that can be learned within a few hours.

In translating. color. Even today ideographs remain the principal medium for written Japanese. the Japanese depended entirely upon ideographs or picture-characters for written expression of their thoughts. "Kanji. Since-most of the words in the language are represented by an individual character. While each noun and its descriptive adjectives are represented by a separate ideograph." During the long period that has elapsed since their adoption. this permits identification of the noun ideograph to serve as a key to the meaning of the combined characters. and powder are employed. the Chinese sounds for the ideographs have been modified until the present Japanese equivalents are quite different from the original Chinese. although the phonetic characters have considerable subsidiary use." which means "Chinese characters.D. this Chinese origin being indicated by their name.D. Most of these characters were adopted from the Chinese in the third century A. Japanese ordnance inscriptions usually have an easily recognized noun character at or near the first part of the sentence." The way in which ideographs are combined to designate a term or item is apparent from the combination of the three characters for picric acid in which the ideographs for yellow. Japanese sentences do not follow normal English structure. as is shown in the section of this book entitled "Explanation of the Key Characters and Their Use.SECTION ONE INTRODUCTION General Discussion of Japanese Characters KANJI Until a phonetic alphabet was invented between 774 aid 835 A.. several thousand ideographs have to be memorized for facility in reading or writing. the position of the noun does not correspond to that in English. K Yellow f Shoku Color PICRIC ACID Yaku Powder .

This particular representation of "Sha" indicates a vehicle and. For instance. CART TANK SJin (Man) Sen (Battle) j S Riki (Moves) Sha (Wagon) Sha (Wagon) This form of "Sha" appears in the nomenclature of all Japanese vehicular ordnance items. when so used. a single sound may have various meanings according to the context of" the sentence in which it is used." Unlike Kanji. and "sensha" (a battle tank). which cannot express the correct sound or proper construction of words.Because the number of word sounds in Japanese are limited. This "Sha" is the root word for all Japanese vehicles. some of which are illustrated below. "jinrikisha" (a two-wheeled cart). This problem was solved by use of the phonetic alphabet called "Kana. is always at the end of the group of characters. KANA The Japanese realized the disadvantages and limitations of their ideograph system in its inability to represent the constantly increasing number of foreign words being absorbed into the language. In written Japanese each of these meanings is clearly denoted by a distinctive ideograph. and is one of 20 key characters in the table of key ordnance characters which will be explained in detail later in this outline. the . there are numerous meanings of the word "Sha. Sha Sha Sha In Japanese ordnance terms. for example." each represented by a different ideograph. only the "Sha" character on the extreme left of this group of six selected pictures of the sound "Sha" is of value. where it is the terminal sound or ideograph.

1 p7aI 1:4f 7 ju LIII LYIa ts LXII buL Ez1 EZZ Lu0 Sshi Lilill LIII .JAPANESE ]KANA ALPHABET e jJka gki ga 'ku 'mu LTze be bau mi Lu E0 Lu ALI1 he tu E.

and can be written by using the Kana characters. Since its characters represent sounds and not letters. and KO. I. This can only be done after the English word is separated into a grouping of sounds closest to those in the Kana alphabet. Z. These pronunciation sounds remain the same when they are converted into the two-letter syllables of the Kana Table. T. U. in Japanese. E. I. K. generally ending a word. R. oo. or Kana character. W. oh. making a total of eighty individual Japanese Kana characters in the basic table. Magnesium. Gu Ne Shiyu Mu SBROWNING Bu Ra U Ni En* Gu *A special character. and the fifteen consonants. The following are examples of the method of changing three words. The table of Kana characters appears on Page 3. KE. All these sounds appear in the Kana Table. 0. the consonant K produces five separate syllable sounds when added singly to each one of the five vowels. ay. B. These Kana characters are used not only for Japanese ordnance items but also for Japanese medical and chemical warfare terms. P. N. There is a separate alphabet mark. "aneroid" sounds like the following: ah/nay/ro/ee/do. Examples of the use of Kana are set forth below. but also for each of the seventy-five two'letter sounds. Y. and Browning. When the Japanese want to convert a new English word such as "aneroid" into their printed language they use the Kana system of basic sounds. for not only each of the five vowels. KI. To the Japanese. For example. en or an. S. E. A. into the written Kana language: A ah Ne nay Ro ro I ee Do do ANEROID S MAGNESIUM Ma . U. Kana is designed around the five vowels.eighty Kana characters represent the basic syllables of the language. G. 0. are pronounced ah. Aneroid. These are KA. M. KU. Note again that the Kana characters represent syllables. F. The pronunciation of the vowel sounds is slightly different from the English pronunciation: thus A. H. Because of its phonetic nature Kana can be used for foreign words after they have been reduced to Japanese syllables as closely as possible imitative of the sounds in the original words. . The working plan of this table is simple. ee. D. Kana may be more accurately considered a syllabary than an alphabet.

(4) descriptive booklets. Unusual Methods of Japanese Marking There are four main types of material on which Japanese character markings describing ordnance items are placed. tied to the item by string or pasted on metal inner-cases. it is suggested (for simplicity in translation) that the characters be copied on paper as usual. it is the third ideograph from the right." In the illustration Japanese numerals for "88" are the first two on the extreme right followed by the ideograph for "Shiki" (Type). third. (1) On wooden shipping cases. but placed in the opposite direction from that found. 5 of Section Two. the Japanese generally describe the item by characters painted across one or more sides of the wooden box. as follows: (2) Japanese mark metal parts of ordnance items with both Kanji and Kana characters. shown in Table No. or painted thereon. (2) metal parts of ordnance items.). These are: (1) wooden shipping-cases. In the illustration. On artillery ammunition items. hence it is common to find a vertical list of items headed by a Kana symbol instead of a number (when used as first. as boosters and fuzes. When right to left order has been followed in marking. By memorizing the Japanese numerals from one to ten. (3) cardboard tags. second. it is easy to recognize their ideographs. The polished brass surface of an artillery shell cartridge-case lends itself readily to the paint- Hachi Hachi 88 Type Shiki Tan En Short-Delay Ki Shin Fuze Kan *Key Characters . etc. Thus the direction of placing the characters on this shipping box is from right to left. These are important identification marks. Kana characters such as "To" are stamped into the metal.Since the Kana characters are easier to write than Kanji numerals. which in Japanese always precede the character for "Type. discussed later in this publication. which either accompany the item within the wooden shipping case or are obtained among captured records found with the equipment. as illustrated: m The first step in translating such an inscription is to determine the order in which the Japanese characters are written. Japanese often use Kana to list ordnance items. They may start either from left to right or from right to left. The direction in which they are to be read can be found by noting the location of the character for Type ("Shiki") which invariably appears in inscriptions for all ordnance items.

the sound of the character "To" is the sound of the first part of the word Toyokawa. "To. (3) When the Japanese place characters on pasteboard tags or on paper labels attached to ordnance items. not for the purpose of translation of the markings. when the Japanese mark their machine gun ammunition for airplanes." to mark the bottom of the cartridge case. or for quickly painting an abbreviated arsenal mark. . although they use the same character. while "Yo" is used to mark the products of the Yokosuka Navy Yard in airplane machine gun ammunition. although intended for different weapons. The following illustration is arranged. In this case "To" refers to the Toyokawa Navy Yard. The flexibility of Kana characters in describing various ordnance items is evident in the use of one of the plainest and most widely employed Kana characters. but to show their position. These are to prevent mistakes when several types of shells resemble each other. Likewise the "A" of the Kana alphabet is used to indicate the Asahi Plant. As an interesting sidelight on this abbreviated system of marking. they use Kanji. "To. it indicates that the shell was manufactured at the "Tokyo Army Branch Ordnance Depot. Kana characters are simple in design and make good dies for stamping Japanese metal parts. The markings here generally indicate the type of gun that is to fire this ammunition. just above the rotating band. 1 However. it indicates an entirely different place of manufacture.ing of the more intricate Kanji characters for marking purposes." When "To" is painted on the body of an artillery shell." This is illustrated by the view of a Japanese 150 mm howitzer shell.

The reproduction of characters on this label is accompanied by their actual translation.p SJapanese ' | (4) After study of this booklet it will be possible to translate the general descriptive matter in pamphlets accompanying Japanese ordnance items." while that to the right is the date. These are shown not for the purpose of translation." . vertical line reading from top to bottom. "May 1938.and look for key characters. using the system of selecting the key characters and subsequently referring to the tables in which they are located. The heavy-type column to the left is the name: "Artillery Ammunition. illustrated here are two sections from the descriptive page of a captured Japanese booklet on artillery shells. as explained in Section Two. and to repeat the caution that the characters are to be read along a vertical line from top to bottom. Holding the Japanese book in a normal position it is necessary to turn to the final page. This inscription demonstrates that when the Japanese print ordnance terms on paper they arrange the characters in a long. For example.A sample of such a marking copied from a label glued to the cardboard shipping container for a shell is shown in Section Three of this text. It is cautioned here that the Japanese put such general descriptions on what we would call the back page of our books. Uf7 n -. but merely to illustrate where to look for them in the book.

The Japanese Kanji ideograph "Shiki. rifles. For marking high explosives. the year 1921 is the equivalent of the Japanese calendar year 2581. as explained later. howitzers. but it must be remembered that four different systems are employed. each reign being known as an era. The reign of the present emperor.SECTION TWO INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRANSLATING JAPANESE MARKINGS Different Japanese Calendar Systems The Japanese designate types of ordnance materiel. a date on the label of the package or outside of the shipping box indicates the date of manufacture. represented either by four digits. guns. etc.. There have been three different eras representing the reigns of individual Japanese emperors within the past seventy-seven years. or by its reduced form 98 derived by dropping the first two digits as is done when our year 1945 is abbreviated to '45. begun in 1926. as in the year 2598." meaning the bright period. or the golden era. 18 Year" (our year 1943)." REIGN OF EMPEROR OR ERA The Japanese also indicate the date in terms of the year of the reign of a Japanese emperor. with a descriptive term indicating the year the item was officially adopted." always employed with the abbreviated date numerals. and any Japanese models produced in that year would be called their "Type 81. Ku Hachi Shiki 9 8 Type As an example of a date in a decade preceding that shown. Any ordnance materiel produced within one of these periods might be marked as "Showa Era. BASIC JAPANESE CALENDAR One system employs the basic Japanese calendar years. is referred to as the "Showa Era. such as mortars. It is common for the Japanese to make liberal use of calendar dates. is shown with the numeral characters for nine and eight. It is designated by the characters shown at right. Sho Bright Wa Era .

the English equivalent of the 20th year of the Showa Era can be found by adding 20 to 1925. Era 4 covers the Showa Era from 1926 to the present time. Era 3 covers the Taisho Era from 1912 to 1926. guns." It appears on artillery shells.Development of modern Japanese ordnance has occurred only in the three most recent eras.. bombs. 3 and 4 are designated by different ideographs. For example. Era 2 covers the Meiji Era from 1868 to 1912. fuzes. Only one character is used to indicate the type classification. These numerals are abbreviations for dates in the Japanese calendar. and Showa Eras. Although Eras 2. howitzers. Table No. but always in association with numerals of one or two digits. etc. Japanese Characters for Type and Modification TYPE The Japanese always use dates or numerals with a character which refers to dates in classifying their ordnance items. The following are some common markings used by the Japanese on their ordnance items to express Type and Type Numbers: Ni 2 Shiki Type Cha Brown TNT Katsu Saku Bursting Yaku Powder (Year) 1942 Bursting Charge Ju 11th Ichi Nen Year Shiki Type Sea Kai Gan Coast Gun Ho . The basis for each is to (a) name the era during which the item was designed or manufactured. which gives our year 1945. they employ the same general principle in relation to indicating a date marking. and (b) give the particular year of this era to which the date applies. This character is "Shiki. small arms. 6 describes the Kanji characters used by the Japanese to indicate the Meiji Taisho. Conversion of a date within any Japanese era to one in our calendar can be accomplished by adding the given Japanese year to the English date for the year preceding the beginning of the era.

Next to each key character." to form a double key character group. The meaning is "The new improved type No. Table No. Note: It is common to find the ideograph for modification with a numeral placed together near the base of the shell. One key character. the Japanese write additional characters which modify the root word to indicate the full description of the particular item. namely: Tanks. Modification 2 In marking bombs." and "design number. and in combination with it give the name of a specific Japanese ordnance item. Also in this section are tables of key characters that list those characters which normally accompany the key ideograph. giving us Table No. but note that in following this rule the direction of writing must first be ascertained. Except in rare instances." "weight. Likewise the key character "Dan" just described is joined with a second key character "Baku." and includes such items as Bullets and Grenades." is added to another key character. another double-character group. Trucks. "Ryu.MODIFICATIONS The Japanese describe modifications of ordnance items in the following manner: Ichi Shiki Baka Modification 1 Dan 1 1941 Type Airplane Bomb ^rm. 13. . the key character is always the last character in a related group of sounds or written characters. 12) to indicate Artillery Shells and Rockets." to form. 2." These are discussed in Table No. as "Sen Sha" (tank) or "Chu Sen Sha" (medium tank). three extra characters to indicate "mark. the Japanese use. in addition to these characters. 18 on Airplane Bombs. Cars and Tractors. Note that this key character. From this combination is derived a new table (Table No. modify it. "Dan." Explanation of the Key Characters and Their Use On page 11 and on the inside of the cover appears a table of key ordnance characters. Each key character is a base or root word which the Japanese use in designating ordnance materiel. such as "Sha" (a vehicle) is the terminal root word for four classes of ordnance items in the vehicular family. The particular type of vehicle referred to by "Sha" can be ascertained by using the table to identify the characters that precede the key ideograph. 2 has a key character of "Dan.

#18) Rocket Dan 2 iShell 3 Ho' Gun Cannon Howitzer Mortar Explosives Ammunition Yaku 5 Type Shiki 6 Nen 1113 Getsu Year Month Gasoline 7 5 Yu Fuel Oils Lubricating Oils 8 f Primer Shell. Case Bangalore Torpedo Grenade Launcher Complete Round To _ 9 (Unit (or)1 ±~* Gun Organization or Hei 1t Rai Mines Torpedo (Aerial) . #12) Bomb (w.KEY CHARACTERS for Essential Japanese Ordnance Materiel TABLE CHARACTER ORDNANCE Tanks Trucks Cars Vehicles Sha Bullet Grenade (w.

into the compound group of characters. and with the characters for numerals from 1 to 10..These are the only tables which are made up from double key characters." When the Japanese mark ordnance items they do so without punctuation. Method of Using the Key Character Tables in Translation 1. "Ken Ju" (meaning a pistol) and then "Ji Do Ju" (meaning an automatic rifle). or top to bottom. it is recommended that the writing be treated piecemeal in groups of three or four characters. That is one reason why it is necessary to memorize the twenty key characters used in ordnance. Sha Vehicle Sen Battle Sha Wagon Chu Medium Sen Battle Sha Wagon Wagon TANK MEDIUM TANK The three characters "Chu." "Sen. The following example is employed to show the method used in building up "Ju" (meaning a small gun). Page 13 of this outline explains the method. Become thoroughly familiar with each key character. are shown above as the Japanese would write them from left to right on a wooden crating for the vehicle. This may be done by drawing rectangles around each related group of characters (key characters plus accompanying modifying characters). selecting a key character from a group and translating that group before proceeding to the next group. The key character "Sha" is placed last. Note: Where the writing to be translated involves a considerable number of characters (i. to the right of the modifying characters "Chu" and "Sen. from left to right. 4. i. 2. more than 50). Mark off the characters accompanying each key character. e." and "Sha" that compose the word for medium tank. 3. Ascertain the direction in which the particular writing to be translated has been written. i7 Small Gun Ken Hand Operated JR Small Gun Self- fi D Acting Ju Small Gun PISTOL AUTOMATIC RIFLE . right to left. e.. The materiel to which the other tables relate appears on top of each table. Select all the key characters in the writing.

When . Note that there are no periods. "Shiki. B. C." a key character for small arms. it is found that "Ku Hachi Shiki" means Type 98. commas. Similarly. The following illustration is employed to show how several vertical columns of Japanese characters may be broken down into the key characters for translation purposes. as illustrated in Section Three (page 72). It is always preceded by numerals. If the Japanese write from right to left. There the meanings of the three picture characters are found to be automatic rifle. It is "Ju. the character third from the left. is the first step. Taking "Ju" and its two preceding characters (the Japanese usually write in groups of two. turn to Table No. Since it is a key character. then the cross-line follows the key character but is to the left of it. The names of the Japanese characters are given in each case. the last character of the line (bearing in mind the direction of the writing of the group) is selected. and E for reference purposes and the drawing of a line . the cross-line follows the key character and is to the right of it. The finding of "Shiki" (Type). and a heavy gun. Elsewhere in this publication are illustrated actual markings found on a captured Japanese ammunition box. RIFLE The direction in which the Japanese wrote these characters must be determined. It has been taken from a Japanese book on Japanese artillery shells. 11. The illustration below shows the ideographs for "automatic rifle" by a new key character. The only additions to it have been the placing of the letters A. The partial translation and the full translation are given with each example. three. Ku Hachi Shiki Ji Self- D6 J]i Small Gun 9 8 Type Acting TYPE 98 AUTOMATIC . or four characters when describing ordnance). D. the key characters being set off from the long string of modifying characters by placing a cross-line just below the key character. or open spaces. 11." plus its descriptive adjective ideographs. Note that if the Japanese write from left to right.the Japanese string of characters proceeds from top to bottom. an airplane bomb.Up to now only one key character with its adjective ideographs has been described. as is shown in Table No. Since the numerals for 9 and 8 are to the left of "Shiki" the writing plan is from left to right. the cross-line is beneath the key character. In the case mentioned there were 43 Japanese characters appearing in one consecutive vertical line which has been divided into four columns for convenience in printing.

4 shows that in this particular case only "Yaku" and its adjoining character "Dan" are in the table and mean Ammunition (General). how many characters relate to "Yaku"? Table No. It is "Yaku.beneath each key character to illustrate the method followed in determining key characters and the preceding characters which are used to describe them. The next question is. 4. The best plan." denoted by the same ideograph." look through Table No. to avoid confusion in locating the next key character. Start at the foot of the column for the first key character. When the Japanese write in vertical columns. the method is to go to the foot of each vertical line for the first key character and strike a line under it. The third character from the bottom is next found to be a key character "Ho." found in Table No. 3. the Sreading starts at the top right hand corner. are inter- . is to work in groups of but two or three characters at a time. Here it is to be noted that "Ho" and "Po. Roughly. Here the column marked A is the first to be read." In questioning how many characters are to be included with "Ho.

TNT." meaning centimeter. With it is the numeral "Ju" (ten) to complete the term 10 CM." Column D'has two sections.changeable when referring to artillery pieces and mortars. In this particular case the key character is "Po" and the two characters next to "Po" in the Japanese text are included with the key character in line 5 of the table to form the Japanese word "Ryu Dam Po." . It is quite evident that the next character "Shiki" is a key character and it is preceded by the numeral characters "Ku" (nine) and "Ichi" (one). depending upon the type of weapon. makes translation easy." Column C is translated as "Fuze." or "Shell Body." meaning Howitzer. the first of which is translated as "Projectile. 5. an upper and a lower section. given in Table No." By this same method the ideographs in Column B are identified and translated into "Model 91 Streamlined Shell. The next key character "Sanchi." while the lower section means "Explosive Charge. The translation of this phrase is thus "Type 91.

TABLES OF BASIC KEY CHARACTERS FOR JAPANESE ORDNANCE .

TANK
Sen Sha

Battle

Wagon

gII !jf4
Kei
Light

LIGHT TANK
Sha
______________

Sen
Battle

Wagon

MEDIUM TANK
Cha Sen Sha

Medium

Battle

Wagon

HEAVY
Heavy
Battle Wagon
______

TANK

________

MOTOR CAR
Do Sha

Self

Moving

Wagon

Ji
Self

MOTOR TRUCK
DI Moving a Sha Wagon
(Continued on next page)

Freight

7B

TANKS

TRUCKS

VEHICLES
Sha

Vehicle
---- --- --

lIt
Ki
Do

Ka
Freight

Sha
Wagon

CATERPILLAR TRUCK

Cycled

Track

MOTOR CYCLE
Ji
Self-Moving Do

Ji
Self-Cycling

Ten

Sha Vehicle

SIDE CAR

Sokut
-

Sha
Vehicle
4

Side
i

--

I

S-

S

COMMAND
Shi
Command

CAR

K

Sha
Vehicle

RECONNAISSANCE
Ji
Self-Moving Do Tei Scout Sha Vehicle

ARMORED CAR
So Ko>

Sha
i

Armor-Plated

Vehicle (Continued on next page)

~4~~'~'

~TANKS

.i'K
VEHICLES

/4

Sh4;

t
Hei Troop

4i
S6 Armor-Plated.
KS

ARMORED
TROCA

Sha Vehicle

Dan Ammunition

Yaku

Sha Wagon

AMMUNITION WAGON

TRACTOR
Ken Traction
Y

Sha Vehicle
I I

I
Ka (An) Artillery Gun LJo Ken
4

Sha Conveyance

ARTILLERY TRACTOR

Tractioned

~J,~

#J
ur
U

CTRPLA
In Sha Vehicle

~
Ken

WTRACTOR

Mu Endless.

Gen

Ki Cycle

Do

Tractioned

Hakai To Destroy

Sen Battle

Sha Wagon

TANK DESTROYER

AMPHIBIAN

RiuSui
iu

Ryo Dojbie-Use

Yo

Sen

Sha
Wagon

TN

Sea and

Land

Baftle

POINTED BULLET
Sen

Dan Bullet

Cone-shaped

RIFLE BULLET
Sbo Small Gun

Iii

Dan

Bullet

TRACER BULLET
Ei Kan Dan

Tracer

Bullet

!~S1LLIGHT
Ei
Trace
Ko

Dan
Bullet

TRACER BULLET

Light

IW

En

Dan

SMOKE TRACER BULLET

Trace

Smoke

Bullet

EXPLOSIVE
Baku Retsu Ju Dan BLE

Explosive-Burst

Rifle-Bullet
(Continued on next page)

i3 l
D

BULLETS
GRENADES

BOMBS (TABLE 18)
SHELLS (TABLE 12)
ROCKETS

Dan

INCENDIARY
Sh
Incendiary

1
(Used

Yo
by)

Sho ,
Small Arms

I

DanBUL
(Bullet)

Ko

Zai

Dan Bullet

HARD WOOD BULLET

Hard Timber (Wood)

S

DUM-DUM BULLET
Da
Dum

Da
Dum

Mu

Mu

Dan
Bullet

ARMOR PIERCING BULLET
Ha Pierce Ko Armor
I

Ju
Rifle

Dan

Bullet
I_-I-

Dan
Dan

Shi
Sh
---

SHRAPNEL BULLET

I

--

GRENADE

Grenade

__

__

(Continued on next page)

q
7-

Dan

BULLETS GRENADES BOMBS (TABLE 18) SHELLS (TABLE 12) ROCKETS

|
Shu Hand (Thrown) Ryu Shell Dan

HAND GRENADE

RIFLE GRENADE
--Rifle-

Iii ' ----(Use)

Yo

Teki
Grenade

Dan

PHOSPHORUS
GRENADE
Rin Phosphorus Zai Filled (Dose) Teki Grenade Dan

THERMITE GRENADE
Shaku
---

Nestu
'--

Teki
----

Dan

Intense

Heat (Red Hot)

Grenade

3 1
Fun Spitting Out Shin (as it Advances)

STANDARD ROCKET
Dan

Tsu
Known (as)

J
Regular Shell

(PROJECTILE) (of the 20 cm type)

A ROCKET

STANDARD

PROJECTILE

) Gun U--I- FIELD GUN - CANNON Hei Sha Trajectory Ho Low Gun 15 CM CANNON J 15 Go Sanchi Centimeter Ka Cannon Non Ho Gun t Ut HOWITZER Ry7 (Common) Dam Shell Gun Po' Note: Calvary is "Kiho" P Ki HL H CAVALRY GUN Cavalry (Abbrev.--- Note: Ho and Po interchangeable Sam Sam Mountain Mounfaln Gun Gun MOUNTAIN GUN Po -r Note: Field is "Yagai" I iiT Field (Abbrev..) Gun (Continued on next page) .

. GUN CANNON HOWITZER calibre Ju) than M R A b Kai Gun Ii~INAVAL H GUN Sea Branch Gun ~-ijf1~L~SIEGE Shu GUN 1.j / 7/' L4 5UE. Man-the-Gun H Defenders Kai Gan IiIf H COAST DEFENSE GUN Sea Coast Gun Kak Ko3 H SMOOTH-BORE GUN Smooth-Bore Gun AUTOMATIC GUN ft Self-Acting ______ Gun Soku Sha QUICK-FIRING GUN H Rapid-Fire Gun (Continued on next page) .

PURPOSE GUN (HIGH-ANGLE GUN) Ka High-Angle Kaku Gun H BATTALION (INFANTRY) GUN Dal Tai Unit I 'p I A Multi-Sized Hei Sha Low-Trajectory Large-Size Gun I Is Tai Ii~ Gun Ho" Gun REGIMENTAL GUN Ren Unit INFANTRY CANNON Ho Infantry Hei MORTAR KyIi Ho Mortar RIFLED MORTAR Jhz Sen Ky7 ______ Rifling Mortar (Continued on next page) .l~1 /5 GUN CANNONFB HOWITZER Ho Gune MORTAR (larger DUAL.

.:.4 Haku Geki t TRENCH MORTAR Gun Heavy Close-Quarters (Attack) Kyoku High-Angle Sha 4 Ho Infantry He) Ii~i 4 Ha INFANTRY MORTAR (81 mm) Fire Gun ANTIAIRCRAFT Tai Anti Ku Aircraft Ko High Angle (Elevation) Sha Gun Ho GUN Tai Anti Sen Sha Iio Gun Ho ANTITANK GUN Tank K. GUN // HOWITZER MORTAR Gun (larger i1~ Kei Light _ _ _ _LIGHT Haku -Geki Gun Ho TRENCH MORTAR Close-Quarters (Attack) HEAVY Ji7 . ANTIAI RCRAFT Ki Sh Kn Ko High Angle (Elevation) MACHINE CANNON Machine-Firing Large-Size Gun (Cannon)__________________ ./ ~ ~ ~'CANNON ~ "..

GUN CANNON Ho Gun (larger a~re tMan Ju) MORTARR ~ I Do ANTIAIRCRAFT MOBILE GUN KJ Sha H Mobile High-Angle (Elevation) Gun I4 1iir Ko Feb Ko Sha Ho ANTIAI RCRAFT FIXED GUN Tei Fixed High-Angle (Elevation) Gun "POM-POM" GUN MACHINE CANNON Ki Kan Machine-Firing Large-Sized Gun (Cannon) Cho Sha Tei IiTj Gun LONG-RANGE FIELD GUN Ho Long Range n____Ji Do Sha Ken TRACTOR DRAWN ARTILLERY Ho Self-Powered Vehicle With Traction (Carrying a) Yo Sgai Ho FORTRESS HEAVY ARTILLERY Fortress Heavy Gun ROCKET GUN Fun Shin Dan Shell Ho Gun Gun Spitting Out-(as it)-Advances Rocket .

) Explosive Burst Yaku Powder EXPLOSIVE BURSTING CHARGE TTV I I ~ I ABURSTING Cha TNT Katsu Saku (Bursting) Yaku Powder CHARGE AMMUNITION (GENERAL) Dan Ammunition Yaku (Continued on next page) . Ka Yaku Powder 40 GRAM. BOOSTER CHARGE Booster Note: Explosion Burst is: "Sakurotsu" (Example. shrapnel) Saku (Abbrev.PROPELLANT CHARGE So Yaku " Ten Ignition Ka Yaku Powder PRIMING POWDER (IGNITER) BOOSTER CHARGE Den Booster K Yaku Powder B l Ko A Shu Grade 4 Shi O Rei 0 L Ga Gram IS Den A lA-GRADE.

.EXPLOSIVES Yaku Powder 6 Sen K Ryue Explosive Dan Shell Saku Bursting Yaku~z Powder Used to Perforate Armor Plate HOLLOW CHARGE AMMUNITION ti. Powder FINE-GRAINED POWDER Small Grain Powder BROWN (COLORED) POWDER Kas Brown Shoku Color Yaku Powder GUN POWDER 6b% tPOWDER Koku Black BLACK (COLORED) GUN POWDER Shoku Color Yaku Powder (Continued on next page) .Z Ji 1 5 Go Sanchi Centimeter h Ka WS Non Dan Ammunition Yaku 15 GM ICANONR sAMMUNITON FOR Cannon SMOKELESS POWDER M4 Mu En En Ka Gun I Yaku Powder 4 Smokeless I Dai Dai Large Ryt Ya Ryu Grain Yaku LARGE-GRAINED POWDER .

NH2 NITRATE (Continued on next page) . Yaku Powder MEDIUM SIZE SQUARE FLAKE Ho Square POWDER STRIP POWDER Tai Jo Ka Gun i. SI ! Sho > ^ 4f (CH2)3 (N. U Yaku NO2)3 CYCLONITE (EQUIVALENT TO RDX OR HEXYL) SSr HTNT S| Cha Katsu Yaku C6H2CH 3 (N02) 3 Powder (TRINITROTOLUOL) Brown * An E! Ga i AC.NH2NITROGUANIDINEAMMONIUM NHNO NH. There are no known English equivalents for these symbols." TR) NITROGUANIDIN C. Yaku CYCLONITE NITROGUANIDINE ISTHE CHEMICAL ("GUNIGIN. and therefore no English words were placed under the characters as has been done in other tables in this outline.- Yaku Band-Shaped Powder p NOTE: To indicate the more modern varieties of military high explosives.I Sh? Ilt f NITRO-POWDER Yaku Powder Ka Nitro | Chu Medium (Size) >l Kei ^i Ryui Flake . 2 NH. NHN. the Japanese have selected arbitrary symbols or characters which are used as a sort of code.

SEE: (Nx NT AMTOLUO 5En To Yaku KI POTASSIUM CLRT 14C Yellow Color C6H2 (N02)3 OH Shoku PICRIC ACID YakuL Ko Powder SEE: PICRIC ACID AND TNT AI TNTI (Continued on next page.~ jat /~ '~' ~EXPLOSIVES C6H-2 (N0 2)4 NCH 3 TETRYL 't C(CH 2 0N02)4 PETN (PENTAERYTHRITE TETRANITRATE) Ak.iy " . 32 .C 5[[~SE: CYCLONITE (NH) NH 2 HNO3 AMMONIUM PERCHLORATE (MIXTURE) CYCLONITE COH2 (0C H5) (N02)3 TRINITROP'HENETOL r NeiYak HeiA 'Iii.'f NH4 0104 CnH~n-2 H2N.

j -~SEE: BOTH COMPOUNDS PICRIC ACID SEE: PICRIC ACID PARCAFI Jj jjjj JIL C 10 oH (N02)2 6 - DINITRONAPHTALENE NH4NO.~'«'~ /EXPLOSIVES '< ~ . NH4 NO3 C~oHNOCHEDDITE (NITRONAPHTALENE KCIO 8 POTASSIUM CHLORIDE) HgC N:O:FULMINATE p ~3J3HgC22O2(DETONATOR) Kai K OF MERCURY HgC2N2O2 Baku Fun FULMINATE OF MERCURY KCIO3s Sb2S 3 POTASSIUM CHLORATE ANTIMONY SULFIDE Pb(N Chik Ka En Pb(N3)2LEAD 3 AZIDE )2(DETONATOR) .

0001000 75Jzu 75 man Haku man .000 1. Ju ichi Nen Shiki t iii tu Ju n Jsan 11th Year MODEL 17 18 19 20 30 40 50jj 100 1000 10.JAPANESE NUMERALS TYPE 99 0 1 2 3 Q - Rei JLJ)L Kujuku ~ ~ - Ichi Ni San ~ Shiki 4 5 6 7 [7LShi G L 99 TYPE 1 MODEL Roku Hichi - 8 Ichi Shiki 9 10 A 1tKu Hachi MODEL ONE 11th Year TYPE ti Ji ichi 11 12 13 ±-~1.000 tf t t -1t I Ju shicki Iii hachi ftki t tSan IL t L Ni j j Shi ju Go ji Hyaku Sen -h' 71Man 100.

ERAS TIME PERIODS DURING TIME DURING REIGN OF THREE RECENT EMPERORS NAMES NAMES CALENDAR DATES OF ERAS CALENDAR DATES OF ERAS j IiJ Mei Ji MEIJI ERA 1868 TO 1912 INCLUSIVE kE Tai Sbo TAISHO ERA 1912 TO 1926 INCLUSIVE UJ 1i ShA Wa SHOWA ERA 1926 TO PRESENT TIME There Are Three Ditferent Dates for the Following: h JI 10th Nen Year 10th YEAR 10th Year MEIJI ERA 1867 10 Mei Ji Ju Nen Meiji (Era) 10th Year 1877 Tai Sho Ju Nen Taisbo (Era) 10th Year 1 10th Year SHOWA ERA 1925 10 Sho Wa Ju Nen 1 Showa (Era) 10th Year 1935 Month Getsu The first month of the Japanese year is January and the twelfth month is December. the same as in our calendar system. 10th t Ju Getsu Month OCTOBER .

REFERENCE LINE NUMBER THESE ARE USED IN PRINTED TEXT FOR ABBREVIATIONS ON CANS OR DRUMS. SEE PAGE 38. ENGLISH TRANSLATION 1 Ki Volatile Hatsu Oil Yu GASOLINE (KANJI) 2 Rin GASOLINE (KANA) Ga So 3 IB i ~Ud Pu Ordinary ORDINARY GASOLINE Ki Volatile Tsu Hatsu Oil Yu 4 Toku Shu 4j Ki Hatsu l Yu SPECIAL GASOLINE Special Volatile Oil 5 Bun Distilled Ryu Ki Hatsu GASOLINE l"CRACKING PROCESS" Yu Oil FROM (FRACTIONAL DISTILLATION) Volatile 6 7kLJI Ka Ku Ki Ki Hatsu Yu AVIATION GASOLINE Aviation Volatile Oil (Continued on next page) .

UBFUEL O GASOLINEILS ENGLISH TRANSLATION Jiji 4 f4 .[j Gen Rjo Ku Hatsu jj Yu Oil ADDING TETRA-ETHYL-LEAD) Raw Material Volatile 8 I KEROSENE 9' ________ " Lubricating Oil LUBRICATING OIL 10i' 10 Light Lubricating 11 Katsu ___________Heavy i Oil i YuOil LUBRICATING OIL LIGHT LUBRICATING HEAVY OIL Lubricating 12 9\ Pa 2 1 Ra Pin 41 Oil PARAFFIN OIL (Continued on next page) . SEE PAGE 38.'411 Oil REFERENCE NMER THESE ARE USED IN PRINTED TEXT FOR ABBREVIATIONS ON CANS OR DRUMS.

11LUBRICATING Oil ~ItIIGASOLINE FUEL OILS OILS REFERENCE NMER THESE ARE USED IN PRINTED TEXT FOR ABBREVIATIONS ON CANS OR DRUMS.15. ENGLISH TRANSLATION 13 Nai Internal Eu Oil Yu INTERNAL (ENGINE) OIL 14 .Extfernal EXTERNAL Oil (GEAR) OIL 15 1% bi#I4Ii { Nen FUEL OIL Ry~ Yu Fuel Oil 16 gY. Hi I)II)I Ma Castor-Bean 71 (I Shi Oil CASTOR OIL YU 17 1IJr1EI K5 YU MINERAL OIL Mineral Oil (Continued on next page) . SEE PAGE 38.

1 External Oil KU 87 GEN KI 7 - or G 87 B *Numbers correspond to those in preceding table.GASOLINE LUBRICATING OILS FUEL OILS OIil Yu ABBREVIATED JAPANESE MARKINGS USED ON GAS AND OIL DRUMS ABBREVIATED JAPANESE MARKINGS USED ON GAS AND OIL DRUMS 2 K 1 or 2 1 SE KI or P No. 1 Heavy Oil Toku Special 91-Octane Gasoline BUN 80 5 or 80 CG 13 ichi Nai Abbreviation: BUNRYU (Distilled) 9 0-Octane Cracked-Gasoline Abbreviation: NAI BU No. 1 Kerosene FU KI 3 or I 10 KEI YU or K Note: Abbreviation FUTSU (Ordinary) Abbreviation: KEIKATSU YU Light Oil 1 JU TT 4 91 G 11 Abbreviation: JUKATSU No. (Key Character "Yu") Abbreviation: GENRYO and KOKUKI 87-Octane Aviation Base-Gasoline . 1 Internal Oil KU 90 KI 6 or A 90 G 14 ichi Gai Abbreviation: KOKUKI (Aviation) 90-Octane Aviation Gasoline Abbreviation: GAIBU No. 2 Gasoline Note: Abbreviation "KI" is derived from KIHATSUYU (Gasoline) 8 Abbreviation: SEKI YU (Kerosene) No.

PRIMER Yaku Cartridge Kyo Case Baku Explosive Tube To BANGALORE TORPEDO Ha Demolition Kai Tube To BANGALORE TORPEDO Baku Yaku Tube To Explosive-Powder p Teki Grenade Dan T3 Tube GRENADE DISCHARGER (Continued on next page) .PRIMER Baku Explosive Tube To SHELL CASE Yaku TO Tube Case Powder CARTRIDGE: CASE .

7 43-J 9 .GRENADE SHELL CASE BANGALORE TORPEDO DISCHARGER ToI Tube (Shaped Container)A COMPLETE ROUND As' Dan Yaks Artillery Shell (Complete) fl T3 Tube COMPLETE ROUND [ItiJ Ryfl High Explosive Dan Dan Yakue k COMPLETE ROUND HE SHELL TJ Tube Artillery Shell (Complete) xgF xpoive41 .

iIi. INFANTRY Troops ORDANCE Hei I IJ I I Ir I I ' Manufacture (Arms) for Troops ENGINEERS Hei Construction mimi - Troops I CAVALRY Ki Horse Hei Troops I - -* .Hei Ho Gun ARTILLERY Hei Troops ___ iLIGHT Ho Gun ARTILLERY Hei Troops (Continued on next page) Kei Light . Walking Zo m 1I Ho Hie He.

Sen Warfare p Ho Gun ... .. ...-SERVICE /DIVISION Hei Troo ps HEAVY ARTILLERY Heavy Gun Troops FIELD ARTILLERY Ya Field . Hei Troops COAST ARTILLERY Kai Gan Hei Sea Coast Gun Troops MECHANICALLY-DRAWN ARTILLERY Ji Self-Moving Do Sha Vehicle Ken Tractioned In Gun Ho Hei Troops SELF-PROPELLED ARTILLERY Ju Self-Moving D Ho Hei Troops Gun b H5 Hei HORSE-DRAWN ARTILLERY Gun Troops (Continued on next page) Horse (drawn) .

ANTIAI RCRAFT ARTILLERY K High A Angle Sha Gun H T Troops Hei DIVISIONAL ARTILLERY Shi Division Dan Gun H$ Hei Troops ARMY AIR Riku Land m m I Gun Unit Ko Air Ki I Hei Troops SERVICE Ka iKa U1 Gaku Gakue Sen Warfare CHEMICAL WARFARE SERVICE Hei Chemistry Troops I:1 I' I---- - 'F' Small 0IN4.16 Ka Fire Hei Troop (Branch) SMALL ARMS SMe (Continued on next page) .

//1/ DIVISION Hei' % Troops ~JL ARMY AND NAVY UNITS Gun Unit _ _ ARMY Gun Riku Land 1 Unit NAVY Kai Sea Gun Unit AIR FORCES Ku Air Gun UnitJ_______________ .SERVICE // .

LAND MINE Ji Land Rai Mine WATER MINE Sui Water Mine Rai m Shoku Contact Hatsu Land Ji Rai Mine LAND-MINE CONTACT Vuh Furu T * Sha - ANTITANK MINE Ji Land Sen Tank Rai Mine If' Tes Iron Sen Wire Kei Tripping Tei Purpose Rai Mine TRIP-WIRE MINE 1a Ji Self-Acting Ji fi Rai Rai CLOCK-WORK MINE Hatsu Land Mine (Continued on next page) .

FLOATING MINE Yu Sui Rai Mine Wafer TORPEDO (Aerial) Ku Rai Air Mine 1 ___ .Baku ________________Explosive Rai Mine MINE DEMOLITION Fu Floating.

II I Ki Kan 5~tt~ Gun MACHINE GUN Machine LIGHT Kei Light Ki Machine Kan Gun Ju MACHINE GUN HEAVY Aft MACHINE GUN Ki Kan ----~--~--- - Heavy Machine Gun MACHINE GUN Ko Tei Ki Kan FIXED J Gun Fixed Machine AFLEXIBLE MACHINE GUN Ja Flexible Nan Ki Machine Kan Gun Ji t h El Ko High-Angle Sha Ki Machine Kan Gun ® ANTIAIRCRAFT MACHINE GUN Ju (Continued on next page) .

MACHINE GUN AUTOMATIC RIFLE PISTOL Dimesiu Gun (Smaller RIFLE ~than "Ho") - I U RIFLE Sho GunJ Small Gun AUTOMATIC RIFLE Ji Self-Acting Do Gun J PISTOL Ken Hand-Operated Gun J CARBINE Ki Horse (Cavalry) Gun ]u .

E. 4 Toku Shu Ho Dan SPECIAL SHELL Gun-Shell Special COMMON ]in Common Jo Ryu Dan High Explosive Shell EXPERIMENTAL SHELL Shi Experimental Sei Dan Shell q Dai Ko e Kei 4 Ho 1 Gun-Shell e Dan LARGE CALIBER Large Caliber PA KUwy ________________________________________________________________________ HIGH-EXPLOSIVE SHELL a Ryu Dan Hiqh Explosive Shell (Continued on next page) .i Ryu Dan ARTILLERY A SHELL Shell (Type used for Artillery) H.

9 fg GAS SHELL Dan -Gas Shell 7~f~h BSHELL Sen Pierce Through Ko Armor Plate Ryu Shell HI Dan ~HOLLOW CHARGE Dan Sb INCENDIARY SHELL ~ I ~----------Shell Dan Incendiary (Continued on next page) .f.7 ii ARTILLERY j SHELL / Ryu Dan pI i Ry Ei K5 R Dan Dan HE SHELL WITH LIGHT-TRACER Ryi Tracer (with) Light HE Shell O(for Ku Ni Shiki Ho Ryi Dan TYPE 92nHESHELL Infantry) HE Shell 9 2 Type Infantry A"Abb LONG-POINTED (Streamlined) SHELL Sen Come to a Sharp Point _ 4___ Dan Shell U _.

. Destroy Armor-plate 4 Dan Shell 9 qIng B3 Armor-piercing AP SHELL WITH HARDENED CAP Dan Shell (Continued on next page) Cap .5Is S Ryu Dan ARTILLERY SHELL r l 111 Mei Glare Dan Shell (Illuminating) .STAR SHELL Sho Brilliant SMOKE SHELL Hatsu Emit En Smoke Dan Shell 4r Ko | i_- "ANTIAIRCRAFT _H . - ' Ei Dan Shell POINTED SHELL Sha Sen Pointed F High-Angle (Fire) Ha Pierce -e Ff1 Armor-plate F~h ARMOR-PIERCING HE SHELL Ryu HE Shell U Dan I' Tek is an abbreviation of Tekkyo (Remove) ml AP STEEL SHELL (AP Shot) Tek Remove.

Possessing Shell (Continued on next page) .S~ N" ARTILLERY SHELL Ryu Dan / I~ Ko Semi ' 1 Sei Steel II 1|SHELL Sen Ryu Shell Dan SEMI-STEEL DRAWN-STEEL SHELL Tan Forge V Ko Steel I Rya Shell Dan I Ken Tetsu Dan Dan CHILLED STEEL (AP) SHELL Chilled Steel Shell a Ho S F J Tj Use j Y PROJECTILE Non Dan PDfCANNON Projectile Ka Gan FOR Gun-Turret un____ Cannon USE San Ryu High-explosive San SHRAPNEL Dan Case Shell (Finned Shell) MORTAR SHELL Yu Yoku Wings Dan SThis is an exception to the general rule that key characters are terminal characters.

4 .Shaku >' ~ /I/ ~'/ ARTILLERY SHELL /7uDa itp Rifle f Ere Ryi Dan 4. RIFLE GRENADE Grenade Netsu 1* t Teki THERMITE GRENADE Dan Intense Heat (Red hot) Grenade POTATO-MASHER TYPE HAND-GRENADE E Tsuki Shu Ryu Dan Stick-Hand Hand Grenade BALL AMMUNITION jitsu Dan Solid Ammunition PROJECTILE Dan Shell Gan Body (Form) ________________ * This is an exception to the general rule that key characters are terminal characters.

Baku Bomb Dan BOMB (Thin-cased HE-GP Bomb) Demoliion Blast Land-Use 2 Tsu ORDINARY BOMB (Heavy-cased HE-GP Bomb) Jo Baku Dan Demolition SAP General Purpose Bomb 3 3 SPECIAL PURPOSE 1BOMB Toku Special Kind Shu Baku Bomb Dan 14 Types (Mark No. 13). or their shipping cases." The characters preceding it will describe whether it is a Land Bomb or an Ordinary (General Purpose) Bomb. . look for "Baku Dan. 13 PRELIMINARY DESCRIPTION JAPANESE AIRPLANE BOMBS AND THEIR MARKINGS SLAND 1 Riku J . f Go Mark 2 Ni MARK-2 Baku Dan BOMB Airplane Bomb When the ideograph for . there are but 14 known types in actual use and some of these are advanced only to the experimental stage." Look first for the character "mark" and its number. While the Japanese characters "Baku Dan" (airplane bomb) appear on all aerial bombs. is by far the most important."mark" is absent. If "mark" is present.TABLE No. 18. Series) Group 3. then the number following it describes the type (through reference to Table No. These are set forth in Table No. the characters for "mark" number appear only on Special Purpose Bombs. and just preceding "Baku Dan. or Special Purpose Bombs. Although there are 26 types of Special Purpose Bombs listed with mark numbers in Japanese ordnance catalogs. being composed of a diversified list ranging from chemical bombs to rocket and incendiary bombs.

.... . 11 ......... . 24 ......... Unclassified 15..... ............... ......... 19 ....... Parachute 25 . 4.Long-delay 10.... . 7 . ... 17 .... 12 ...S Go Meaning is: MARK (Number) On "Special Series" bombs a number follows this character to indicate the type as follows: Mark No.... .................. ....... 23..... 8 ....... 2 .... 20 ..... 9..... 3 ........... Cluster........... Unknown ..Gas... 18...... 14 ... Type of Bomb .... Above Ground (Continued on next page) .. 1 . Parachute Cluster 26 ... ........ 21.............. Unclassified 5 . . . Stick Cluster 22..... Airdrome . 13........ 6 ........... 16.... Type of Bomb Mark No........... chemical Antisubmarine Incendiary Rocket Armor-Piercing Magnesium Incendiary and Oil Incendiary ........... ..

Examples: 30 Kg. In the example illustrated. and the result is the weight of the bomb in kilograms. 250 Kg.NUMBER 6 Roku Ban The Japanese have several common weights for airplane bombs. The preceding character indicates the weight of the bomb. . 700 Kg. 60 Kg. Multiply the 6 by 10.. 800 Kg. (60 kg.) Meaning is: DESIGN NUMBER (so-and-so) Kata Meaning is: MODEL (so-and-so) Shiki Note: The Japanese characters on this page are related to markings found only on JAPANESE AIRPLAN E BOMB3S.. Roku Ban means number 6...

7607 pints) Rittoru i F Deka Rittoru DECALITER 1 (2.A //TABLES METRIC Sanchi7 CENTIMETER Sanchi MILLIMETER Miri Mi Ri ~ t GRAM (15.2008 gallons) 1 POUND (120.) Kilo 1. K.2 lbs.205 Kg. 1 LITER (1.96 momme) Pondo (Continued on next page) .432 grains) Guramu ~ Byo _ _ 1 SECOND _ _ _ _ _ _ AKILOGRAM (2. 205 = 1.

~'I %"~ ~4 J~j~ Fm' Sanchi METRIC TABLES .

5 Sui Sea Best (Use) (Flying) Machine SEA PLANE 1 Rai Water Mine 2 Geki Attack 3 TORPEDO I lAIRPLANE Ki (Flying) Machine (Continued on next page) .iAIRCRAFT _V K5 Flying (in) Air Ku Machine 1 Ki Riku Land Gun Branch (Flying) Machine Ki 7I I Kai Sea Gun Branch (Flying) Machine Ki NAVY PLANE " Riki Land Jo Best (Use) (Flying) Machine -PLANE Ki LAND ±.

- I Y I s5_ Armor ARMORED AIRCRAFT Ka Hi Flight Ko (Flying) Machine Plated BOMBING AIRPLANE Bomb 4 Attack (Flying) Machine BOMB Baku Bomb 4 Geki Attack 3 Sho Jun (Flying) Machine Ki Sighting Device (For a) FOOTNOTES TO TABLE 15 Abbreviations reference Ki Ni MACHINE Kio Air Rai Mine TORPEDO Aerial Kai Machine ATTACK Baku Ko Geki Baku Dan ADan RPLANE BOMB .

IRON Tetsu Iron b KJ Steel STEEL Tetsu ~L~1"JBRASS Yellow Copper ____________ ~n _________ Copper COPPER ___________ R Sei Bluish &'J ILed BRONZE D ______ ______ Copper LEAD Namari (Continued on next page) .

11 Go 1 Kin ALLOY Compound Metal CAST IRON Chu Tetsu Iron Cast CHROMIUM STEEL Ku Ro Ma Ko Tetsu Chromium Steel SEMI-STEEL Ko Sei Sen Steel with Steel-type pig-iron DRAWN STEEL Tan Forged Ko Steel * CHILLED STEEL Ken SKo is an-abbreviation of KoTetsu (steel) Chilled Tetsu Steel (Continued on next page) .

ALLOY STEEL Ko Steel Kin .CAST STEEL Chu' Cast Ko Steel * Sf GO . .. Compound Metal * STEEL PLATE Ke Steel Bau Plate ZINC A Lead * Ko is an abbreviation of KoTetsu (steel) En . .

D I Shin Fuze K an I COMBINATION FUZE (Time and Percussion) INSTANTANEOUS FUZE Shu 4 Matsu Depart (Fire) Shin lnstantaneous Kan Fuze Instant Ta Short-time hKi Late-Period finFUZE Shin Fuze Kan SHORT-DELAY (Cotinued on next page). .Jt~II Dan Projectile Head TXShin n3I~SNOSE Kan Tube (Fuze) _____________ FUZE Communicating BASE Dan Projectile Tei Base Shin Fuze Kan FUZE Iris Ei Slow-moving Fire Ka Shin Fuze Kan TIME FUZE Chaku Arrival - Hatsu Departure jfa" Shin i PERCUSSION FUZE Kan Fuze Fuku Double-Motion -I-.

I+rii Dan Shin I Kan BOMB FUZE Airplane _ __ Bomb Fuze _ FUZE ~ Baku Retsu Shin Kan DETONATING Explosive (Force) Fuze 4 Ka Do Shin Klan POWDER' TRAIN (of a Fuze) Fire-Road (Powder Train) Fuze K~lL Yaku Ban 1F Fuze I~jTIME aTRAIN (of Fuze) Kan Shin Powder-Block PERCUSSION CAP Rai Kan (of a Cartridge) Detonating Tube (Cap) PRIMER CAP Bak Explosive Kan Tube (Cap) _____________ .MEM'K FUZE POWDER A Pipe or TRAIN U h -~ I 5*~'z UNFUZED 1 Shin Kan Without Fuze FO~ Baku.

__± Riku For (Land) Use (the) Best Jo R Baku Explosive Dan Shell LAND BOMB 41* I Tsu Known as Regular (Standard) LKEL GENERAL Jo Baku Bomb Dan PURPOSE (HE) (Ordinary) BOMB SPECIAL PURPOSE Toku Special Shu Kind (of) Baku Bomb Dan BOMB 19 Sho Incendiary- _ Baku Bomb INCENDIARY (Airplane) I Use Yo Dan 1120 RM2 Dan PHOSPHORUS BOMB Rin -I Baku Bomb Phosphorus A ' bk 45~ WP-Ka En Baku Bomb LIQUID Dan FLAME BOMB Fire-Flame (Continued on next page) .

$% .1! Baku Dan Shell AIRPLANE. for Gi Sei (Dummy) Bomb Ji~i Dan DUMMY BOMB Ha Demolition Kai Gi Dummy Sei . BOMBS I Explosive (Bomb) p hJ~~ Sai (Into) Smallest I FRAGMENTATION' BOMB I - Baku Pieces I Dan Bomb hJ~~ Ga Gas GAS BOMB Su Baku Bomb Dan DEMOLITION BOMB Baku Explosive Ha Demoltion Yo Use Baku Bomb Dan PU ARMOR-PIERCING BOMB Ha Pierce Ke3 Armor Baku Bomb Dan ~ * Gi Baku Abbrev.

S- FACTORY Sei Made in Z5 Work Sho Plant im' h Sho Small Rifle Jo SMALL ARMS FACTORY Sei Zo Work Sho Plant MP~VV B EfB Made in POWDER FACTORY Ka Fire (Gun) Yaku Powder Sei Zo Sho (Made in) Manufacturing Plant .U- L .

U KJ Work ARSENAL WORKSHOP Sho Shop -~ ARSENAL Gun K3 Work ARMY Riku Land Sho Shop ___________ Branch ARSENAL Zo Manufacture (Arms for) 1 Hei Troops Sho Shop 4 Gun KJ Arsenal Sho Kure Kure Kai Naval THE NAVAL ARSENAL AT KURE .

SECTION THREE PRACTICAL READING AND TRANSLATION OF JAPANESE CHARACTERS .

JAPANESE W MA AN AMMUNITION BOX Start at left top corner and read down. TAG WITHIN a Dan AMMUNITION Ni TYPE 2 To AIRCRAFT TOKYO I Ku Table 5 Yaku Table 4 Shiki Kyo Table 15 Ki IIa Sho SHOWA 18th YEAR Ei LIGHT TRACER Wa Ko Riku ARMY rn 20 MM 1943 AP Table 10 Gun Ha SHELL A Hachi K~i Zo ARSENAL Table 2 Metric Table 14 Nen Table 6 Dan He: Aqu Dan Table 20 Sho AMMO. r y . iy i f (P i. 111J Kan POM-POM GUN ii NOVEMBER ~ Yaku Table 4 COMPLETE ROUND Table 8 l 1 i!1 Sei FACTORY Table 3 GIi Getsu Table 7 TT. Sho i Table 19 Note: The Japanese characters on this page were copied direct from tags within ammunition boxes that had been captured in the Philippines.

) One Kata Model Kai Modification MODIFICATIN * * Indicates KEY CHARACTERS that appear on bombs.) One TYPE 1 Ichi (No. (Reference to Table 13) L1ASS'IFIED .JAPANESE MARKINGS ON AN AIRPLANE BOMB LA Ichi (No.) One ... (1941) 1 1 MODEL Shiki Type Ichi (No.

t IWD JAPANESE MARKINGS ON A HEAVY GUN Japanese 150 mm Howitzer Inscriptions on Weapon After transposing characters.I r . left to right. Ku Roku Shiki Ju Go Sanchi Ryu Dan Po TYPE 96 15 CENTIMETER HOWITZER Sho Wa Ju Go Nen 0 Saka Ke Sho SHOWA 15th YEAR (1940) OSAKA ARSENAL '.

JAPANESE MARKINGS USED TO INDICATE ARSENALS The following are the markings found on ordnance items. such as Cannon and Artillery Shells. SYMBOL JAPANESE ARSENAL OR MANUFACTURING PLANT 9 ? Kokura Arsenal Tokyo Arsenal G p Gas and Electric Co. and represent Japanese Arsenals. Nagoya Arsenal 3 1Heijo Arsenal Osaka Arsenal ~ Chiyoda Arsenal I South Arsenal Tokyo Explosives Factory 75 .

.PER Mei ~iJ~ METERS SECOND Toru Mai By3 _______________ u u..JAPANESE Lti SA TERMS TRAJECTORY Dan Do BALLISTICS Dan Do Gaku Sai I~ + Sha Dai MINIMUM RANGE Sha Tei MAXIMUM RANGE Sai Sha T ei MUZZLE VELOCITY Sho Soku ~1 u Sha I~JELEVATION ANGLE OF Kaku DEGREES OF __ _ __ _ _ _ Gy3 Do 'I../.

JAPANESE BALLIS (Continued) TERMS TIME OF FLIGHT Kei Ka Ji Kan HIGH VELOCITY KJ Soku Do LOW VELOCITY Tei Soku Do STRIKING VELOCITY Mei Chuz7 Soku Do AZIMUTH Hai I Ka Ku I LAYING (of a gun) Sho fun Ii Kei KJ ~ Kei DIAMETER OF BORE LENGTH OF BORE Cho <~i~ 7 .

..........................17 1 1 6 Grenades ............. Oils................................................................... ..................................................................................... ........................................ a 1kY78 .... Trains (Explosive)....... 4....:.. 13 16 .........OF JAPANESE ORDNANCE ITEMS SUBJECT TABLE NUMBER SUBJECT TABLE NUMBER Aircraft.............3 Lubricating Oils...... 12 Howitzers......... Shell Case ............ Arsenal................. Ammunition .....................13. Rocket .......................... Gasolines.............................. Service Branch........................ Cars........ ........................... Shells ............ 7 Vehicles...... 5 Month...... Factory.... ............ 8 Guns............................ 15 18 4 12 11 8 18 Machine Guns .......................... Tractor.................. 14 Mines .......................... 8 1 10 11 .................... ................... Organization.......................................... Primers ........ 9 Pistol .................................... 3 Hand Grenades .................................................. ........... Rifles............................... ...... .............................. Fuzes 19 7 17 ............................................ Metric Terms......................................... 2 Hollow Charge......................................... Cannon ......................... ..... Explosives.. i..... .................................................. Bombs..................... 11 Powder Trains....................................................... Airplane Bombs.............. Torpedo (Air) ....... 1 8 4 17 11 2 12 Complete Round................ Grenade Launcher .. .6 Mortars.... Bangalore Torpedo.......... Carbine 2 3 17 1 ............................................... Trucks...... Automatic Rifle..........2 Artillery Shells ....... Caps (Fuze)................ Year...................................... .............. Metals....................................................... 10 Model (Type) ....... r.......................... 3 7 Bullets ............ 11 Mark Number (Bombs)............. .. Fuel Oils.......................................................... Tanks..13.........................................................

ilk 1.6 1 R X A .

NOTES 5Um~_~2 .

tom is Vv- .Ail 1 Y .

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->